Page 1

Issue 3 Revision 1 Date: 02 Apr 2007

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM MANUAL OHSAS 18001 & SMS REQUIREMENTS AS PER WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH ACT

Document Reference No: SIAEC/OHSMS/034 Manual Holder: Manual Copy No:

SIA ENGINEERING COMPANY LIMITED QUALITY & SAFETY DIVISION 06-M Hangar 2 31 Airline Road Singapore 819831 Tel: (65) 65414164 Fax: (65) 65450189 Company Registration No. 198201025C


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

1.01

PAGE 1 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.01 Issue 3 Rev 0

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO

DESCRIPTION

1.0

LEVEL 1:

Occupational Health and Safety Management System

1.01

Table of Contents

1.02

Amendment History (OHSAS 18001: 1999/4.4.5)

1.03

List of Effective Pages

1.04

Distribution List (OHSAS 18001: 1999/4.4.5)

1.05

Definition/Acronyms

1.06

Manual Control

1.07

OHS Policy Implementation, Communication and Review 18001: 1999/4.2 and SMS Element No.1)

1.08

General Description of the Organisation (OHSAS 18001: 1999/4.4.1. and SMS Element No. 1)

1.09

Roles, Responsibilities and Authority

1.10

Outline of the OHS Management System (OHSAS 18001: 1999/4.3 – 4.6)

1.11

Matrix Showing Linkage Between OHSAS 18001 & SMS

2.0

LEVEL 2:

2.01

Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment

2.02

Legal Requirements

2.03

Management Review

2.04

Non-Conformance, Non-Compliance, Corrective and Preventive Action

2.05

OHS Consultation and Communication

2.06

OHS Training and Awareness

2.07

OHS Audits and Inspections

2.08

OHS Monitoring and Performance Measurement

2.09

Reporting and Investigation of Ground Accidents/Incidents/Near Misses/Injuries/Industrial Illness (Including Involving Aircraft)

(OHSAS

Occupational Health and Safety System Procedures

1.01 TABLE OF CONTENTS


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

PAGE

OHS Management System Manual

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO

2 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.01 Issue 3 Rev 0

DESCRIPTION

2.10

Document and Data Control

2.11

Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan

2.12

Procedure for Records

3.0

LEVEL 3:

3.01

Entry and Working Inside The Aircraft Fuel Tank

3.02

Entry and Working In Confined Space (Excluding Aircraft Fuel Tank)

3.03

Hot Work, Welding, Cutting and Other Operations Involving The Use of Heat

3.04

Safe Use of Hazardous (Flammable) Material From Heat/Ignition Source

3.05

Lock-Out, Tag-Out Procedure

3.06

Safe Means of Access and Safe Working at Heights

3.07

Electrical Safety

3.08

Work on Pressurized System

3.09

Chemical Hazard Control and Communication

3.10

Maintenance Regime For Equipment, Machinery and Plant

3.11

Maintenance, Fencing and/or Guarding of Machine/Equipment

3.12

Testing, Inspection Certification and Use of Lift and Hoist

3.13

Testing, Inspection Certification and Use of Lifting Gears, Lifting Machines and Lifting Appliances

3.14

Lifting Operations Using Mobile and Overhead Cranes

3.15

Testing, Inspection, Certification and Use of Air Receiver

3.16

Safe Operation of Material Handling Vehicles/Equipment

3.17

Testing, Inspection, Certification and Use of Hydraulic Platform, Cherry Picker and Vehicle Mounted Platform

3.18

Safe Use of Hand and Portable Power Tools

3.19

Operational Control Procedure For First Aid

Operational Control Procedures/Work Instructions/ Safe Work Practices

1.01 TABLE OF CONTENTS


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO

PAGE 3 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.01 Issue 3 Rev 0

DESCRIPTION

3.20

Prevention of Injuries and Illness

3.21

Industrial Hygiene Monitoring

3.22

Hearing Conservation Programme

3.23

Medical Examination and Surveillance

3.24

Respiratory Protection Programme

3.25

Selection, Use, Issuance, Maintenance and Replacement of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

3.26

Inspection, Storage and Use of Compressed Gas Cylinders and Gas Plant

3.27

Industrial Safety Signage

3.28

Visitors Safety

3.29

Management of Contractors

3.30

In-House Rules and Regulations

3.31

Radiation Safety

3.32

Spray Painting

3.33

Avian Influenza – External Aircraft Cleaning Following A Bird Strike On An Aircraft

1.01 TABLE OF CONTENTS


EFFECTIVE DATE 02 Apr 2007

OHS Management System

1 of 1

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.02 Issue 3 Rev 1

Manual

1.02

PAGE

AMENDMENT HISTORY

Revision No.

Details of Amendments

Page No.

Date of Amendment

Issue 1 Rev 0

OHS Management System Manual

--

1 December 2001

Issue 1 Rev 1

OHS Management System Manual

--

3 June 2003

Issue 1 Rev 2

OHS Management System Manual

--

3 June 2003

Issue 2 Rev 0

OHS Management System Manual

Full manual

1 April 2005

Issue 3 Rev 0

OHS Management System Manual

Full manual

1 Sep 2006

Issue 3 Rev 1

Chapter 1.09 Roles, Responsibility and Authority – Quality & Safety Division Organisation Chart Update

Page 10 of 10

2 Apr 2007

Issue 3 Rev 1 will supercede all the previous amendments in Issue 3 Rev 0 of OHS Management System.

1.02 AMENDMENT HISTORY


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

1 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.03 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

1.03

PAGE

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Level 1 Document Control No.

Page No.

Total No. of Pages

Date

1.01

1 of 3 to 3 of 3

3

01 Sep 06

1.02

1 of 1

1

01 Sep 06

1.03

1 of 3 to 3 of 3

3

01 Sep 06

1.04

1 of 4 to 4 of 4

4

01 Sep 06

1.05

1 of 5 to 5 of 5

5

01 Sep 06

1.06

1 of 1

1

01 Sep 06

1.07

1 of 2 to 2 of 2

2

01 Sep 06

1.08

1 of 2 to 2 of 2

2

01 Sep 06

1.09

1 of 10 to 10 of 10

10

02 April 07

1.10

1 of 4 to 4 of 4

4

01 Sep 06

1.11

1 of 4 to 4 of 4

4

01 Sep 06

Index No./ Procedure

Page No.

Total No. of Pages

Date

2.01

1 of 10 to 10 of 10

10

01 Sep 06

2.02

1 of 2 to 2 of 2

2

01 Sep 06

2.03

1 of 2 to 2 of 2

2

01 Sep 06

2.04

1 of 2 to 2 of 2

2

01 Sep 06

2.05

1 of 3 to 3 of 3

3

01 Sep 06

2.06

1 of 3 to 3 of 3

3

01 Sep 06

Level 2

1.03 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 2 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.03 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

Document Control No.

Page No.

Total No. of Pages

Date

2.07

1 of 4 to 4 of 4

4

01 Sep 06

2.08

1 of 3 to 3 of 3

3

01 Sep 06

2.09

1 of 7 to 7 of 7

7

01 Sep 06

2.10

1 of 4 to 4 of 4

4

01 Sep 06

2.11

1 of 16 to 16 of 16

16

01 Sep 06

2.12

1 of 2 to 2 of 2

2

01 Sep 06

Index No./ Procedure

Page No.

Total No. of Pages

Date

3.01

1 of 8 to 8 of 8

8

01 Sep 06

3.02

1 of 8 to 8 of 8

8

01 Sep 06

3.03

1 of 5 to 5 of 5

5

01 Sep 06

3.04

1 of 3 to 3 of 3

3

01 Sep 06

3.05

1 of 4 to 4 of 4

4

01 Sep 06

3.06

1 of 4 to 4 of 4

4

01 Sep 06

3.07

1 of 2 to 2 of 2

2

01 Sep 06

3.08

1 of 2 to 2 of 2

2

01 Sep 06

3.09

1 of 8 to 8 of 8

8

01 Sep 06

3.10

1 of 3 to 3 of 3

3

01 Sep 06

3.11

1 of 3 to 3 of 3

3

01 Sep 06

3.12

1 of 3 to 3 of 3

3

01 Sep 06

3.13

1 of 4 to 4 of 4

4

01 Sep 06

3.14

1 of 6 to 6 of 6

6

01 Sep 06

3.15

1 of 3 to 3 of 3

3

01 Sep 06

3.16

1 of 3 to 3 of 3

3

01 Sep 06

Level 3

1.03 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 3 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.03 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

Document Control No.

Page No.

Total No. of Pages

Date

3.17

1 of 2 to 2 of 2

2

01 Sep 06

3.18

1 of 3 to 3 of 3

3

01 Sep 06

3.19

1 of 3 to 3 of 3

3

01 Sep 06

3.20

1 of 4 to 4 of 4

4

01 Sep 06

3.21

1 of 4 to 4 of 4

4

01 Sep 06

3.22

1 of 8 to 8 of 8

8

01 Sep 06

3.23

1 of 6 to 6 of 6

6

01 Sep 06

3.24

1 of 8 to 8 of 8

8

01 Sep 06

3.25

1 of 9 to 9 of 9

9

01 Sep 06

3.26

1 of 3 to 3 of 3

3

01 Sep 06

3.27

1 of 7 to 7 of 7

7

01 Sep 06

3.28

1 of 2 to 2 of 2

2

01 Sep 06

3.29

1 of 3 to 3 of 3

3

01 Sep 06

3.30

1 of 3 to 3 of 3

3

01 Sep 06

3.31

1 of 3 to 3 of 3

3

01 Sep 06

3.32

1 of 2 to 2 of 2

2

01 Sep 06

3.33

1 of 3 to 3 of 3

3

01 Sep 06

Appendices

-

17

01 Sep 06

This OHS Management System Manual incorporating the above listed pages is approved by Vice-President Quality & Safety.

Signature Date

: :

02 April 2007

1.03 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

PAGE 1 of 4

OHS Management System Manual

1.04

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.04 Issue 3 Rev 0

DISTRIBUTION LIST

SIA Engineering Company Ltd Copy No.

Description of Copy Holder

01

Chief Executive Officer

02

Senior Vice President (Line Maintenance & Materials)

03

Senior Vice President (Aircraft & Component Services)

04

Senior Vice President (Services)

05

Senior Vice President (Commercial)

06

Senior Vice President Human Resources

07

Vice President Line Maintenance

08

Vice President Materials

09

Vice President Base Maintenance (Integrated Services)

10

Vice President Base Maintenance (A/C SVCS 1)

11

Vice President Base Maintenance (A/C SVCS 2/China Project)

12

Vice President Workshops

13

Vice President Facilities Development

14

Vice President Productivity & Engineering Training

15

Vice President Engineering & IT

16

Vice President Business Development

17

Vice President Marketing & Sales

18

Vice President Partnership Management

19

Vice President Fleet Management

20

Vice President Quality & Safety

21

Vice President Finance

22

Vice President Corporate

23

Vice President Marketing & Sales (Fleet Management)

24

Senior Manager Line Maintenance (Support)

25

Senior Manager Line Maintenance (Operations I)

26

Senior Manager Line Maintenance (Operations II)

27

Manager Line Maintenance (Cabin Services Group) 1.04 DISTRIBUTION LIST


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

PAGE 2 of 4

OHS Management System Manual

Copy No.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.04 Issue 3 Rev 0

Description of Copy Holder

28

Manager Line Maintenance (Operations)

29

Manager Line Maintenance (Support)

30

Manager Line Maintenance (Admin & Services)

31

Manager Line Maintenance (Line Stations/Projects & IT)

32

Operations Manager Line Maintenance

33

Senior Manager Materials (ITM)

34

Manager Materials (Warehouse & Logistics)

35

Manager Materials (Materials Support & Services)

36

Manager Materials (Procurement)

37

Senior Manager Base Maintenance (Services)

38

Manager Base Maintenance (Special Freighter)

39

Manager Base Maintenance (Customer Business)

40

Manager Base Maintenance (EHS/CIP/Shared Services)

41

Manager Base Maintenance (Business Unit Ops Line 9)

42

Manager Base Maintenance (Business Unit Ops Line 6/6L)

43

Manager Base Maintenance (Business Unit Ops Line 3)

44

Manager Base Maintenance (Business Unit Ops Line 4)

45

Operations Manager Base Maintenance (Business Unit Ops Line 2)

46

Senior Manager Workshops (Component O/H)

47

Senior Manager Workshops (A/C Maintenance Services)

48

Senior Manager Workshops (Customer Business)

49

Manager Workshops (Business Unit IMS)

50

Operations Manager Workshops (MCS)

51

Operations Manager Workshops (AMS)

52

Operations Manager Workshops (IMS)

53

Operations Manager Workshops (Customer Business)

54

BU Manager Workshops (ACS)

55

Operations Manager Workshops (ACS)

56

Senior Manager Facilities Development

57

Manager Engineering Training 1.04 DISTRIBUTION LIST


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

PAGE 3 of 4

OHS Management System Manual

Copy No.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.04 Issue 3 Rev 0

Description of Copy Holder

58

Senior Manager Engineering Systems

59

Senior Manager Engineering

60

Technical Manager Engineering

61

Senior Manager Business Development

62

Senior Manager Marketing & Sales

63

Manager Marketing & Sales

64

Senior Manager Partnership Management

65

Manager Fleet Management (Planning Data)

66

Manager Fleet Technical Management

67

Operations Manager (Fleet Technical Management)

68

Senior Manager Quality & Safety

69

Manager Quality (Safety/Security)

70

Manager Quality (Audit/Standards)

71

Manager Quality (Services)

72

Quality Manager (Investigation/HF)

73

Quality Manager (Support Svcs)

74

Senior Manager Finance

75

Senior Manager Finance (Corporate)

76

Finance Manager (Revenue & Assets)

77

Finance Manager (Corporate)

78

Senior Manager Public Affairs

79

Senior Manager Human Resources (Planning & Development)

80

Manager Industrial Relations

81

OHSMS Coordinator, Quality & Safety

82

OHSMS Coordinator, Base Maintenance

83

OHSMS Coordinator, Workshops

84

OHSMS Coordinator, Line Maintenance

85

OHSMS Coordinator, Line Maintenance (Equipment Maintenance)

86

Library (Line Maintenance)

87

Library (Base Maintenance) 1.04 DISTRIBUTION LIST


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 4 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.04 Issue 3 Rev 0

Singapore Airlines Ltd Copy No.

Description of Copy Holder

88

Vice President Quality - Management Representative, SIAED

89

Divisional Vice President Safety, Security and Environment

1.04 DISTRIBUTION LIST


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

1.05

PAGE 1 of 5

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.05 Issue 3 Rev 0

DEFINITIONS/ACRONYMS Accident

-

Unplanned unwanted events that disrupt the orderly flow of work processes involving motion of people, objects or materials and indicated by physical injury and/or property damage

Administrative Control

-

Any procedure that limits daily exposure to any hazard by administering the workers

AES

-

Airport Emergency Services

AMP

-

Ambulance Meeting Point

Anchorage

-

A secure point of attachment for lifelines, lanyards, safety harness/belt or deceleration devices

ANSI

-

American National Standard Institute

Authorized Examiner (AE)

-

Means any person approved by the Commissioner under section 33 for the purpose of carrying out examination or tests of any hoists and lifts, lifting gears or lifting appliances and lifting machines, steam boiler, steam receiver, air receiver, refrigerating plant pressure receiver, pressure vessel or any other machinery required by the Workplace Safety & Health Act to be examined or tested by an authorized examiner.

Attendant

-

An individual stationed outside one or more confined space work sites who monitors the authorized entrants and who performs all attendant’s duties assigned in the confined space program

Authorized Entrant

-

An employee who is authorized to enter into a confined space

Bodily Injury

-

Includes injury to health, the contraction of a disease, and the aggravation, acceleration or recurrence of any bodily injury or disease.

Competent Person

-

Means a person who has sufficient experience and training to perform the work required to be carried out and has passed such courses as the Commissioner may require for that work

Confined Space

-

Is a space that; a) Is large enough and so configured that an employee can bodily enter and perform assigned work

1.05 DEFINITIONS/ACRONYMS


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 2 of 5

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.05 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

b) Has limited or restricted means for entry or exit (for example, tanks, vessels, silos, storage bins, hoppers and vaults) and c) Is not occupancy

designed

for

continuous

employee

Corrosive

-

Any gas, liquid or solid that can potentially cause destruction to living tissue or can cause a severely accelerated corrosion rate on metals

CP

-

Code of Practices

Contractor

-

Means a person engaged by another person otherwise than under a contract of service to supply any labor for gain or reward; or to do any work for gain or reward in connection with any trade, business, profession or undertaking carried on by the principle

Dangerous Occurrence

-

Means any occurrence in any of the classes listed in the Second Schedule of Workplace Safety Health Act

DFD

-

Designated Factory Doctor

Dose

-

Quantity of ionizing radiation absorbed per unit of mass by the body or any portion of the body

ELCB

-

Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker

Employee

-

Means to employ the service of any person to do any work under a contract of service, with or without remuneration

Emergency

-

Any occurrence (including any failure of hazard control or monitoring equipment) that occurs unexpectedly and demands immediate action

EMS

-

Environmental Management System

Energy Source

-

Any source of energy such as electrical, mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic, chemical, thermal or radiation

Engineering Control

-

Any procedure, other than administrative control or personal protection that reduces the hazard level either at the source or premises

Entry Into Confined Space

-

The action by which a person passes through an opening into a confined space. Entry includes ensuing work activities in that space and is considered to have occurred as soon as the head and both arms and at least the upper body breaks the plane of an opening into the space 1.05 DEFINITIONS/ACRONYMS


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 3 of 5

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.05 Issue 3 Rev 0

Flammable or Explosive Limits

-

Refers to the range of gas or vapor concentrations (percent by volume of air), which will burn or explode if an ignition source is present. LEL means the lower explosive limit, and UEL means the upper explosive limit. Knowledge of the LEL will aid in determining the volume of ventilation needed for an enclosed space to prevent fires and/ or explosion

Flammable Liquid

-

Is any liquid having a flashpoint below 100°F (37.8°C), except any mixture having components with flashpoints of 100°F (37.8°C), or higher, the total of which make up ninety nine percent or more of the total volume of the mixture

FMEA

-

Failure Mode Effect Analysis

FTA

-

Fault Tree Analysis

HCP

-

Hearing Conservation Program

HSP

-

Health & Safety Procedures

Hot Work Permit

-

The employer’s written authorization to perform operations capable of providing a source of ignition (such as welding, cutting, burning, heating)

Hazardous Substance

-

Means any hazardous substance specified in part II of the fifth schedule to the Workplace Safety & Health Act

Incident

-

Unplanned, unwanted events that may (or potentially may) degrade the efficiency of work processes involving motion but not involving physical injury or property damage

JIS

-

Japanese Industrial Standards Committee (JISC)

JSA

-

Job Safety Analysis

LAE

-

Licensed Aircraft Engineer

LEL

-

Lower Exposure Level

Lifting Appliance

-

Includes a pulley block, gin wheel, chain block or set of chain blocks

Lifting Gear

-

Includes any chain, rope, chain sling, rope sling, ring, hook, shackle, swivel, eyebolt and any cage or work platform used for carrying persons while it is suspended from the load line of a crane

1.05 DEFINITIONS/ACRONYMS


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 4 of 5

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.05 Issue 3 Rev 0

Lifting Machines

-

Includes any crane, crab, winch, teagle, runway, transport, piling frame or piling machine and any work platform or suspended scaffold capable of being raised or lowered by climbers, winches or other powered device

Lock Out

-

The placement of a lock out device on an energyisolating device, ensuring that the energy isolating device and the equipment being controlled cannot be operated until the lockout device is removed

LOTO

-

Lock Out Tag Out Procedure

LEV

-

Local Exhaust Ventilation

Maintain

-

Means maintain in an efficient state, in efficient working order and in good repair

MEDA

-

Maintenance Error Decision Aid

MOM

-

Ministry Of Manpower

MOE

-

Ministry of Environment

MSDS

-

Material Safety Data Sheet

Near Miss

-

A near miss is an incident, action, or situation, which at the time of occurrence did not cause injury or property damage. However, the very nature of near misses/ incidents is one where given enough times or slightly different circumstances the near miss will result in an accident and/or property damage.

NID

-

Noise Induced Deafness

OEM

-

Original Equipment Manufacturer

OHS

-

Occupational Health & Safety

OHSAS

-

Occupational Health & Safety Assessment Series

PE

-

Professional Engineer

PEL (Permissible Exposure Limit)

-

The 8-hour time weighted average exposure to a chemical, dust, noise or other contaminates, averaged over 8-hour day

PPE

-

Personal Protective Equipment

PNR

-

Predicted Noise level Reduction

QSD

-

Quality & Safety Division 1.05 DEFINITIONS/ACRONYMS


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual SWL

-

PAGE 5 of 5

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.05 Issue 3 Rev 0

Safe Working Load specified in the certificate of test obtained for the purposes of section 29,30 or 31 or; Where there is no such certificate, the safe working load as ascertained by an Approved Person

SWP

-

Safe Working Pressure specified in the report of examination referred to in section 36, 37, 38, 39, or 40

SCAR

-

Safety Corrective Action Request

SHE

-

Safety Health & Environment

SMR

-

Safety Management Representative

Tag Out

-

The placement of a tag out device on an energy isolation device, to indicate that the energy isolation device and the equipment being controlled may not be operated until the tag out device is removed

TLV (Threshold Limit Value)

-

Established by ACGIH. A recommended limit of exposures that most workers may be repeatedly exposed to for a 40-hour workweek with no adverse health affects

Transmission Machinery

-

Means every shaft, wheel, drum, pulley and system of fast and loose pulleys, coupling, clutch driving-belt or other device by which the motion of a prime mover is transmitted to or received by any machine or appliance

TWA

-

Time Weighted Average

Unsafe Conditions

-

When an unsafe/unprotected situation is present (i.e. no guardrails on aircraft stands).

WSHA

-

Workplace Safety & Health Act 2006

1.05 DEFINITIONS/ACRONYMS


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 5 of 10

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.09 Issue 3 Rev 0

.1

Identifying, reviewing and consolidating all safety and health hazards including risk assessment to assist other divisions/departments in their respective area of responsibility

.2

Identifying, maintaining and updating health and safety legislation and regulations.

.3

Conducting safety reviews, OHS Management System audit and safety & health inspections.

.4

Conducting ground accidents/incidents investigation.

.5

Development of safety awareness training programme and co-ordinate to organize the training programmes.

.6

Development and operations of the health and safety databases, accident statistics and documentation including the Safety, Security and Environmental Newsletter.

.7

Liaison between the company and regulatory bodies.

.8

Acting as Secretary to the company’s Safety and Health Committee and assist the Chairman in planning and directing the functions of the Safety and Health Committee.

.9

Advising the management on the measures to be taken in the interest of the health and safety of the employees.

.10

Discussing the findings of the safety inspection with the Section Head of the department/division concerned.

.11

Investigating into every fatal accident and dangerous occurrence, which took place within the factory, and any industrial diseases counteracted with in the organization.

.12

Organizing campaigns, training courses, competitions & contest and other activities, which will develop and maintain interest of the employees in establishing safe and healthy working conditions.

3.5

Accountable Manager

3.5.1

Accountable Manager is the designated staff at management level assigned to be responsible for respective work area. He is responsible and accountable for all safety and health matters within the work area assigned. He is responsible for:

.1

Preliminary Investigation of all ground industrial accidents and incidents at division level.

.2

Reporting of accidents/incidents to Manager Quality (Safety & Security) through SDS or other means.

.3

Implementing all the recommendations pertaining to accidents/incidents investigation. 1.09 ROLES, RESPONSIBILITY AND AUTHORITY


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

PAGE 1 of 1

OHS Management System Manual

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.06 Issue 3 Rev 0

1.06

MANUAL CONTROL

1

Vice President (Q & S) or his designee reviews and approves this manual.

2

Vice President (Q & S) or his designee reviews amendments to this manual (or the procedures in the manual).

3

Changes to sections of the manual/ procedures are indicated by a change bar on the right hand margin with revision number, and updated on the list of effective pages. The revised pages are issued to copyholders.

4

Extensive changes to the manual shall warrant a complete re-issue. New issue of the manual will supercede all the previous amendment history and list of the effective pages.

5

The manual is continuously updated as the need arises.

6

Vice President (Q & S) or his designee is responsible to establish the distribution to the copyholders.

7

The copyholders of this manual are as shown in section 1.3 and each is assigned a control number for identification.

8

Instructions to the copyholders for embodiment of the revision/ new issue are notified via a Document Dispatch/Acknowledgement Form (DAF).

9

The copy-holder’s manual is numbered for identification control, and the Master Manual is stamped “Master Copy”.

10

All uncontrolled copies of the manual will be stamped “Uncontrolled” and holders of such manuals will not be updated on changes.

11

The copyholder is responsible to ensure that the manual is current and to make the manual available to users requiring it.

12

Copyholder ensures that superseded pages/procedures/manuals are discarded.

13

He acknowledges receipt of new issues/revision of the manual on the DAF.

1.06 MANUAL CONTROL


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

1.07

PAGE 1 of 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.07 Issue 3 Rev 0

OHS POLICY IMPLEMENTATION, COMMUNICATION AND REVIEW

1.1

The OHS policy shall be implemented through an OHS Management System that is defined in this manual and associated documents.

1.2

The responsibility and authority for personnel, who manage, perform and verify work affecting health and safety in order to meet the OHS policy requirements has been defined in this manual. The Management Representative shall be responsible to ensure provision of adequate resources including the assignment of trained personnel.

1.3

This policy will be communicated to all employees through training programs. The policy shall also be displayed in prominent locations. A copy of the policy shall also be forwarded to key suppliers and contractors, whose work is likely to pose health and safety risk.

1.4

The OHS policy shall be reviewed on an annual basis during the management review meeting to ensure its continuing suitability, adequacy and effectiveness in satisfying the requirements of the OHS Management System.

1.07 OHS POLICY IMPLEMENTATION, COMMUNICATION AND REVIEW


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 2 of 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.07 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY POLICY SIA Engineering Company is committed to continual improvement in occupational health and safety performance. We shall: Strive to anticipate hazards in order to eliminate personal injuries/illnesses, losses/damages to properties and equipment. Instill and promote safety culture through staff training and communication with contractors with a view to prevent accidents and injuries. Adhere to established safe work practices and procedures by periodically reviewing and evaluating performance. Educate staff so that they can take personal responsibility to prevent injury to oneself and his/her colleagues. Comply with requirements.

applicable

legal

and

company

The prevention of accidents is a joint effort and we shall work as a team to make our company safe

01.12.2001

William Tan Chief Executive Officer

1.07 OHS POLICY IMPLEMENTATION, COMMUNICATION AND REVIEW


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

1.08

GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE ORGANISATION

1.1

SIA Engineering Company Ltd is a subsidiary of Singapore Airlines Ltd. The company was incorporated on 1st April 1992 by merger of key operational departments of the former SIA Engineering Division with Singapore Engine Overhaul Centre. Several Departments serving the engineering requirements specific to Singapore Airlines were retained to form the new Engineering Division of Singapore Airlines. These are Technical Projects, Technical Services, Engineering Supplies, Quality and parts of Engineering Planning and Services.

1.2

The SIA Engineering Company takes over the Civil Aviation Authority of Singapore Maintenance Organisation Approval AWI/01 previously held by Singapore Airlines Limited.

1.3

The Company comprises the following divisions: 1. Base Maintenance Division 2. Line Maintenance Division 3. Workshops Division (Including Engine Test Facility) 4. Marketing & Sales Division 5. Quality & Safety Division 6. Productivity & Engineering Training Division 7. Business Development Division 8. Facilities Development Division 9. Engineering Services & IT Division 10. Finance Division 11. Corporate Division 12. Human Resources Division 13. Planning & Materials Division

1.4

Servicing, Maintenance and Overhaul of Engines

1.5

1.7

- Airline House, 25 Airline Road Singapore 819829

Servicing, Maintenance and Overhaul of Aircraft Line Maintenance Division

- PTB 1 Singapore Changi Airport Singapore 819642

Base Maintenance Division

- Airline House, 25 Airline Road Singapore 819829

Support Services Quality & Safety Division Marketing & Sales Division Planning & Materials Division Equipment Maintenance

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.2/01

- 300 Loyang Avenue Singapore 509071

Servicing, Maintenance and Overhaul of Components Workshops Division

1.6

1 of 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.08 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

Engine Test Facility

PAGE

-

Hangar 2, 31 Airline Road Singapore 819831 Hangar 2, 31 Airline Road Singapore 819831 Hangar 2, 31 Airline Road Singapore 819831 EM Building, 65 Airline Cargo Road Singapore 819457

1.08 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE ORGANISATION


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

List of Factories:

2 of 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.08 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual 1.8

PAGE

A total of 8 factories registered under the SIAEC.

List of Factories NAME OF FACTORY

Changi Hangar Complex Hangar 1, 2 & 3

Ground Support Equipment Maintenance

Engine Test Facility (SIAEC)

Flight Simulator Maintenance

AULD Centre (SIAEC)

Line Maintenance Division Ground Support Equipment Workshop

ADDRESS

25 Airline Road, Airline House, Singapore 819829

NATURE OF WORK

22259-B-001

Maintenance/Repair/ Overhaul of Aircraft and Associated Components Maintenance and Servicing of Ground Support Equipment

65 Airport Cargo Road Singapore 819457

22260-P-001

300 Loyang Ave Singapore 509071

30247-P-001

Aircraft Engine Overhaul And Test

SIA Training Centre 720 Upper Changi Road East Singapore 486852

22969-A-001

Repair and Maintenance of Aircraft Equipment

20 North Perimeter Rd Singapore 819117

28824-E-001

Maintenance/Repair/ Manufacture of Aircraft Unit Loading Devices and Components

Unit No. 0113-008 C Pier Ext. West Apron Changi Airport Singapore 918101

36093-L-001

Maintenance Airline Ground Equipment

26054-N-001

Maintenance, Handling and Servicing of Aircraft At Aircraft Parking Bay

F42907X-001

Maintenance/Repair/ Overhaul of Aircraft and Associated Components

Line Maintenance Division Support Services

Changi Airport Aircraft Parking Bay Singapore 819329

Changi Hangar Complex Hanger 4 & 5

41 & 43 Airline Road Airline House Singapore 819836

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.2/01

FACTORY NO.

1.08 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE ORGANISATION


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 1 of 10

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.09 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

1.09

ROLES, RESPONSIBILITY AND AUTHORITY

1

Quality & Safety Division

1.1

The Vice President Quality & Safety is head of the division.

1.2

The Quality & Safety Division comprises the following Departments: .1 Quality Audit .2 Quality Standards .3 Quality Support Services .4 Investigation & Reliability .5 Quality Airworthiness .6 Safety, Security & Environment

1.3

Vice President Quality & Safety (VPQS) is responsible to the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) for all matters in aircraft maintenance pertaining to airworthiness, quality and all the matters related to the occupational health, safety and environment.

1.4

Quality & Safety Division ensures that all works performed on the aircraft, engines and associated components are in compliance with applicable requirements of relevant airworthiness authorities' and manufacturers' prescribed procedures, technical specifications, current engineering & aviation standards and good industry practices.

1.5

Safety, Security & Environment (SSE) Department is responsible for developing and implementing health, safety and security programmes. It is also responsible for co-ordinating and facilitating safety and security activities within the organisation and SIA Group whenever required. SSE does not make safety happen but serves as a focal point for both technical and policy implementation regarding occupational health & safety and related regulatory issues.

2

Responsibilities and Scope of Work of Safety, Security & Environment Department

2.1

The scope and responsibilities of the SSE Department for occupational heath & safety are as follows:

.1

Investigate accidents, incidents, injuries, near misses and industrial illnesses, raise the investigation reports and co-ordinate recommendations for follow up actions.

.2

Oversee the establishment, implementation and management of the OHS Management System.

.3

Assist the Section Heads of other departments/divisions in integrating adequate safety controls into their routine and standard operating procedures. It is the responsibility of Section Head of the concerned department/division to implement the OHS Management System with in their area of authority and responsibility.

1.09 ROLES, RESPONSIBILITY AND AUTHORITY


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 2 of 10

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.09 Issue 3 Rev 0

.4

Provide support and guidance on occupational health, safety and workplace environment.

.5

Ensure that ongoing scheduled and unscheduled inspections are conducted to identify and correct unsafe acts and working conditions.

.6

Continually update, evaluate and implement workplace safety objectives and promotion programmes.

.7

Conduct internal OHS Management System audits to ensure compliance and effective implementation of the system.

.8

Plan, co-ordinate and organise safety promotion activities, policies, objectives, training and programs.

.9

Ensure communication of applicable health and safety requirements.

.10

Coordinating and assisting divisions/departments in conducting Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment (HIRA) in their respective area of authority and responsibility

3

Responsibility and Authority

3.1

Safety Management Representative

3.1.1

Vice President (Quality & Safety) will be the Safety Management Representative for OHS Management System manual updating and review. In his absence, Manager Quality (Safety & Security) will assume the role of SMR. He is responsible for:

.1

Establishing and maintaining the OHS Management System manual as per the requirements of OHSAS 18001: 1999 and Safety Management System (SMS) as per the requirements of the Factories Act.

.2

Establishing, reviewing and maintaining the OHS policy and objectives.

.3

Providing leadership and guiding the team on effective implementation and usage of resources for maintenance and upgrading of the OHS Management System.

.4

Planning and conducting internal and external audits for reviewing the effectiveness and adequacy of the OHS Management System.

.5

Reviewing the health & safety performance with respect to defined objectives.

.6

Collation of necessary information to facilitate management decision on continuing suitability, adequacy and effectiveness of the OHS Management System during the management review meeting.

3.2

Vice President (Quality & Safety)

1.09 ROLES, RESPONSIBILITY AND AUTHORITY


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 3 of 10

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.09 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.2.1

The Vice President (Quality & Safety) is responsible to the Chief Executive Officer of SIA Engineering Company for all matters pertaining to airworthiness, safety and security. He is responsible for:

.1

Ensuring that all contractual requirements on airworthiness matter are complied with.

.2

Ensuring all statutory and company regulations and standards relating to the maintenance, overhaul, repair, modification and inspection of aircraft and airborne equipment and components are complied with and adhered to, and that any such work undertaken by the company is carried out to approved and acceptable standards.

.3

Ensuring an independent audit system to monitor compliance with requirements of the regulatory authorities having jurisdiction.

.4

Ensuring that requirements for training of apprentices and continuing training of all technical staff are met.

.5

Maintaining mandatory records relating to airworthiness requirements and in accordance with such conditions and requirements as may be laid down by the airworthiness authorities having jurisdiction.

.6

Compiling and maintaining such other records and statistics as the company may require or is under contractual requirement to undertake.

.7

Ensuring that all aircraft mandatory modification programmes and alert service bulletins are incorporated and/or complied with, within the statutory time limits.

.8

Ensuring that the appropriate airworthiness standards and requirements relating to the supply, storage and issue of aircraft parts and materials are complied with, including responsibilities for the inspection of bonded and quarantine stores and the associated stores inspection procedures.

.9

Investigation of all incidents and accidents affecting airworthiness of aircraft, and co-ordination of recommendations for follow-up action.

.10

Reporting of unairworthy conditions to contract AOC operators, aircraft manufacturers, CAAS and authorities having jurisdiction, as applicable.

.11

Acting as the principal channel of communication between all Divisions of SIA Engineering Company and Airworthiness Authorities on airworthiness matters, and acting as liaison with the ISO certification body.

.12

The day-to-day administration, supervision and discipline of all Quality & Safety Division staff.

.13

Issuance of authorisation certificates to suitably qualified maintenance staff to carry out work under the terms of the authorisation certificates.

.14

Co-ordination and liaison with contracted airlines’ Quality Department on all matters relating to statutory and quality standard requirements of all work undertaken on the contracted airlines’ aircraft, engines and components. 1.09 ROLES, RESPONSIBILITY AND AUTHORITY


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 4 of 10

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.09 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

.15

The efficient operation and continuous improvement of his Division.

.16

Ensuring that necessary corrective actions, resulting from the quality compliance monitoring and audit programme, are pursued.

.17

Ensuring compliance to all relevant statutory and company regulations and standards pertaining to safety and environment issues.

.18

Liaison with regime ministries and other regulatory authorities on issue pertaining to occupational safety, aircraft and ground incident investigation.

.19

Ensuring the smooth operation of the Safety and Security Department.

.20

Such other duties as assigned by the Chief Executive Officer.

3.3

Manager/Assistant Manager Quality (Safety & Security)

3.3.1

The Manager Quality (Safety & Security) is responsible to the Vice President (Quality & Safety) for:

.1

The day-to-day administration, discipline and supervision of all staff in Safety, Security and Environment Department.

.2

Overseeing the implementation and maintenance of the OHS Management System and Environmental Management System.

.3

Ensuring compliance to relevant statutory and company regulations and standards regarding Occupational Health, Safety and Environmental related issues.

.4

Investigating all ground industrial incidents and accidents affecting workplace safety and co-ordination of recommendations for follow-up action.

.5

Liaison with ministries and other regulatory authorities on occupational health & safety, accident/ incident investigation and environment related matters.

.6

Developing and managing the safety audit and training system, and a suitable safety related Risk Management System.

.7

In the absence of the Vice President (Quality & Safety), to assume full responsibility and authority for all matters relating to the health and safety, when called upon to do so.

.8

Acting as the Safety Management Representative (SMR) with the attendant responsibility and authority as defined in Section 3.1.

.9

Such other duties as assigned by the Vice President (Quality & Safety).

3.4

Safety & Health Executive

3.4.1

Safety & Health Executive (SHE) is responsible to the Manager Quality (Safety & Security) for: 1.09 ROLES, RESPONSIBILITY AND AUTHORITY


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 6 of 10

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.09 Issue 3 Rev 0

.4

Implementing all the necessary occupational health and safety requirements, policies and safe work practices within their area of concern.

.5

Approving the Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment for their area of concern and ensure that Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment has been conducted in compliance with legislative requirements and continually reviewed.

3.6

Section Head of Functional Department/Division

3.6.1

Section Head is responsible for ensuring that everyone under their jurisdiction follows all the safety policies and procedures.

.1

Ensure that OHS Management System is effectively and efficiently implemented.

.2

Maintain and assist in the development of safe practices for every hazardous function of the operation, based on the manufacturer operating instruction/ manual.

.3

Assist in conducting the ground accident/incident investigations.

.4

Implement and enforce the Emergency Response Plan, Emergency Rescue Plan and Hazardous Material Handling Plan.

.5

Plan and organize the internal and external training program for concerned staff on occupational health & safety related matters.

.6

Ensure that all relevant records are kept, updated and maintained and available for inspection.

.7

Periodically observe individual job performance for compliance with safe work practices and procedures. Recognize individuals who practice safe behavior (and reinforce it) and investigate and discuss alternate ideas before counseling employees when unsafe acts are observed (correct it).

.8

Instruct concerned employee’s in the recognition and avoidance of unsafe conditions, and the regulations applicable to their work environment to control or eliminate any hazards or exposure to illness or injury.

.9

Attend any and all safety meetings required by management, as well as, assure the attendance at Safety & Health Committee Meetings of any Safety & Health Committee Member they supervise.

.10

Hold safety meetings with staff as and when required and maintain a signed record of contents and attendance.

.11

Ensure that Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment has been conducted in compliance with legislative requirements and continually reviewed.

3.7

Foreman/Assistant Foreman/LAE/Supervisors

.1

Update on health and safety issues affecting the operations they supervise. 1.09 ROLES, RESPONSIBILITY AND AUTHORITY


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

.2

Maintain a safe working environment by finding and controlling unsafe work conditions, practices and procedures.

.3

Correct any unsafe work practices observed and ensure employees handle material, tools and equipment in a proper and safe manner.

.4

Ensure that machines and equipment are maintained in a safe operating condition.

.5

Ensure that concerned staff follows all the health and safety procedures and wear the required Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).

.6

Conduct or assist in conducting Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment for the activities they are involved.

.7

Communicate the existing control measures or action plan for identified hazards to the staff concerned.

3.8

All Employees of SIAEC

3.8.1

The following applying to all employees and all employees are to promote safety roles pro-actively in the organization.

.1

Observe all company safety, health and environment rules and apply principal of pro-active safety during the course of day-to-day duties.

.2

Report any job related injury, illness or unsafe conditions to the immediate supervisor and if required, seek medical treatment immediately.

.3

Observe and follow all hazard warnings, instructions and safety signs.

.4

Keep work area, walkways and tools clear of hazards.

.5

Know the location procedures.

.6

Keep all emergency equipment such as fire extinguishers, fire alarms, fire control panels and riser, exit doors and stairways clear of obstacles.

.7

Follow the applicable manufacturers maintenance manual instructions and safe work procedures.

.8

Report all the accident and incidents to the authorities concerned with 24 hours and cooperate in the investigation.

.9

Follows all the health and safety procedures and wear the required Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) where necessary.

.10

Shall not, without reasonable cause, willfully or recklessly does any act, which endangers the safety and health of himself or others.

.11

Shall not willfully or recklessly interfere with or misuse any appliances, protective clothing, convenience, equipment or other means or thing provided.

fire

and

7 of 10

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.09 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

of

PAGE

emergency

exits

and

evacuation

1.09 ROLES, RESPONSIBILITY AND AUTHORITY


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 8 of 10

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.09 Issue 3 Rev 0

.12

Shall co-operate with superiors, colleagues or other staff to enable the compliance with statutory requirements.

3.9

Aircraft Maintenance Practices

3.9.1

When working on the aircraft or associated equipment, all SIAEC employees shall strictly observe and follow the procedures and safety precautions stated in the applicable Maintenance Manual, Engineering Procedures Manual or other Approved Technical Publications.

3.9.2

Give special attention to all CAUTION and WARNING NOTES.

3.9.3

Non-observances of WARNING and CAUTIONS may result in loss of life, injury and damage to property.

1.09 ROLES, RESPONSIBILITY AND AUTHORITY


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 9 of 10

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.09 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

ORGANISATION CHART OF SAFETY, SECURITY & ENVIRONMENT DEPARTMENT

MANAGER QUALITY (SAFETY & SECURITY)

ASST. MANAGER QUALITY (SECURITY)

SUPERVISOR SECURITY

ASST. MANAGER QUALITY (SAFETY)

SAFETY & HEALTH EXECUTIVES

ENGINEERING OFFICER

QUALITY EXECUTIVE

ENGINEERING OFFICER

1.09 ROLES, RESPONSIBILITY AND AUTHORITY


EFFECTIVE DATE 02 Apr 2007

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 10 of 10

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.09 Issue 3 Rev 1

1.09 ROLES, RESPONSIBILITY AND AUTHORITY


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

1.10

PAGE 1 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.10 Issue 3 Rev 0

OUTLINE OF THE OHS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

1

Introduction:

1.1

In line with our OHS policy and to demonstrate our commitment to the internal and external interested parties, we have established an Occupational Health & Safety Management System as per OHSAS 18001: 1999 specification and Safety Management System requirements as per the Workplace Safety & Health Act and related regulation requirements.

1.2

The scope of certification is as explained in Section 2 of this manual.

1.3

The OHS Management System has been designed to facilitate ease of use and implementation. The structure of the Management System is as described below.

2

Purposes and Scope

2.1

OHS Management System has been developed in compliance with occupational health & safety law of Singapore and to meet the requirements of OHSAS 18001. The OHS Management System is intended to significantly reduce the hazards and risk at workplace. The manual is to cover all employees, customers, visitors and contracted individuals regardless of their department or organizational function. This procedure shall introduce those general and specific policies, which form the foundation of our health, safety and loss control activities. Any specific work procedure, which is applicable to particular area or task shall be developed and included in the concerned department/ division Operation Manual.

3

Occupational Health & Safety Planning

3.1

We have established and implemented a procedure (SIAEC/HSP/4.3.1/01) for identifying the safety and health hazards associated with our work activities. This procedure is intended to cover routine and non-routine activities and all activities in the workplace that can result in unacceptable level of risk. The methodology used for identification of hazards is checklist. A set of criteria has been established to carry out risk assessment. The results of risk assessment have been used to decide on additional control measures required to reduce the levels of risk. The results of risk assessment has been compiled and maintained at the divisional and company level. This procedure shall be applied to new processes or changes in existing processes to ensure proactive identification of hazards and establishment of necessary control measures. This procedure has also incorporated the requirements of hazard analyses based on SMS requirements of the Workplace Safety & Health (General Provisions) Regulation.

3.2

A procedure (SIAEC/HSP/4.3.2/01) has been established to ensure that the applicable legal requirements are identified. This has resulted in the compilation of applicable health and safety legal requirements with respect to our activities. This has been documented in the form of “Register of legal requirements�. The procedure also defines the process for keeping the information on legal and other requirements up to date. 1.10 OUTLINE OF THE OHS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 2 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.10 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual 3.3

Objectives shall be established for making improvements in health and safety performance and management system. While establishing objectives, the following considerations shall be taken into account: a. Legal and other requirements; b. OHS hazards and risks; c. Technological options; d. Financial, operational and business requirements; e. Views of interested parties.

3.4

The objectives shall be consistent with the commitment to continual improvement. Objectives shall be established and maintained at each relevant function and level within the organization.

3.5

Management programs shall be formulated indicating the means, time frame and responsibility for achieving the objectives. Appropriate performance indicators shall be identified to assess the progress in achieving the objectives.

3.6

Documents associated with occupational health and safety planning: SIAEC/HSP/4.3.1/01

: Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment

SIAEC/HSP/4.3.2/01

: Legal Requirements

SIAEC/HSP/DOC/4.3.3/01 : Objectives SIAEC/HSP/DOC/4.3.4/01 : Management Programmes 4

Implementation of OHS Management System

4.1

In order to ensure effective implementation of the OHS Management System, the roles, responsibilities and authorities for the various functions and levels of the organization has been defined in Section 3 of the manual. The Safety Management Representative shall provide the resources essential for the implementation, control and improvement of the OHS Management System.

4.2

The implementation of the OHS Management System consists of identifying and providing ongoing training to the people whose work can be associated with unacceptable level of risk or as required by regulations. A procedure (SIAEC/HSP/4.4.2/01) has been established to identify and train our people in developing their competence to handle work activities associated with high risks.

4.3

A procedure (SIAEC/HSP/4.4.3/01) has been established to facilitate consultation and communication on OHS issues. This includes the establishment of Safety & Health Committee, safety promotion plans and reviewing results of risk assessment with relevant personnel. This procedure is also intended to address the elements of “Group Meetings” & “Safety Promotion” of the SMS as per the Workplace Safety & Health (General Provisions) Regulation.

4.4

The core elements of the OHS Management System have been documented in the form of manuals, system procedures and operational control procedures. The occupational health & safety and operational control procedures having 1.10 OUTLINE OF THE OHS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 3 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.10 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

legal requirements and applicability across the company shall be established and maintained by Quality & Safety Division (e.g. confined space entry, working at heights etc.). The operational controls that have applicability at the divisional level shall be established and maintained at the divisional level (e.g. spray painting). 4.5

In order to ensure effective control of documentation, a procedure (SIAEC/HSP/4.4.5/01) to identify, establish, maintain, revise and dispose off documents has been defined.

4.6

Operational control procedures are documented to address situations where their absence could result in deviation from the OHS policy and objectives. It is also intended to address the safe work practices as per the SMS requirements and documented safe work practices required ensuring compliance with the Workplace Safety & Health Act. The operational control procedures have been established at the company level and divisional level. The Operational Procedure Manual (OPM) of the concerned division provides the details of the operational control procedures related to the task within the concerned work area.

4.7

A comprehensive emergency response plan (SIAEC/HSP/4.4.7/01) has been established and implemented to respond to the identified potential accidents and emergencies. This procedure addresses the requirement of drills and the review of procedures subsequent to the occurrence of emergency situations.

4.8

Documents associated with implementation of OHS Management System: SIAEC/HSP/4.4.2/01

: OHS Training and Awareness

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.3/01

: OHS Consultation and Communication

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.5/01

: Document and Data Control

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.7/01

: Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.6/01

: Operational Control/ Safe Work Practices

5

Performance Measurements and Corrective Action

5.1

We have established a procedure (SIAEC/HSP/4.5.1/01) to measure, monitor and control our safety and health performance. This includes establishment of specific performance parameters and indicators that will reflect the safety and health performance, the frequency of monitoring and the evaluation of compliance with legal requirements. This is also intended to address the inspection requirements of the SMS as per the Workplace Safety & Health (General Provisions) Regulation.

5.2

A procedure (SIAEC/HSP/4.5.2/01) has been established for identification of non-conformance and for effective implementation of corrective and preventive action. The corrective and preventive actions shall be appropriate to the magnitude of the problem and commensurate with the safety and health impact encountered. Deviations from system requirements shall be classified as non1.10 OUTLINE OF THE OHS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 4 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.10 Issue 3 Rev 0

conformances and deviations from legal requirements shall be classified as non-compliance. 5.3

A procedure (SIAEC/HSP/4.5.2/02) has been established to investigate and report accidents and incidents. The requirements of reporting to regulatory agencies have also been considered as part of the procedure.

5.4

A procedure (SIAEC/HSP/4.5.3/01) has been established to identify, maintain and dispose OHS records. The regulatory requirements with respect to maintenance and disposition of OHS records have also been considered. Each system and operational control procedure specifies the record that the procedure is expected to generate, the persons responsible for holding the records and the records retention period.

5.5

A procedure (SIAEC/HSP/4.5.4/01) for planning and carrying out periodic internal and external audits to be conducted by qualified auditors to determine and ensure whether our system conforms to the standards has been established. The purpose of carrying out audits and safety inspections is to provide information to the management on the status of OHS management system.

5.6

Documents associated with performance measurement and corrective action: SIAEC/HSP/4.5.1/01

: OHS Monitoring and Performance Measurement

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.2/01

: Non-Conformance, Non-compliance, Corrective and Preventive Action

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.2/02

: Reporting & Investigation of Ground Accident/ Incident/ Injuries/ Industrial Illness

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.3/01

: Procedure For Records

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.4/01

: OHSMS Audits and Safety Inspections

6

OHS Management System Review

6.1

The senior management shall undertake a periodic review of the OHS management system with the objective of reviewing the continuing suitability, adequacy and effectiveness of the system. A procedure (SIAEC/HSP/4.6/01) to carry out management review has been established and the Management Representative shall be responsible for carrying out the management review and recording the minutes of meetings.

6.2

Documents associated with review: SIAEC/HSP/4.6/01

: Management Review

1.10 OUTLINE OF THE OHS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

PAGE

OHS Management System

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.11 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

1.11

1 of 4

Matrix showing linkage between OHSAS 18001 and SMS

SMS Element No. and Title

Section/Procedure Ref. No

Title of Section/ Procedure of the OHS Manual in SIAEC

Element 1 Safety Policy

Section 1 of the OHS Manual

OHS Policy

Element 11 Risk Assessment

SIAEC/HSP/4.3.1/01

Hazards Identification and Risk Assessment

Nil

SIAEC/HSP/4.3.2/01

Legal Requirements

Nil

Section 4 of the OHS Manual

Planning

Nil

Section 1.10 of the OHS Manual

Planning

4.4.1 Structure and Responsibility

Element 1 Safety Policy Including the Allocation and Delegation of Responsibility

Section 1.9 of the OHS Manual

Role, Responsibilities and Authority

4.4.2 Training, Awareness and Competence

Element 3 Safety Training

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.2/01

OHS Training and Awareness

Group Meetings

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.3/01

OHS Consultation and Communication

Element 7 Safety Promotion

SIAEC/HSP/DOC/4.4.3/01

Terms of Reference For Safety Committee

Nil

Section 1.10 of the OHS Manual

Implementation

Nil

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.5/01

Document and Data Control

Element 2 Safe Work Practices

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/01

OHSAS Clause Reference No. and Title 4.2 OHS Policy 4.3.1 Hazard Identification, Risk Assessment and Control 4.3.2 Legal and Other Requirements 4.3.3 Objectives 4.3.4 OHS Management Programs

Element 4 4.4.3 Consultation and Communication

4.4.4 Documentation 4.4.5 Documentation and Data Control 4.4.6 Operational Control

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/02

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.2/01

Entry and Working Inside The Aircraft Fuel Tank Entry and Working In Confined Space (Excluding Aircraft Fuel Tank)

1.11 MATRIX SHOWING LINKAGE BETWEEN OHSAS 18001 & SMS


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

SMS Element No. and Title

Section/Procedure Ref. No

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/03

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/04

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/05 SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/06 SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/07 SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/08 SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/11

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/12

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/13

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/14

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/15

SIAEC/HPS/QSD/4.4.6/16

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/17

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/18 SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/20 SIAEC/HSP/4.4.2/01

2 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.11 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

OHSAS Clause Reference No. and Title

PAGE

Title of Section/ Procedure of the OHS Manual in SIAEC Hot Work, Welding, Cutting and Other Operation Involving The Use of Heat Safe Use of Hazardous (Flammable) Material From Heat/Ignition Source Lock-Out, Tag-Out Procedure Safe Means of Access and Safe Working at Heights Electrical Safety Work on Pressurized System Maintenance, Fencing and/ or Guarding of Machine/Equipment Testing, Inspection Certification and Use of Lift and Hoist Testing, Inspection Certification & Use of Lifting Gears, Lifting Machines and Lifting Appliances Lifting Operations Using Mobile and Overhead Cranes Testing, Inspection, Certification and Use of Air Receiver Safe Operation of Material Handling Vehicles/Equipment Testing, Inspection, Certification and Use of Hydraulic Platform, Cherry Picker and Vehicle Mounted Platform Safe Use of Hand and Portable Power Tools Prevention of Injuries and illnesses

1.11 MATRIX SHOWING LINKAGE BETWEEN OHSAS 18001 & SMS


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

SMS Element No. and Title

Section/Procedure Ref. No

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/25

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/26

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/27 SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/28 SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/29 SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/30 SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/31 SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/32 Element 6 In-house Rules and Regulations Element 8 System for Evaluation, Selection & Control of Contractors Element 10 Maintenance Regime Element 12 Control of Movement & Use of Hazardous Substances

Element 13 Occupational Health Programmes

Title of Section/ Procedure of the OHS Manual in SIAEC Selection, Use Issuance, Maintenance and Replacement of PPE Inspection, Storage and Use of Compressed Gas, Cylinder and Gas Plant Industrial Safety Signage Operational Control Procedure For Industrial Ventilation Registration of Factories Visitors Safety Radiation Safety Spray Painting

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/32

In House Rules and Regulations

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/31

Management of Contractors

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/10

Maintenance Regime For Equipment, Machinery and Plant

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/09

Hazardous Material Control and Communication

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/19

Operational Control Procedure For First Aid

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/21

Industrial Hygiene Monitoring

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/22 SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/23 SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/24

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.2/01

3 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.11 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

OHSAS Clause Reference No. and Title

PAGE

Hearing Conservation Programme Medical Examination & Surveillance Respiratory Protection Programme

1.11 MATRIX SHOWING LINKAGE BETWEEN OHSAS 18001 & SMS


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

4.4.7 Emergency Preparedness and Response 4.5.1 Performance Monitoring and Measurement

4 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 1.11 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

OHSAS Clause Reference No. and Title

PAGE

SMS Element No. and Title

Section/Procedure Ref. No

Title of Section/ Procedure of the OHS Manual in SIAEC

Element 14 Emergency Preparedness

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.7/01

Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan

Element 9 Safety Inspections

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.1/01

OHS Monitoring and Performance Measurement Non-conformance, Non compliance, Corrective and Preventive Action Reporting and Investigation of Ground accidents/ Incident/Injuries/ Industrial Illness

Nil

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.2/01

Element 5 Incident Investigation and Analysis

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.2/02

4.5.3 Records and Records Management

Nil

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.3/01

Procedure For Records

4.5.4 Audit

Nil

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.4/01

OHS Management System Audits and Safety Inspection

4.6 Management Review

Element 1 Safety Policy

SIAEC/HSP/4.6/01

Management Review

4.5.2 Accident, Incident, Non-Conformance, Corrective and Preventive Action

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.2/01

1.11 MATRIX SHOWING LINKAGE BETWEEN OHSAS 18001 & SMS


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

1 1.1

2

3 3.1

4 4.1

1 of 10

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.01 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

2.01

PAGE

HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND RISK ASSESSMENT Purpose and Scope The purpose of this procedure is to provide a systematic and documented method for hazard identification and risk assessment. Risk assessment is vital because: (a) The level of risk determines the priorities that shall accord to different hazards and the selection of appropriate control measures and; (b) The level of integrity of corrective/preventive measures will depend on the level of risk. Definitions Hazards

-

Source or situation with a potential for harm in terms of injury or ill health, damage to property, damage to the workplace environment, or a combination of these

Risk

-

The combination of the likelihood and consequence of a specific hazardous event occurring

Responsibility Section Head of the concerned department/division will be responsible for conducting hazard identification and risk assessment. Procedure Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment Team

4.1.1

Section Head shall ensure that all activities under their department/division have been identified and the person(s) in-charge has been assigned for undertaking the hazard identification and risk assessment.

4.1.2

Section Head shall establish a cross-functional team to undertake the identification and evaluation of safety and health hazards and associated risks. He or his designated representative shall act as the team leader for each work activity to be analysed. The team composition should include: (a) Section Head or his designated representative; (b) Safety & Health Executive/ Safety & Health Committee member; (c) Engineer-in-charge/Technician/Persons performing the work activity and; (d) Representative of contractor if applicable.

4.1.3

The team leader shall be trained on this procedure and the process shall involve brainstorming with all the members of the team.

4.1.4

The risk assessment shall be conducted for all routine and non-routine work activities in compliance with statutory requirement of Workplace Safety & Health (Risk Management) Regulation 2006.

SIAEC/HSP/4.3.1/01

2.01 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND RISK ASSESSMENT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 2 of 10

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.01 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual 4.1.5

Hazard identification and risk assessment shall be carried out for all accidents/ incident reported (through SDS) including first aid cases and for nonconformance or non-compliance raised through internal/external audits prior to implementation of corrective and preventive action.

4.1.6

Initial hazard identification and risk assessment shall be carried by the team and shall be compiled at the divisional and company level. Subsequently, the hazard identification and risk assessment shall be carried out whenever: (a) There is a recommendation after accident/incident investigation report; (b) There is a new/changed work activity or workplace for which risk assessment has not been carried out; (c) An activity has been classified as a high risk based on the initial assessment; (d) Before implementation of any corrective and preventive action, where the magnitude of the OHS impact is direct and risk may be high and; (e) There are any changes in legal framework and (f) Before starting up any new work process or activity

4.2 4.2.1

4.2.2

Process For Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment The work activities shall be identified and defined based on process/work flow and inventory of activities/services at the department/division and company level shall be established. e.g. confined space work, lifting, grinding etc. Job Safety Analysis (JSA) shall be conducted to define the activity, if required or it may define as per AMM for aircraft. The process of hazard identification and associated consequences shall involve the following: (a) The work activity shall be broken into a series of logical steps (tasks) and listed in their normal order of occurrence. The activity shall be subdivided into steps (tasks) till it is detailed enough to be sufficiently understood; (b) Similar work activities can be grouped together as one category of activity and risk inventory shall be established accordingly. Non-routine tasks like maintenance, start-up, shut down, emergency response, etc shall be considered in the classification of work activities. Activities associated with sub-contractors and visitors on company premises shall also be included for risk assessment as appropriate; (c) Each logical step shall then be thoroughly reviewed and all potential hazards associated with the step identified. In doing so the team shall consider the checklist of health and safety hazards in Attachment 1. However, the team members shall also consider health and safety hazards that may not have been listed in the checklist based on their training and experience; (d) The potential consequences for each identified hazard shall be identified. The team shall consider the checklist of potential consequences in Attachment II. In addition, any potential consequences based on the training and experience of the SH executive or the Safety & Health committee member shall be considered and; (e) The existing control measures shall be identified.

SIAEC/HSP/4.3.1/01

2.01 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND RISK ASSESSMENT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 3 of 10

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.01 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

Note: For processes and activities where JSA is not suitable, other methods such as Failure Modes Effects Analysis (FMEA)/Fault Tree Analysis (FTA)/Event Tree analysis shall be selected. 4.3

Risk Assessment Criteria

4.3.1

Risk assessment shall be carried out in compliance with Workplace Safety & Health (Risk Management) Regulation 2006 using the guidelines provided in Attachment III using the following criteria: (a) The impact rating of the consequences of occurrence/exposure to the hazard; (b) The frequency rating of occurrence/exposure; (c) Based on the application of the impact rating and frequency rating, the risk level associated with the tasks shall be established. If the risk level is high then the associated work activity is classified as a high risk work activity and; (d) Review and record it as described in SIAEC Risk Assessment Part 1: Assessment with Existing Control Measures form. (See Appendix)

4.3.2

All reasonably practicable steps shall be taken to eliminate any foreseeable risk identified during the hazard identification and risk assessment exercise.

4.4

Additional Control Measures

4.4.1

Based on the results of risk assessment, additional control measures shall be implemented as per the guidance in attachment III If risk reduction is required, SIAEC Risk Assessment Part 2: Assessment of Risk Reduction Action form should be completed. (See Appendix)

4.4.2

The following guidelines shall be followed where feasible:

.1

Elimination

-

It refers to the total removal of the hazards and hence effectively making all identified possible accidents and ill health impossible. This is permanent solution and should be attempted in the first instance.

.2

Substitution

-

Where hazardous materials have been identified as a hazard then the preferred option is to replace the material with a less hazardous one or presents lower risk.

.3

Engineering

-

The removal of the potential hazards by reengineering the job or providing physical means that limits the hazard. This, for example may involve such action as redesigning pipe-work/ equipment or configuring a crane

.4

Administrative Control

-

The application of administrative control to hazards may include such actions as limiting the time of exposure, rotating of personnel, restricting unauthorised entry, etc

SIAEC/HSP/4.3.1/01

2.01 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND RISK ASSESSMENT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

Personal Protective Equipment

-

4 of 10

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.01 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual .5

PAGE

The provision of appropriate PPE does not eliminate the hazards, but only shield those exposed from it. Such action will have to be coupled with training in the correct use of the equipment. This should be used only as a last resort after all other control measures have been considered or as a short term contingency or as an additional protective measure.

4.4.3

The hazard identification and risk assessment shall be recorded in the form as shown in the Appendix and shall be compiled at the department/division and company level.

4.4.4

Once completed, the document shall be forwarded to Safety & Health Executive for review. After finalizing, all Risk Assessment Part 1: Assessment with Existing Control Measures form and Risk Assessment Part 2: Assessment of Risk Reduction Action form shall be signed by Team Leader and Accountable Manager in duplicate.

4.4.4

One copy all the hazard identification and risk assessment documents (records) shall be stored, as a controlled document by division concerned and second copy shall be forwarded to Safety & Security Department, Safety & Quality Division.

4.5

Arising from the risk assessment, safe work procedures or safe work instruction for the activity, which may pose Safety & health risks (for activities, which are determined as high or moderate risk) should be established and implemented.

4.6

The risk team should ensure that the risk assessment is conducted properly and that any residual risks are acceptable and manageable. Residual risks are the remaining risks for which the planned risk controls are not able to effectively remove or control. The residual risk must be highlighted for each control measures.

4.7

Division concerned shall communicate the hazard and control measures to operational staff through suitable means (e.g. web, notice board etc.)

5

Control of Records Title SIAEC Risk Assessment Part 1: Assessment with Existing Control Measures and SIAEC Risk Assessment Part 2: Assessment of Risk Reduction Action

SIAEC/HSP/4.3.1/01

Responsibility

Retention Period

Storage Medium

Section Head of Concerned Department/ Q & S Division

5 Years

Hardcopy/ Softcopy

2.01 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND RISK ASSESSMENT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

5 of 10

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.01 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual 6

PAGE

Documents Associated With This Procedure SIAEC/HSP/4.4.2/01

OHS Training and Awareness

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.3/01

OHS Consultation and Communication

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.4/01

OHS Audits and Inspection

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.7/01

Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan

SIAEC/HSP/4.6/01

Management Review

SIAEC/HSP/DOC/4.3.1/01

Results of Risk Assessment

Workplace Safety & Health (Risk Management) Regulation 2006

SIAEC/HSP/4.3.1/01

2.01 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND RISK ASSESSMENT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 6 of 10

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.01 Issue 3 Rev 0

Flow Chart For Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment

Form risk assessment team

Preparation Work

Gather relevant information from accident data, unsafe acts and conditions

Identify activities and prepare master list for HIRA Identify the hazards, hazardous event and foreseeable cause associated with each task of the activity (Attachment I)

Hazard Identification Determine consequences to evaluate the severity of the hazard and harm (S)

Identify the existing control measures Risk Evaluation/ Assessment Determine additional control measures required to reduce the risk? (Guideline for additional control measures) Complete Risk Assessment Part 2: Assessment of Risk Reduction Actions

Determine likelihood (probability/ frequency) of Occurrence (F)

Assess the risk level based on the matrix (R=SxF) Risk Control

Review with Safety & Security Department

Carry out Assessment of risk reduction and review risk assessment to establish residual risk if any

Signed by Team leader and Accountable Manager Implementation & Review Communicate the existing hazards and control measures with operational staff Division concerned audit with Safety & Security Department to ensure control measures are in place and working

Record and Store Document

SIAEC/HSP/4.3.1/01

2.01 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND RISK ASSESSMENT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 7 of 10

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.01 Issue 3 Rev 0

Attachment I Checklist of Hazards • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SIAEC/HSP/4.3.1/01

Bursting of revolving vessel, wheel, grindstone or grinding wheel moved by mechanical power Causing nuisance to community Contact with moving parts of machinery Contact with compressed gases Contact with chemicals/harmful substances Contact with electricity Contact with hot/ cold surfaces Collision due to operation of vehicles Collision with static objects Collision with moving objects Electrical short circuit or failure of electrical machinery, plant or apparatus Explosion Exposure to radiation Exposure to chemicals/substances/dusts Exposure to noise/vibration Falling from heights Falling objects from a height Faulty electrical installation Fatigue, stress or strain Falling objects in confined space Failure or collapse of scaffolding or form work Failure or collapse of crane, derrick, winch, hoist, piling frame or other appliance used in raising or lowering persons or goods Failure of ventilation systems while working in confined space Generation of static charge Improperly guarded or unguarded machinery Ingestion of harmful/hazardous substances Increase of toxic/flammable gases while working in confined space Inadvertent activation of energy sources in confined space such as valves, stirrers etc. Lifting of heavy objects Lack of ventilation or improper ventilation Lack of illumination or poor illumination Lack of oxygen in confined space Lack of or failure of safety devices Overturning of crane Presence of toxic gases in confined space Presence of flammable gases in confined space Release of stored energy Release, spillage or presence of flammable/explosive materials Release, spillage or presence of toxic substances Release of compressed gases Reduction in oxygen level while working in confined space Sandwiched between objects Sources for ignition in confined space Struck by flying objects/sparks 2.01 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND RISK ASSESSMENT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

• • • •

8 of 10

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.01 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual • • • • • • •

PAGE

Trips/falls due to uneven/slippery surfaces Tripping over obstacles Tripping/falling in to water/storage tanks/dangerous places Tampering with machinery in operation Use of wrong tools Use of defective equipment Use of explosive powered or sparking tools in areas of flammable material storage Use of equipment tools with repetitive motion Uncomfortable work positions or work environment Working under suspended load Working at heights within confined space

Attachment II Checklist of Consequences • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

SIAEC/HSP/4.3.1/01

Amputation Allergic response Asphyxiation (suffocation) Chemical burn Chemical poisoning Death Dermatitis (skin disease) Equipment damage Eye injury Foot injury Hand injury Head damage Heat stress Heat (hot/cold) burn Ill-health Muscular injury Noise induced deafness Occupational asthma Permanent disability Property damage

2.01 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND RISK ASSESSMENT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 9 of 10

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.01 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual Attachment III Checklist of Risk Assessment Guidelines For Consequence Rating Rating

Guidelines For Rating

High

Potential death or exposure causing permanent disability or potential damage costing greater than 1 million or existing noncompliance with legal requirements or potential for damage to aircraft

Moderate

Potential to cause reportable injury or causing reportable industrial diseases or dangerous occurrences as required under the Workplace Safety & Health Act and subsidiary legislation or potential damage costing between 500,000 to 1 million or potential non-compliance with legal requirements.

Low

Potential to cause injuries that requires the attention of a medical practitioner or potential to cause long term ill health or potential damage costing between 50,000 to 5000,000.

Very Low

Potential to cause injuries that requires first aid or potential to cause short term ill health or potential damage costing up to 50,000.

Guidelines For Frequency Rating (Frequency of Hazard) Rating

Guidelines For Rating

High

Has happened frequently in the company or is expected to occur frequently (repeated occurrence during activity/operation).

Moderate

Has happened several times in the company or is expected to occur several times in the company.

Low

Has happened in the company or is expected to occur in the company.

Very Low

SIAEC/HSP/4.3.1/01

Never heard of before or is not expected to occur in the company.

2.01 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND RISK ASSESSMENT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 10 of 10

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.01 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual Guidelines For Establishing Risk Level Likelihood

High (1)

Moderate (2)

Low (3)

Very low (4)

High (1)

High (1)

High (2)

Moderate (3)

Moderate (4)

Moderate (2)

High (2)

Moderate (4)

Low (6)

Low (8)

Low (3)

Moderate (3)

Low (6)

Low (9)

Very Low (12)

Very Low (4)

Moderate (4)

Low (8)

Very Low (12)

Very Low (16)

Consequence

Guidelines for Additional Control Measures Risk Level

Additional Control Measures

High

New control measures must be introduced; Where feasible, objectives shall be established. New control measures may be approval systems, training, work instructions, emergency response, etc. Control measures shall be documented. Residual risk shall be evaluated.

Moderate

Existing control measures (if any) have to be revised/ reviewed and monitored. If existing control measures are insufficient or ineffective new control measures shall be introduced where possible.

Low

Existing control measures shall continue to be monitored and shall be revalidated if necessary. If existing control measure is not available, task shall be reviewed for control measures.

Very Low

SIAEC/HSP/4.3.1/01

No actions required.

2.01 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND RISK ASSESSMENT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

2.02 1

1 of 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.02 Issue 3 Rev 0

LEGAL REQUIREMENTS Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to ensure that all work processes and work areas comply with the applicable regulatory and statutory requirements.

1.2

The Acts, regulations and other documents that are applicable to SIAEC operations are: (i) (ii) (iii)

2

PAGE

Workplace Safety & Health Act, Regulations, Orders and Notifications; Relevant Codes of Practice and MOM guidelines and; Other applicable requirements, which include national, regional and international legislation, agreements with public authorities, statutory boards, non-regulatory (requirements like collective agreements) and Civil Aviation Authorities.

Definitions Nil.

3

Responsibility

3.1

Safety Management Representative (SMR) will be responsible for administering the OHS Management System manual to comply with applicable legal and statutory requirements.

3.2

Concerned Section Head will be responsible for compliance of all applicable requirements in their respective area of operation.

3.3

The SMR and/or Safety & Health Committee will be responsible for: a) Identification of applicable occupational health and safety statutory and legal requirements; b) Review the publications and government gazette to identify the lists of rules and regulations applicable to our operation from time to time; c) Continual review and update on the new legislation or regulations and;

4

Procedures

4.1

A legal register shall be maintained for applicable OHS requirements and update regularly.

4.2

Changes in the legal requirements shall be kept up to date (and updated) by reviewing OHS Newsletter from MOM, attending seminars on OHS matters, engaging external agencies or from any other source.

4.3

Quality and Safety Division shall make review of the changes in any applicable statutory requirements and the Safety & Health Committee shall be informed of any deviations and corrective actions required.

SIAEC/HSP/4.3.2/01

2.02 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

4.4

Section Head of department/division concerned shall correct any deviations and comply with any new applicable requirements.

4.5

Any changes in the legal requirements will be communicated through Safety & Health Committee meetings and/or through disseminating information on notice board, through news letter or electronically. Control of Records Title Legal Register

6

2 of 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.02 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

5

PAGE

Responsibility

Retention Period

Quality & Safety Division

5 years

Storage Medium Hardcopy/ Softcopy

Documents Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety & Health Act 2006, Workplace Safety & Health (General Provisions) Regulations 2006, Workplace Safety & Health (Registration of Factories) Regulations 2006 Workplace Safety & Health (Incident Reporting) Regulation 2006 Workplace Safety & Health (First Aid) Regulation 2006 Workplace Safety & Health (Risk Management) Regulation 2006 Any other Regulations, Notifications, Orders in relation to Workplace Safety & Health issued by Ministry of Manpower time to time

SIAEC/HSP/4.3.2/01

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.3/01

OHS Communication and Consultation

SIAEC/HSP/4.6/01

Management Review

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.4/01

OHS Audit and Inspection

SIAEC/HSP/DOC/4.4.3/01

Terms of Reference For Safety & Health Committee

SIAEC/HSP/DOC/4.3.3/01

Establishing Objectives

SIAEC/HSP/DOC/4.3.2/01

OHS Legal Register

2.02 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 1 of 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.03 Issue 3 Rev 0

2.03

MANAGEMENT REVIEW

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to describe the actions and responsibilities involved in the review of the OHS Management System manual against OHSAS 18001, company’s OHS policy and regulatory compliance.

1.2

The scope of the review will be limited to OHS Management System requirements, compliance with statuary and regulatory requirements and other Civil Aviation Authorities requirements on occupational health and safety matters and all the elements of OHSAS 18001: 1999.

2

Definitions SMR

-

Safety Management Representative

OHSMRC

-

Occupational Health and Safety Management Review Committee

3

Responsibility

3.1

Manager (Safety & Security) will be responsible for calling for OHS Management Review meeting and he will act as Secretary.

4

Procedure

4.1

The CEO/SVP shall chair the OHS Management Review Committee and members will be all the concerned Division’s Vice-President.

4.2

Management Review meetings shall hold at least once in a year to review the health and safety performance and OHS Management System manual.

4.3

The SMR or his designee shall co-ordinate, records and maintains minutes of OHS Management Review Committee meetings. He shall advise on the need for any changes proposed by the Committee. The SMR will communicate to the divisions for any significant changes or revision in the OHS Management System.

4.4

The agenda of the meeting shall included: a) To review the suitability, adequacy and effectiveness of the OHS Management System; b) To review the outcomes and status of the hazard identification and risk assessment. c) To review the health and safety performance (including accident statistics); d) To review the company’s progress towards its OHS objectives and targets;

SIAEC/HSP/4.6/01

2.03 MANAGEMENT REVIEW


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 2 of 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.03 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

e) To review the changes in legal requirements and compliance requirements; f) To review the audit findings, to discuss and initiate corrective and preventive actions to address existing or potential safety and health problems; g) To establish internal and external communication, to analyse consolidate data that are directly or indirectly related to OHS Management System and; h) To ensure policy and direction for achieving OHS Management System objectives continue to be current and adequate. 4.5

OHS Management Review Committee may propose in one or more of the following: a) Action plans for improvement of the OHS Management System; b) Changes in policy and; c) New measures to comply with OHS Management System requirements.

4.6

The meeting shall be documented in the form of minutes by the SMR and is distributed to all members.

4.7

Meeting minutes indicate members’ responsibilities for follow-up of each action item and concerned divisions Vice President shall table the papers on agenda items or follow-up actions (if there is any) as indicated in the minutes. All follow-up and corrective actions are documented in meeting minutes.

5

Control of Records Title Minutes of OHSMRC Meeting

6

SIAEC/HSP/4.6/01

Responsibility

Retention Period

Storage Medium

SMR

2 Years

Hardcopy

Documents Associated With This Procedure SIAEC/HSP/4.5.4/01

OHS Audit and Inspection

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.2/01

Non-Conformance, Non-Compliance, Corrective and Preventive Action

2.03 MANAGEMENT REVIEW


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

PAGE

OHS Management System

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.04 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

2.04

1

NON-COMPLIANCE, NON-CONFORMANCE, CORRECTIVE AND PREVENTIVE ACTION Purpose and Scope

1.1

To establish a procedure to identify non-conformance, non-compliance and to take appropriate corrective and preventive action.

1.2

To define a system for corrective and preventive action so as to ensure nonconformance and non-compliance are rectified and followed up.

2

Definitions Non-Compliance

-

Deviation from requirements

Non-Conformance

-

Inadequate procedure/lack of procedure inadequate or lack of implementation

OHS Auditors

3

-

legislation

or

regulatory

Staff, who have attended the OHS internal auditors training and nominated by Q & S Division as OHS Auditor

Responsibilities

3.1

OHS Auditors will be responsible for identification of non-compliance or nonconformance in their OHSMS audits and will recommend the appropriate action.

3.2

Safety & Health Executive will be responsible for informing the Vice President and Section Head of the concerned department/division on non-compliance or non-conformance.

3.3

Section Head of concerned department/division will be responsible for review, rectify the non-compliance or non-conformance. He will initiate and complete the ‘Safety Corrective Action Request (SCAR)’ Form. (See Appendix)

3.4

Safety & Health Executive will be responsible for providing feedback on nonconformance and non-compliance to the Safety & Health Committee if necessary.

4 4.1

Procedure Non-Compliance, Corrective and Preventive Action

4.1.1

The Safety & Health Executive shall review any non-compliance raised by the OHS Auditors against legal or statutory requirements. After reviewing the noncompliance, Safety & Health Executive shall raise the SCAR Form, if required.

4.1.2

Section Head of the concerned department/division will initiate and complete the corrective and preventive action within the specified time period. The action shall be appropriated to the magnitude of the problem and

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.2/01

1 of 2

2.04 NON-COMPLIANCE, NON-CONFORMANCE, CORRECTIVE AND PREVENTIVE ACTION


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

PAGE

OHS Management System

2 of 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.04 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

commensurate with the safety and health impact. Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment shall be conducted before implementing any corrective action, if required. 4.1.3

OHS Auditors will verify the action on non-compliance in next audit (if required), to ensure that the appropriate corrective action is taken. OHS Auditors will record the corrective action taken on the non-compliance and review it.

4.1.4

Corrective action shall be initiated immediately in the case of non-compliance and SCAR has to be completed within the period agreed by auditee and auditor, keeping all considerations (time, cost, impact, significant and manpower etc) in mind.

4.2

Non-Conformance, Corrective and Preventive Action

4.2.1

Any non-conformance observed during OHS audit, which may result in significant impact on safety and health ought to be recorded and concerned Section Head shall be informed.

4.2.2

OHS Auditors shall raise the SCAR Form for any non-conformance observed that may have significant impact on employees safety and health, otherwise it shall be reported under observations.

4.2.3

Concerned Section Head will initiate and take corrective and/or preventive action within the specified time period. The corrective and/or preventive action shall be appropriate to the magnitude of the problem and commensurate with the health and safety impact. Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment shall be conducted before implementing any corrective action, if required.

4.2.4

Concerned Section head shall retain a copy of the SCAR Form. The original SCAR Form shall be forwarded to Q&S Division and any changes resulting from the corrective action shall be amended accordingly.

5

Control of Documents Title Safety Corrective Action Request

6

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.2/01

Responsibility

Retention Period

Storage Medium

Quality & Safety Division

5 Years

Hardcopy

Documents Associated With This Procedure SIAEC/HSP/4.5.4/01

OHS Audit and Inspection

SIAEC/HSP/4.3.1/01

Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.3/01

OHS Consultation and Communication

SIAEC/HSP/DOC/4.5.2/01

ECQ 215 SCAR

2.04 NON-COMPLIANCE, NON-CONFORMANCE, CORRECTIVE AND PREVENTIVE ACTION


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 1 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.05 Issue 3 Rev 0

2.05

OHS CONSULTATION AND COMMUNICATION

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to ensure that all employees are aware, informed and consulted on the health and safety related issues. It is also to establish a process for communication pertaining to health and safety.

2

Definitions Nil.

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Section Head or concerned Safety & Health Committee member will be responsible for communicating the health and safety issues within their respective department/division.

3.2

Quality & Safety Division will be responsible for providing assistance and guidance on the safety and health related issues.

4

Procedure for Consultation & Communication

4.1

Communication with employees shall include occupational health and safety issues, OHS policy, objectives & goals, accident statistics and targets of the company and other pertinent information.

4.2

The staff may consult (or give feed back) and communicate occupational health and safety related issues with Safety & Health Committee members in their area of concern or with Safety & Health Executives.

4.3

The method of communication shall be by either conducting OHS awareness trainings, on job trainings, briefings by experts, departmental meetings, inhouse magazines, articles, newsletters, emails, posters or circulars on the notice board.

4.4

Safety and health issues shall be addressed through the following meetings: a) Safety & Health Committee (Monthly) b) OHS Management Review Committee (yearly) c) Safety Health Environment & Quality council (Quarterly/half yearly) d) SIA Group OSHE Committee (Quarterly) e) Singapore Changi Airport Fire Safety Committee (Monthly)

4.5

The Safety & Health Committee meetings shall be held to ensure compliance with the statutory requirements.

4.6

Committee’s/meeting’s minutes and decisions shall be recorded. The decisions shall be communicated within the concerned department/division (or at organizational level if necessary) through their representatives or electronic media.

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.3/01

2.05 OHS CONSULTATION AND COMMUNICATION


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 2 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.05 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.7

The Safety & Health Committee shall meet at least once a month to discuss and update members on health & safety activities, regulatory changes, review inspection reports and accident statistics and any changes if made in operational control procedure.

4.8

All employees are encouraged to submit suggestion for improvements or notification for any non-conformance in an “Employee Self-Reporting” Form. Safety & Health Committee shall evaluate the suggestion and take appropriate actions.

4.9

The information pertaining to safety and health issues can be communicated through posting information on safety bulletin board for: a) MOM safety and health notification or amendments; b) Noise monitoring results and audiometric results; c) Emergency response agencies and phone numbers and d) General or specific health and safety information. e) Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment information

4.10

Any department/division engaging contractors shall be responsible for briefing to contractors on the safety requirements prior to commencement of work and to ensure that contractor carried out all the work without compromising workplace safety & health requirements.

4.11

The staff shall approach their respective Safety & Health Committee Member or Safety & Health Executive to communicate and consult any specific health and safety related matter.

4.12

Safety & Health Executive will be responsible for communicating with regulatory agencies on the matters related to health and safety.

4.13

Manager (Industrial Relations) will be responsible for communicating with unions and external agencies, if necessary on the accidents/incidents or other OHS matters.

4.13.1 Concerned Section Head shall communicate the relevant applicable OHS procedures to the contractors, suppliers or other interested parties, whenever required or before commencement of work, which may have significant impact on health and safety of workers. They must ensure that Contractors representative have attended and passed ‘Safety & Health Awareness course for Contractors Supervisors’ and conducted the Safety & Health Awareness training for their workers. 4.14

Personal, who invite and/or sponsor the visitor shall brief the visitor for “Visitor Safety Guidelines” either verbally or through other means.

5

Control of Records Title Minutes of Safety & Health Committee Meetings

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.3/01

Responsibility

Retention Time

Storage Medium

Q & S Division

5 Years

Hardcopy/ Softcopy

2.05 OHS CONSULTATION AND COMMUNICATION


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.3/01

3 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.05 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

6

PAGE

Safety Committee Inspection

Q & S Division

5 Years

Hardcopy/ Softcopy

Employee Self-Reporting Form

Q & S Division

5 Years

Hardcopy/ Softcopy

Documents Associated With This Procedure SIAEC/HSP/4.4.2/01

OHS Training and Awareness

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.4/01

OHS Audit and Inspection

SIAEC/HSP/4.3.2/01

Legal Requirements

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.3/01

Non-compliance, NonConformance, Corrective and Preventive Action

SIAEC/HSP/4.6/01

Management Review

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/30

Management of Contractors

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/29

Visitor Safety

SIAEC/HSP/DOC/4.4.3/01

Terms of Reference For Safety Committee

SIAEC/HSP/DOC/4.3.3/01

Establishing The OHS Objective

SIAEC/HSP/DOC/4.3.2/01

OHS Legal Requirements Register

2.05 OHS CONSULTATION AND COMMUNICATION


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 1 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.06 Issue 3 Rev 0

2.06

OHS TRAINING AND AWARENESS

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose is to establish a procedure to identify the Occupational Health & Safety (OHS) training needs for employees. It is to provide a basis for evaluating OHS training needs to meet the stated goals.

1.2

The scope of the training program focus on meeting the applicable regulatory OHS training and certification requirements of Ministry of Manpower. It does not include the requirements set for technical training by CAAS, FAA, JAA or other Civil Aviation Authorities.

2

Definition Nil.

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Productivity & Engineering Training and Quality & Safety Division will be responsible for the design and/ or arrangement of OHS training.

3.2

Section Head of the concerned department/division in consultation with Safety & Health Executive/ MQ (SS) will be responsible for identifying the OHS training needs and monitor the adequacy of OHS skill level of their staff.

3.3

Section Head concerned will liaise with the accredited training center or MOM for registration in the required training courses.

3.4

Section Head concerned will be responsible for conducting the internal training for their area with assistance from Quality and Safety Division.

3.5

Section Head of concerned department/division will be responsible for maintaining the OHS training records (forwarding a copy of same to Q&S Div) of the staff.

4

Procedure

4.1

All new staff shall be briefed (by HR) on the following during their orientation: a) Understanding their role and responsibilities towards the Company OHS management system and; b) The emergency preparedness and response plan related to their work area.

4.2.1

Employee’s training records shall be evaluated by the department concerned to determine the staff competency level to perform the required task with established OHS standards or safe work practices (not technical standards). If deficiencies are identified then retraining should be arranged. The results of hazard identification & risk assessment, OHS policies and statutory training requirements shall be taken into consideration for re-training.

4.3

The Section Head of concerned department/division shall identify if any special OHS training needed for the staff.

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.2/01

2.06 OHS TRAINING AND AWARENESS


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

2 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.06 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.4

Staff should be sent for re-training when its necessary, if there are any changes in their area of work, modification or when the validity of the certification expires.

4.5

To comply with the statutory requirements, staff shall be trained by MOM or MOM accredited training centers in following courses: • Safety & Health Officers Training • Lifting Supervisor, Signalman and Rigger • Operation of Mobile Crane and Gantry crane • First Aider Training • Noise Monitoring Officer/ Noise Control Officer • Forklift Divers Training • Confined Space Safety Assessor • Welder’s • Safety & Health Committee Training • Others (as and when amended and announced by MOM)

4.6

Internal training shall be conducted to comply with statutory requirements in the following area as and when need arises: • Lifting Supervisor for Overhead Cranes; • Safe Operation of Platform, Cherry Pickers etc.; • Hearing Conservation and Fit Test; • Respirator Training and Fit Test; • Use of Personal Protective Equipment; • Chemical Hazard Communication (For Handling and Storage of Hazardous Materials); • Confined Space Entry and Rescue Operations; • Emergency Preparedness; • Log-Out Tag-Out Procedure; • Others (such as those which specify competent person required by Law).

4.7

The staff who operate or drive vehicles, loading & unloading equipment and machinery (e.g. cherry picker, stackers’, mobile platform etc.) shall be sent for training as per the rules and regulations set by CAAS.

4.8

Training records shall include the following information: • Employee’s name & staff no.; • Employee Department name; • Name and date of training course; • Number of hours for training; • Name of the instructor and training center; • Copy of the certificate (if available).

4.9

Staff involved with OHS Management System safety audits shall be trained to conduct internal audits to comply with OHSAS 18001:1999.

4.10

Staff training records shall be compiled and maintained by division concerned.

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.2/01

PAGE

2.06 OHS TRAINING AND AWARENESS


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

PAGE 3 of 3

OHS Management System

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.06 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

4.11

External contractors staff will be trained by the SIAEC approved Contractor’s Supervisors.

5

Control of Records Responsibility

Retention Period

Storage Medium

Section Head of Concerned Department/ Division and/ or Q & S Division

5 years

Hardcopy/ Softcopy

Title OHS Training Record

6

Documents Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety & Health Act

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.2/01

SIAEC/HSP/4.3.1/01

Hazard Identification Assessment

and

Risk

SIAEC/HSP/4.3.2/01

Legal Requirements

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/01

Entry and Working Inside The Aircraft Fuel Tank

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/02

Entry and Working In Confined Space

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/03

Hot Work, Welding, Cutting and Other Operations Involving The Use of Heat

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/05

Lockout Tag-out Procedure

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/13

Maintenance, Fencing and/ or Guarding of Machine

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/14

Lifting Operations Using mobile and Overhead Cranes

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/16

Safe Operation of Material Handling Vehicles

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/19

Operational Control Procedure for First Aid

2.06 OHS TRAINING AND AWARENESS


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 1 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.07 Issue 3 Rev 0

2.07

OHS AUDIT AND INSPECTION

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to measure the effectiveness of the OHS Management System through internal evaluation. These evaluations will be carried out at division level.

1.2

The scope of this procedure is to ensure that all findings from the OHS Management System audits and safety & health inspections are addressed and communicated in an effective manner. The audits and inspection will be limited to safe work practices and compliance with regulatory requirements on the safety and health issues.

2

Definition Nil.

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Quality and Safety Division will be responsible for conducting internal OHS Management System audits for all the departments/divisions. Trained OHSAS internal auditors from other division will conduct the audit of Q & S Division.

3.2

Section Head of the concerned department/division will be responsible for providing all the necessary information, documents and data to the auditors. He will also assist in physical verification of the process or work activities.

3.3

Section Head of the concerned department/division shall appoint a person incharge to act as audit coordinator.

3.4

Safety & Health Executive will be responsible for regular inspection to ensure that health and safety requirements are complied and safe work practices are followed.

3.5

Quality and Safety Division will be responsible for providing the annual OHSMS internal audit and SH inspection plans to all the department/divisions.

3.6

The auditors will be responsible for the verification and closure of nonconformance and non-compliance.

4

Procedure For Audits

4.1

Quality & Safety Division shall prepare an annual audit program and distribute to the departments/divisions concerned.

4.2

The internal audit shall consider the results of the any risk assessment carried out and the observation of the previous audits.

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.4/01

2.07 OHS AUDIT AND INSPECTION


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

Quality & Safety Division shall conduct the internal audits for all the department/divisions as per the scheduled program. The internal audit frequency shall be once in a year.

4.4

The audit shall be carried out to ensure: • Compliance with all applicable statutory and legal requirements; • OHS management system procedures and operational safe work practices are followed; • High risk areas are identified and adequate controls have been implemented; • Record and documents are maintained; • Inspection items are addressed and; • Safety and health issues are communicated.

4.5

In OHS Auditor Team, one member shall be from Quality and Safety Division (who shall be a qualified Auditor will act as Lead Auditor, preferably Safety & Health Executive) and other member(s) shall be the qualified internal auditor from other department/division except from the department/division to be audited.

4.6

The OHSMS audits shall include the review of documentation, interviews and physical verification. All findings shall be appropriately documented with recommendations of the action required.

4.7

At the end of the audit, the Audit team will discuss the audit observations to the Section Head concerned and will compile and submit the audit report.

4.8

The OHS Audit Team shall follow up on findings, recommendations and action items as appropriate.

4.9

If any non-conformance and/or non-compliance observed, the auditors have to raise a non-conformance/non-compliance report. Section Head concerned shall prepare and carried out the corrective action. In the case of auditors disagree with the corrective action, the issue shall be brought to the SMR attention for review.

5

Guidelines/Instruction For The Department/Division To Be Audited/ Inspected

5.1

Department/division concerned shall nominate a person as audit coordinator, who should be familiar with all the operations within the department/division.

5.2

Coordinator shall provide all the necessary documents, records, information requested by the auditors. All discussion shall limit to the scope of the audit.

5.3

On completion of audit, the Section Head concerned shall pertain an internal briefing with his staff to discuss on the

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.4/01

2 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.07 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.3

• • • •

PAGE

Findings of the audit; Action that should be taken; Preparation for the next audit and; What went well, good practices and areas of improvement. 2.07 OHS AUDIT AND INSPECTION


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

3 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.07 Issue 3 Rev 0

6

Safety & Health Inspection by Safety & Health Committee/Safety & Health Executive/Concerned Supervisor/Individual

6.1

All supervisors will be responsible for general routine inspections of their own areas of responsibility daily, before and during the employees are working. It does not mean that the responsibility for safety is removed from the individual. If any hazard is observed, it shall be reported the Section Head.

6.2

Safety & Health Committee shall be carried out safety & health inspection at least once in a month. Safety & Health Committee shall inspect every department/division at least once in a year. Safety & Health Executive shall record the observations and findings.

6.3

Safety & Health Executive shall communicate the findings and observations of the inspection to the department/division concerned within 7 days.

6.4

Department/division concerned will reply to the Quality and Safety Division with action taken on the Safety & Health Committee observations and findings within 14 days from the date of inspection.

6.5

Safety & Health Executive shall carry out regular and random safety inspections in Workshops Division, Line Maintenance Division and Base Maintenance Division and submit report on observation to the Division/ Department Head concerned.

6.6

Every individual (SIAEC staff or contractor’s workers) have a responsibility to visually inspect his or her workplace before starting the work and during the work. They must identify potential risk and take appropriate actions to mitigate such risk at source where possible.

6.7

Individuals shall not create or exposed themselves to any risk intentionally e.g. taking the short cut method, using the faulty equipment, using the inappropriate or undesignated equipment.

6.8

Safety & Health Executive shall also inspect the work areas whenever there is: • Change in procedure or work process; • New process or new machinery is introduced; • High risk hazard situation are notified and; • Requested by department/division.

6.9

An inspection checklist shall be prepared to ensure the regulatory and legislative compliance.

7

Safety Inspection by MOM Or Other Statutory Authority

7.1

Safety & Health Executive shall coordinate with the regulatory agency Inspectors, when there is a need of inspection.

7.2

Safety & Health Executive shall determine the full scope of the inspection. Section Head of the department/division to be inspected shall prepare and made available all the necessary information and documents.

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.4/01

PAGE

2.07 OHS AUDIT AND INSPECTION


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

7.3

Safety & Health Executive and Section Head of the department/division concerned shall give advice or comments to the Inspector on the health and safety matters.

7.4

The person interviewed shall give direct and concise answers to questions posed by the Inspectors.

7.5

Walk through shall be limited to the scope of the inspection and shall be accompanied by Safety & Health Executive.

7

Control of Records

8

4 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.07 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

Responsibility

Retention Period

Storage Medium

Internal Audit Reports

Quality & Safety Division

5 Years

Hardcopy

Safety & Health Inspection Reports

Quality & Safety Division

5 Years

Hardcopy/ Softcopy

Title

PAGE

Documents Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety & Health Act and related regulations

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.4/01

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.2/01

Non-conformance, Non-compliance, Corrective and Preventive Action

SIAEC/HSP/4.6/01

Management Review

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.3/01

OHS Consultation and Communication

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.1/01

OHS Monitoring and Performance Measure

2.07 OHS AUDIT AND INSPECTION


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

2.08

PAGE 1 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.08 Issue 3 Rev 0

OHS MONITORING AND PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

To establish a procedure to track performance of health and safety within the organisation in reference to the set goals, objectives and key characteristic of operations that might affect the safety and health performance.

1.2

It covers the scope for evaluating compliance with the regulatory requirements set by Ministry of Manpower.

2

Definitions Nil.

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Safety Management Representative/Vice President Q&S will be responsible for implementation of monitoring & measurement program through Quality & Safety Division.

3.2

Section Head of the concerned department/division will be responsible for monitoring operations in their respective divisions and for reporting of any condition that may affect the safety and health performance.

3.3

Safety & Health Executive will be responsible for measuring and evaluating the OHS performance indicators.

4

Procedure For OHS Monitoring

4.1

Parameters that need to be monitored shall be established. The results of hazard analysis and risk assessment, organisation objectives and targets and the relevant legal requirements shall be taken into consideration.

4.2

Section Head concerned shall plan to measure these parameters by either internal or external agencies as appropriate. The following parameters shall be monitored: - Noise level where staff is exposed to high noise; - Industrial Hygiene Monitoring and PEL in affected areas; - Vapour concentration for flammable and Toxic gases and Oxygen level in confined space and; - Any other (based on risk analysis results, or set by MOM or MOE).

4.3

Section Head shall compare the results with the prescribed standards to establish the status of compliance in case of legal requirements, objectives and targets.

4.4

Internal OHSMS audit for all the department/division shall be conducted once in a year to evaluate and monitor the effectiveness of the OHS.

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.1/01

2.08 OHS MONITORING AND PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

5

Procedure For OHS Performance Measurement

5.1

The OHS performance shall be measured against the objectives and goals, set to reduce, monitor and control the accident/incident and property damage.

5.2

The performance measure parameters/indicators shall effectively measure the accident/injury potential in the operations.

5.3

OHS goals pertaining to regulatory compliance or reducing accident/injury and aircraft damage shall be established using attainable and realistic figures.

5.4

The OHS performance shall be measured using the following parameters:

5.4.1

MOM Severity Rate - Rate of total number of workdays (reportable) lost per Million man-hours.

5.4.2

MOM Frequency Rate - Rate of reportable (MOM) accidents per Million manhours.

5.4.3

Total Accident/Incident accident/incidents.

5.4.4

Total Workday Lost - Total number of days lost for all reported accidents/incidents.

5.5

A set of additional parameters to measure the OHS Management System performance shall also be monitored. These shall include but not limited to: • Number of Accident/Incident/Injuries/Industrial Illness by type of cases by Division • Number of man-days lost by type of cases by Division • Number of vehicle accidents by Division • Number of ground accidents involving aircraft • Number of Safety Committee meeting held • Number of Safety Audits and Inspections conducted • Number of audit non-conformance by external agencies • Promotional Activities conducted • Participation in Audiometric Examination • Distribution of cases by: - Nature of injury (e.g. cut, bruise, burn) - Body parts injured (e.g. finger, back, foot) - Type of injury (e.g. struck by moving object, fall over-exertion) - Agency of accident (e.g. equipment, hand tool, chemicals) - Others (as required for effective OHS Management System)

5.6

All the performance measure indicators shall be reviewed and analysed for finding the health and safety trend within the organisation.

5.7

Record of all OHS monitoring shall be compiled. Quality and Safety Division will maintain the record of the OHS performance measures.

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.1/01

Total

2 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.08 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

-

PAGE

number

of

reported

occupational

2.08 OHS MONITORING AND PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

5.8

Quality & Safety Division will arrange to conduct OHS monitoring if requested by any department/division.

6

Control of Records

Performance Monitoring Record Accident Statistics & Record 7

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.1/01

3 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.08 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

Title

PAGE

Responsibility Quality & Safety Division Quality & Safety Division

Retention Period

Storage Medium

5 Years

Hardcopy

10 Years

Hardcopy

Documents Associated With This Procedure SIAEC/HSP/4.5.4/01

Reporting and Investigation of Ground Accidents/Incidents/Near Misses/Injuries/Industrial Illness

SIAEC /HSP/4.5.3/01

Procedure For Records

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.4/01

OHS Audit and Inspection

2.08 OHS MONITORING AND PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Dec 2006

PAGE

OHS Management System Manual

2.09

1 of 7

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.09 Issue 3 Rev 0

REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION OF GROUND ACCIDENTS/INCIDENTS/NEAR MISS/INJURIES/INDUSTRIAL ILLNESSES

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to specify the requirements for reporting and investigation of accidents, incidents, injuries and industrial illnesses.

1.2

Scope of reportable occurrences are the accidents/incidents/injuries involving: a) All incidents occurring in the due course of duty; b) All injuries/industrial illnesses regardless of their severity; c) Damage to ground vehicles, equipment, buildings and aircraft; d) Near misses and; e) Any spillage of dangerous good, chemical, fuel or flammable liquid. Reporting and investigation is necessary for determining the root cause of the incident so that measures can be taken to prevent reoccurrence. It does not include damage to vehicles due to mechanical or structural failure.

2

3

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.2/02

Definitions Accident

-

An undesired event that results in death, ill health, injury, damage to property or other losses.

Incident

-

An event that gives rise to an accident or has the potential to lead to an accident.

Fatal (F)

-

Results in death.

Permanent Disablement (PD)

-

It leads to inability to undertake any type of work or results in reduction of earning capacity in every job the worker was able to undertake before the accident.

Temporary Disablement (TD)

-

It incapacitates the workers from performing normal duties temporarily.

Property Damage

-

Any incident, which results in damage to any property, e.g. damage to machineries, equipment, building etc.

Near Miss

-

Any significant incident involving staff and/or property, which could lead to reportable loss.

Team

-

Single person or a group of persons from division concerned/other division(s).

Responsibilities

2.09

REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION OF GROUND ACCIDENTS/INCIDENTS/ NEAR MISS/INJURIES/INDUSTRIAL ILLNESSES (INCLUDING INVOLVING AIRCRAFT)


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Dec 2006

PAGE

OHS Management System Manual

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.09 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.1

Every individual involved in any accident/incident/nearmiss or who has suffered any injury/industrial illness will be responsible for reporting to his or her immediate Supervisor/Section Head concerned within 24 hours.

3.2

The Supervisors will be responsible for reporting to their Section Head and raise the SDS within 24 hours or next working day

3.3

The Section Head or Senior Staff on duty from the concerned department will be responsible to report to VPQS, (CAAS Airworthiness if required in the case of Aircraft Ground Accident/Incident). He will also be responsible (whenever necessary) for: • Acting as reporting officer and will be a part of the investigation team; • Reporting safety concerns with other department/sections; • Verifying the facts and other information relating to the reported accident/incident/near miss/injury/industrial illness and preparing preliminary investigation report; • Co-ordinating interview with the individual involved in the accident; • Reporting the damage cost (labour & material) and man days lost (if applicable) to Quality and Safety Division and; • Co-ordinating with Quality and Safety Division.

3.4

Manager (Industrial Relations) will liaise with the Unions, if necessary.

3.5

Manager/Sr Manager (Public Affairs) will be responsible for liaising with any external agency, if necessary.

3.6

Safety & Health Executive will be responsible for reporting to MOM, on the Notice of Accident/Dangerous Occurrence as required by Workplace Safety & Health (Incident Reporting) Regulations, in the case of reportable accidents and dangerous occurrences.

3.7

Concerned Department will be responsible for reporting to CEO, SVP (Operations) and SVP (Services) in the case of accident/incident involving serious aircraft damage, serious bodily injury and/or fatality(s).

3.8

Corporate Division will be responsible for determining the time frame for the evidence to be quarantined whenever it deemed necessary.

3.9

Department/division concerned will be responsible for quarantine all the evidence as advised by the Corporate/Safety & Security Department.

3.10

Where an employee meets with an accident at workplace and he (a) is granted more than 3 consecutive days of sick leave by a registered medical practitioner for that injury; or (b) is admitted in a hospital for at least 24 hours for observation or treatment; the Safety & Health Executive shall, not later than 10 days after the accident submit a report to the Commissioner.

3.11

Where any accident at a workplace occurs which leads to the death of any employee, the company (Safety & Health Executive) shall, as soon as is reasonably practicable notify the Commissioner.

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.2/02

2.09

2 of 7

REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION OF GROUND ACCIDENTS/INCIDENTS/ NEAR MISS/INJURIES/INDUSTRIAL ILLNESSES (INCLUDING INVOLVING AIRCRAFT)


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Dec 2006

PAGE

OHS Management System Manual

3 of 7

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.09 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.12

Where a person who is not at work (e.g. visitors, customers etc) meets with an accident at workplace which requires him to be taken to hospital for treatment in respect of that injury, the company (Safety & Health Executive) shall notify the commissioner as soon as reasonable practicable.

4

Accident/Incident Reporting Procedure

4.1

General Guidelines/Instructions

4.1.1

The person involved in an accident/incident/near miss or who has suffered any injury/industrial illness shall immediately inform his Supervisor/Engineer incharge.

4.1.2

Person involved in the accident shall provide the Supervisor/Engineer incharge with the necessary information as to when, where, what and how the accident/incident was occurred.

4.1.3

The Section Head of department concerned or Senior Staff on duty, who will act as Reporting Officer should ensure that accident/incident/near miss or injury/industrial illnesss are reported within 24 hours or next working day.

4.1.3.1

Ground Accident/Incident/Near Miss/Injury/Industrial Illness Report shall be raised through the on-line accident reporting system ‘Safety Database System’ for all accidents/incidents/near misses other than involving aircraft. Note: DO NOT REPORT AIRCRAFT ACCIDENT/ INCIDENT THROUGH SDS. ECQ 212A Aircraft Ground Incident Report Form shall be raised for incidents involving aircraft. (Accidents involving aircraft damage will be investigated by Quality (Investigation/Reliability Department)

4.1.4

In the event of serious aircraft damage, serious bodily injury or fatality, Section Head of department concerned or Senior Staff on duty, who will act as Reporting Officer shall immediately notify to Vice President (Quality & Safety) and his department/division Head by telephone, e-mail or fax. This should be followed with official report through the on-line accident reporting system.

4.1.5

Accident scene or any equipment involved in a reportable accident/dangerous occurrence shall not be removed unless it is for the purpose of rescue.

4.1.6

If medical leave is granted, the staff concerned should inform the Supervisor/Engineer in-Charge immediately of the period of medical leave.

4.1.7

If medical treatment was sought outside company premises and the injured staff is unlikely to be reported for work within the next 24 hours, the staff shall call immediately to the Supervisor/Section Head concerned about the accident or injuries/industrial illnesses details and the period of medical leave. The staff shall submit the medical leave certificate immediately upon reporting back to work.

4.1.8

Whenever staff medical leave is extended, then Supervisor/Engineer inCharge/Section Head shall immediately inform the Quality & Safety division through faxing the extended MC and or through SDS.

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.2/02

2.09

REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION OF GROUND ACCIDENTS/INCIDENTS/ NEAR MISS/INJURIES/INDUSTRIAL ILLNESSES (INCLUDING INVOLVING AIRCRAFT)


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Dec 2006

PAGE

OHS Management System Manual

4 of 7

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.09 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.2

Duty of Reporting Officer/Section Head of Department Concerned

4.2.1

The Section Head of department/division concerned shall arrange for providing all possible rescue, medical facilities and treatments.

4.2.2

Section Head/Supervisor of the department/division concerned shall arrange to interview the person(s) involved.

4.2.3

Section Head concerned shall verify the accident details, facts and prepare a preliminary investigation report or submit the description through SDS.

4.2.4

Section Head concerned shall estimate the total cost of accident including damage cost of material, equipment (if aircraft involved aircraft damage cost), labour and man-days lost (if any) and submit to Safety & Security Department.

4.2.5

Section Head concerned shall liaise with SIA insurance on claims other then those relating to SIA aircraft, equipment and SIAEC vehicles and other ground equipment.

5

Procedure for Accident/Incident/Near Miss/Injuries/Industrial Illness Investigation and Reporting Accidents/Incidents/Near Misses/Injuries/Industrial Illnesses are divided into 3 categories for investigation purpose. Category 1: Fatal Accidents or Injuries requiring hospitalization for more than 7 days, dangerous occurrences and accident/incidents involving aircraft or property damage. Category 2: Accidents/Incidents/Injuries/Near Misses/Industrial Illnesses, which do not fall under Category 1. Category 3: Accidents/Incidents related to aircraft maintenance or procedural error.

5.1

Investigation of Category 1 Accidents

5.1.1

The investigation shall be conducted with considering the following: a) To determine systemic factors relevant to the event and the root cause of the accident/incident; b) To identify and reduce unacceptable risk and; c) To recommend remedial action to prevent occurrence of such accident, incidents, injury and damages in future.

5.1.2

Accident/incident investigation will be conducted under the direction of Vice President Quality & Safety or his designee.

5.1.3

The investigation team may include a member from the department/division concerned if required by Safety & Security Department.

5.2

Investigation Team For Category 1 Accidents

5.2.1

The investigation team shall co-ordinate and facilitates a multi-departmental meeting to discuss the details of the event if required by Safety & Security

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.2/02

2.09

REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION OF GROUND ACCIDENTS/INCIDENTS/ NEAR MISS/INJURIES/INDUSTRIAL ILLNESSES (INCLUDING INVOLVING AIRCRAFT)


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Dec 2006

PAGE

OHS Management System Manual

5 of 7

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.09 Issue 3 Rev 0

Department. Each departmental designee will provide expertise relevant to the investigation. 5.2.2

An interim meeting shall be conducted to discuss the progress of investigation. Any investigation evidence shall be discussed among members.

5.2.3

Once the investigation is concluded, the investigator shall present a draft report including findings, safety actions and recommendations to the departmental designee.

5.2.4

Co-ordination of the recommendations will be accomplished with the Section Head responsible for ensuring compliance.

5.3

Data Collection/Interviews/Written Statements For Category 1 Accidents

5.3.1

During the course of an investigation, relevant data may be collected from various sources within and outside the company, if necessary.

5.3.2

A file containing documentary evidences will be maintained in Quality & Safety Division for all the investigation carried out.

5.3.3

Section Head of the concerned department/division, Reporting Officer/Safety & Health Executive or other nominated person of the investigation team shall take the photograph of the accident/incident if necessary.

5.3.4

Investigation team shall request the written statement (interview) from some or all of the personnel involved and/or associated with the accident/incident.

5.3.5

The Investigator may interview the persons involved in the accident, eyewitness or any other party as and when necessary. Interview shall be recorded in the prescribed form ECQ 272 ‘Interview Form’.

5.4

Accident/Incident Report and Follow Up For Category 1 Accidents

5.4.1

Investigator(s) shall raise the preliminary accident/incident report based on the preliminary investigation as soon as possible but not later than 72 hours.

5.4.2

A copy of the preliminary accident/incident report shall be submitted to the Corporate and or Human Resources Division, if necessary.

5.4.3

The final report shall be raised after completing the data collection, interviews, analysis, verifications and investigations.

5.4.4

Safety & Health Executive/Manager Quality (Safety & Security) will raise a follow up action plan for action by department/division concerned.

5.5

Investigation of Category 2

5.5.1

Accidents/incidents, which falls under this category shall be investigated by Safety & Health Executive and root cause have to be communicated to the employees through Safety & Health Committee meeting.

5.6

Investigation of Category 3

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.2/02

2.09

REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION OF GROUND ACCIDENTS/INCIDENTS/ NEAR MISS/INJURIES/INDUSTRIAL ILLNESSES (INCLUDING INVOLVING AIRCRAFT)


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Dec 2006

PAGE

OHS Management System

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.09 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual 5.6.1

Accidents/incidents related to aircraft maintenance or procedural error shall be investigated as described in “Maintenance Error Investigation Manual” and investigation will be conducted by Quality (Investigation/Reliability) Department.

5.7

Hazard identification and risk assessment shall be conducted for all type of accident/ incidents prior to implementation of any corrective or preventive action at the workplace to control the hazard which may be caused by the new control measures.

6

Control of Records Title

Responsibility Quality and Safety Division Quality and Safety Division

Accident/Incident Reports Accident/Incident Investigation Report

7

6 of 7

Retention Period 5 Years 5 Years

Storage Medium Hardcopy/ Softcopy Hardcopy/ Softcopy

Document Associated With This Procedure Factories Act (Chapter 104)

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.2/02

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.3/01

Procedure for Records

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.3/01

OHS Consultation and Communication

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.7/01

Emergency Preparedness and Response

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.1/01

OHS Monitoring and Performance

SIAEC/MEIM/020

Maintenance Error Investigation Manual

2.09

REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION OF GROUND ACCIDENTS/INCIDENTS/ NEAR MISS/INJURIES/INDUSTRIAL ILLNESSES (INCLUDING INVOLVING AIRCRAFT)


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Dec 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 7 of 7

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.09 Issue 3 Rev 0

Attachment I DANGEROUS OCCURRENCES (under Workplace Safety & Health Act 2006)

1. Bursting of a revolving vessel, grindstone or grinding wheel moved by a mechanical power. 2. Collapse or failure of a crane, derrick, winch, hoist, piling frame or other appliance used in raising or lowering persons or goods, or any part thereof (except breakage of chain or rope slings), or the overturning of a crane. 3. Explosion of fire causing damage to the structure of any room or place in which persons are employed, or to any machine or plant contained therein, and resulting in a complete suspension of ordinary work in the room or place or stoppage of machinery or plant for not less than 5 hours, where the explosion or fire is due to the ignition of dust, gas or vapour, or the ignition of celluloid or substances composed wholly or in part of celluloid. 4. Electrical short circuit or failure of electrical machinery, plant or apparatus, attended by explosion or fire or causing structural damage thereto, and involving its stoppage or disuse for not less than 5 hours. 5. Explosion or fire affecting any room in which persons are employed and causing complete suspension of ordinary work therein for not less than 24 hours. 6. Explosion or failure of structure of a steam boiler, or of a cast-iron vulcaniser, or of a receiver or container used for the storage at a pressure greater than atmospheric pressure of any gas or gases (including air) or any liquid or solid resulting from the compression of gas. 7. Failure or collapse of formwork or its supports. 8. Collapse, in part or in whole, of a scaffold exceeding 15 meters in height or of a suspended scaffold or a hanging scaffold from which any person may fall more than 2 meters. 9. Accidental seepage or entry of seawater into dry dock or floating dock causing flooding of the dry dock or floating deck.

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.2/02

2.09

REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION OF GROUND ACCIDENTS/INCIDENTS/ NEAR MISS/INJURIES/INDUSTRIAL ILLNESSES (INCLUDING INVOLVING AIRCRAFT)


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

2.10

DOCUMENT AND DATA CONTROL

1

Purpose and Scope

PAGE 1 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.10 Issue 3 Rev 0

The purpose of this procedure is to describe the actions and responsibilities in establishing and maintaining method of control for OHS Management System documents. The procedure applies to all documents related to occupational safety & health. 2

Definitions SMR

-

Safety Management Representative

OHSMRC

-

Occupational Health & Safety Management Review Committee

QSD

-

Quality & Safety Division

3

Responsibilities

3.1

The SMR approves the OHS Management System objectives and targets. Vice President (Q & S) shall approve the Occupational Health and Safety Management System Manual and Department/Division Head concerned in assistance with Safety & Security Department shall approve the Safe Operational Control Procedures/Work Instruction/Safe Work Practices developed for particular operation within the affected area.

3.2

The Vice President of the concerned divisions shall appoint a person as divisional co-ordinator, who will be responsible for co-ordinating and forwarding the new/amended document on Safe Operational Control Procedures/Work Instructions/Safe Work Practices for review and endorsement by the Divisional Head and Quality and Safety Division before incorporation into the respective manuals.

3.3

The SMR, through the OHSMRC will be responsible for co-ordinating the development, revision and control of OHS documentation. Safe Operational Control Procedures/Work Instructions/Safe Work Practices pertaining to particular division are under the OHSMRC member of that division.

4

Procedure

4.1

OHS Documentation

4.1.1

OHS documentation is in a tiered format as follows: Level 1 (Part 1)

:

Level 2 (Part 2) Level 3 (Part 3)

: :

Level 4

:

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.5/01

Occupational Health & Safety Management System Manual Occupational Health & Safety System Procedures Occupational Health & Safety Programmes, Operational Control Procedures/Work Instructions and Safe Work Practices Occupational Health and Safety Records 2.10 DOCUMENT AND DATA CONTROL


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 2 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.10 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.1.2

Level 1, 2 & 3 documents are incorporated in the OHS Manual.

4.2

Document Control

4.2.1

All proposals for amendment as a result of ad-hoc suggestions, OHS Management System audits or management reviews shall be directed to the SMR, who will co-ordinate the preparation and review process.

4.2.2

In case of changes in the OHS Management System Manual, the revised/amended documentation shall be forwarded to SMR for review and endorsement. The SMR signs the List of Effective Pages when approving the amendments in OHS Management System Manual.

4.2.3

Changes to the sections of the manuals/procedures are indicated by a revision number and updated on the List of Effective Pages. The revised pages are then issued to copyholders. Extensive changes shall warrant a complete re-issue. The manual shall be reviewed at least once a year. There may be instances where applicable copy(s) of operating procedures from the OHS Management System manual may be issued to external contractors. In such cases, the Divisional coordinator will set up a secondary list for the purpose of issuing amendments to these holders when revised.

4.2.4

Development of Level 2 and Level 3 documents shall include the following information such as: .1 Purpose and Scope .2 Definitions .3 Role and Responsibilities .4 Procedure .5 Control of Records .6 Document Associated With This Procedure

4.3

OHS Management System Manual (Level 1)

4.3.1

The OHS Management System manual addresses the requirements of SMS under the Factories Act and all the elements of OHSAS 18001. The manual comprises an outline of the design of entire OHS Management System and shall make cross-references to relevant safety and health system procedures and operational control procedures/work instructions/safe work practices.

4.4

Occupational Health and Safety System Procedures (Level 2)

4.4.1

The occupational health and safety system procedures affect the divisions company wide and show details of procedures relating to the main elements of the requirements of SMS under the Factories Act and the elements of OHSAS 18001.

4.5

Operational Control Procedures/Work Instructions/Safe Work Practices (Level 3)

4.5.1

The operating control procedures shall be established where activities in the various divisions have significant impact on health & safety based on the results of risk assessment.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.5/01

2.10 DOCUMENT AND DATA CONTROL


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

3 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.10 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.5.2

The operational control procedures that are applicable across the organization and need to comply with regulatory legal requirements under Workplace Safety & Health Act or other applicable acts shall be developed and control by the Quality and Safety Division. This shall be referred at Level 3.

4.5.3

The operational control procedures that are applicable to task or activity within the specific divisions shall be developed and controlled by the respective division and endorsed by Quality and Safety Division, if necessary and placed in the Divisional OPM.

4.6

Health and Safety Programmes

4.6.1

Health and Safety programmes related to the action plans to achieve objectives shall be developed and approved by SMR.

4.7

Issue and Control of OHS Documentation

4.7.1

A controlled copy of OHS Management System manual will be made available to each Divisional Head and Section Head and SMR for reference. Each copy will be individually numbered and issued according to the distributed list in of the OHS Management System Manual. Upon issuance, an acknowledgement slip will be signed and returned to SMR.

4.7.2

Individuals according to the distributed list in of the OHS Management System Manual will be provided with updated copies (or pages as appropriate) as and when they are revised.

4.7.3

A single copy of obsolete revisions of OHS manual will be placed in the Quality and Safety Division archives.

4.7.4

All copies in the distribution list are the authorised copies.

4.7.5

Duplicated copy other than the authorised document, issued for reference purpose (e.g. Customers) will be stamped as “Uncontrolled Copy”.

4.8

Document Identification and Retention

4.8.1

All Health and Safety System procedure shall be identified as: “SIAEC/HSP/4.X.X/YY” Where: SIAEC denotes SIA Engineering Company Ltd. HSP denotes Health & Safety Procedure. 4.X.X refers to the clause in OHSAS 18001: 1999. YY refers to the number of procedures pertaining to the clause.

4.8.2

All Safe Operational Control Procedure shall be identified as: “SIAEC/HSP/ZZZ/4.4.6/YY” Where: ZZZ denotes a particular division. For e.g. SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/01 indicates that this is a procedure developed and controlled by Quality and Safety Division.

4.8.3

All other documents shall be identified as: “SIAEC/HSP/LIST/4.X.X/YY” – refers to lists of a particular clause.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.5/01

PAGE

2.10 DOCUMENT AND DATA CONTROL


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 4 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.10 Issue 3 Rev 0

“SIAEC/HSP/DOC/4.X.X/YY” – refers to documents of a particular clause. 4.8.4

All documents shall be retained for a period of at least two years. After two years, the documents shall be reviewed by SMR/Division Head to check whether the documents have to be retained for knowledge and/or legal purposes. Procedures shall be reviewed and revised as appropriate.

5

Control of Records

6

Title

Responsibility

Retention Period

Storage Medium

Acknowledgement Slip and Distribution Record

SMR

2 Years

Hardcopy

OHS Manual

SMR

Indefinite

Hardcopy/ Softcopy

Documents Associated With This Procedure Nil.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.5/01

2.10 DOCUMENT AND DATA CONTROL


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 1 of 16

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.11 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

2.11

EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE PLAN

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of the procedure is to instill safety awareness among the staff and prepared them for any emergency occurrence.

1.2

The scope of the procedure covers the entire possible emergency (other than disaster and company level crisis) occurrence including accident, fire and chemical spillage etc.

2

Definitions Nil.

3

Responsibilities Quality and Safety Division will be responsible for the development, implementation and maintenance of the Emergency Response Plan.

4

Procedures

4.1

Fire Emergency Response (Refer to Fire Emergency Plan & Fire Safety Manual)

-

See Attachment 1

4.2

Management of Chemical Spillage (Refer to Operating Procedure ISO 14001)

-

See Attachment 2

4.3

Major and Minor Medical Emergency -

See Attachment 3

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.7/01

2.11 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE PLAN


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 2 of 16

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.11 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

ATTACHMENT 1 FIRE EMERGENCY RESPONSE 1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to make clear the actions and responsibilities involved in SIAEC enabling the staff to respond rapidly in case of an outbreak of fire in hangar and SIAEC premises. The procedure for divisions in other site locations will be found in the relevant Divisional Operational Procedure Manual (OPM).

2

Definitions Alarm signal

-

It is a continuous note sounding from the electrically operated bells on every floor of building

AES

-

Airport Emergency Services

3

Procedure

3.1

The person who discovers the fire shall immediately: • Raise the 1st alarm by actuating the nearest break-glass call point; • Warn others in the vicinity by shouting ‘FIRE! FIRE! and inform the Fire Warden • Attempt to extinguish the fire with the appropriate portable Fire Extinguisher or fire hose reel without personal risk and • Call AES at Telephone no 65412525 for Apron, Equipment Maintenance, AULD and ETF. • Call Fire Control Room at Telephone no 65415555 for Airline House, Hangars and Workshops. • Inform the concerned Section Head

3.2

Fire Warden(s) shall advise the concerned Section Head to escalate the Crisis Management Group, if necessary.

3.3

Section Head concerned shall decide on activation of the Crisis Management group after assessing the situation.

3.4

All Personnel

3.4.1

Upon hearing the 1st fire alarm, all personnel shall remain alert for instructions from their Fire Warden.

3.4.2

Upon hearing the Evacuation Announcement on the Public Address (PA) system or when the 2nd fire alarm is sounded continuously, all personnel shall lock important files and guided by their respective Fire Warden immediately evacuate by the nearest staircase and assemble at the designated area for a roll call. “DO NOT USE LIFT”.

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.7/01

2.11 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE PLAN


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

3.4.3

All personnel shall re-occupy the building only when instructed to do so by the Airport Emergency Services (AES) Fire Officer.

3.5

Fire Wardens

3.5.1

When the 1st fire alarm is raised, all Fire Wardens shall:

• •

Ensure that everyone in his/her department or section is alerted; Check the floor fire panel for his/her area to determine whether the alarm is originating from it; Proceed to the zone to investigate if it is in the vicinity and Attempt to extinguish the fire without personal risk if a fire is discovered.

3.5.2

Fire Warden shall assess the situation and call for 2nd alarm if necessary. He shall work as site coordinator.

3.5.3

On hearing the 2nd fire alarm ringing continuously, fire wardens shall inform everyone in his/her department to: • • •

4

3 of 16

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.11 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

• •

PAGE

Evacuate in an orderly manner using the nearest staircase or exit; Check all rooms, stores, toilets to ensure that everyone is aware of the evacuation and close all doors before leaving; Conduct a roll call of the staff under their charge upon reaching the Assembly Area and report to AES fire officer of missing persons, if any.

Control of Records Nil.

5

Documents Associated With This Procedure Operating Procedures (ISO 14001) OP-G03

Emergency Response Plan to an Outbreak of Fire

Fire Emergency Plan SIAEC/MIEM/033

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.7/01

SIAEC Crisis Manual

2.11 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE PLAN


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 4 of 16

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.11 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

ATTACHMENT 2 MANAGEMENT OF CHEMICAL SPILLAGE 1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to define the spill report form & actions involved in the control of chemical spillage.

2

Definitions Response Team

-

A team formed by staffs who are trained in handling of chemical spillage.

Reporting Official

-

Person designated by department concerned to fill up spill report.

3

Actions and Responsibilities

3.1

The spillage of chemicals should be contained by Response Team expeditiously, failing which AES shall be alerted (Tel 65412525).

3.2

To facilitate investigation, reporting official will raise the “SPILL REPORT FORM”. Refer to Procedure OP-QD 04 of Operating Procedures

3.3

Section Head concerned shall investigate and complete the spill report form and submit it to Division’s Vice President and Quality & Safety Division.

3.4

Section Head concerned will initiate corrective action to obviate further occurrences after causes to spillage are established from the investigations.

4

Spill Response Procedure

4.1

Identify the spilled material and its associated hazards on whether it is: • Toxic; • Corrosive; • Reactive; • Flammable or • Special hazards.

4.2

Select appropriate personal protective equipment necessary based on the nature of the hazard of the spilled chemical;

4.3

In the event the identity of the material is not known, spill clean up personnel shall don on the minimum personal protective equipment consisting of: • Chemical coverall; • Full face air-purifying respirator and; • Chemical resistant gloves before entering into the spillage area.

4.4

On identifying the source of the leak, stop source of spill by: • Shutting off valves;

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.7/01

2.11 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE PLAN


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

Plugging drums; Repositioning overturned containers; Transferring to another container or; Other appropriate methods.

4.5

Contain the spill by: • Diking the edge of the spill by using absorbent socks and/or pillows from the spill control kit and • Diverting and preventing the spill from reaching storm drains, public sewers and external environment.

4.6

Clean Up - For clean up of the spill follow the steps outlined below:

4.6.1

For Acids/ Bases • Neutralise the spill with appropriate neutraliser, especially for concentrated spill; • Check for complete neutralisation (e.g. colour changes, or pH paper) and • After neutralisation, follow the clean up procedure defined below.

4.6.2

For Flammables • Remove all heat or ignition sources; • Use vapour suppressers to reduce vapour formation (as flammables are volatile); • After the addition of vapour suppressers, follow the clean up procedures defined below.

4.6.3

For Special Hazards • Check MSDS to determine if any special clean up procedure and precautions need to be taken and/or • Follow the clean up procedure defined below after all the precautions as per MSDS have been taken;

4.7

Clean Up Procedure

4.7.1

The bulk of the spillage shall be cleaned up with suitable absorbent pillows; complete absorption may take a few minutes.

4.7.2

Remaining spillage shall be cleaned from the leading edge back to the source of spill using suitable absorbent pads/pillows.

4.7.3

Spillage area shall then be flushed with water if possible (depending on the location of the spillage) to remove all residuals from the floor.

4.7.4

Check for removal of chemicals using a pH paper.

4.8

Post Clean up • Put all soiled absorbent pads, pillows an socks in to plastic bags; • Label and properly identify the bags; • Store the bags in the designated areas for storage of toxic wastes and • Dispose off to licensed waste collectors.

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.7/01

5 of 16

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.11 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

• • • •

PAGE

2.11 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE PLAN


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

Control of Records

Title MSDS

6

Responsibility

Retention Period

Storage Medium

Section Head of Concerned Department

During The Chemical Use

Hardcopy/ Softcopy

Documents Associated With This Procedure Operating Procedure (ISO 14001): OP-QD 04

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.7/01

6 of 16

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.11 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

5

PAGE

Management of Chemical Spillage

2.11 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE PLAN


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 7 of 16

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.11 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

ATTACHMENT 3 MAJOR AND MINOR MEDICAL EMERGENCY 1

Purpose and scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to define the immediate actions to be taken in the event of emergency such as heat stroke, excessive bleeding burns and many others.

2

Definitions

3

Major Medical Injury -

Life threatening/Unconsciousness/Excessive bleeding/Immobility

Minor Medical Injury -

Injuries other than major medical injuries

Responsibilities The most senior staff present shall take charge of the situation until the Section Head of concerned Division/department arrives and ensure that appropriate calls for assistance have been initiated. The most senior staff present at the site of emergency will act as accident/emergency controller until the Section Head of the division/department arrived. Section Head concerned will take the charge from the senior most staff and act as the accident/emergency controller once arrived on site of emergency. Section Head concerned will assess the emergency and if feel necessary will inform the Crisis Management Group. Crisis Management Group will take the control and follow the procedure as described in SIAEC Crisis Manual. Airport Emergency Services will work together with Accident/Emergency Controller once they arrived at the site of accident/emergency.

4

Procedure

4.1

See Attachment 3.1 for EM/AULD/Airline House/Hangar 1,2,3,4 & 5.

4.2

See Attachment 3.2 for Line Maintenance Tarmac/Airside/Run-up Bay.

4.3

See Attachment 3.3 for Engine Test Facility.

4.4

See Attachment 3.4 for SIA Training Centre.

4.5

Any industrial accident that results in injury to personnel whilst on duty must be reported.

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.7/01

2.11 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE PLAN


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

8 of 16

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.11 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

5

PAGE

Control of Records Nil.

6

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.7/01

Document Associated With This Procedure SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/19

Operational Procedure for First Aid

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.2/02

Reporting and Investigation of Ground Accidents/Incidents/Near Misses/Injuries/ Industrial Illness

SIAEC/QSD/033

SIAEC Crisis Manual

2.11 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE PLAN


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 9 of 16

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.11 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

Attachment 3.1 Major and Minor Emergency Response Procedure For EM/AULD/Airline House/Hangar 1,2,3,4 & 5 The most senior staff present shall take charge of the situation until the Section Head of the concerned division/department arrives. He shall ensure that appropriate calls for assistance have been initiated. 1

Minor Injury Following actions have to be initiated: 1.1 Contact First Aider on duty; 1.2 During office hours (0830 hrs to 1730 hrs), call ALH Clinic at extension 4705 or 4707; 1.3 After office hours, call Raffles Medical Group (RMG) at 65432223; 1.4 Should an ambulance be required, call Ambulance Service of the Singapore Civil Defence Force at 995; 1.5 Render first aid till arrival of medical assistance; 1.6 Depending on the First Aider’s or doctor’s advice, follow-up action; 1.7 Inform Section Head concerned; 1.8 Concerned Reporting Officer/Section head to report accident through the on-line accident reporting system ‘Safety Database System (SDS)’.

2

Major Medical Emergency (Injury: Life Threatening/Unconsciousness/ Excessive Bleeding/Medical Emergency) Following actions have to be initiated: 2.1 Do not move the person unnecessarily. 2.2 Have the following details ready: • Gender and approximately age of patient; • Nature of emergency (e.g. chest pains, unconscious, breathlessness, etc); • Exceptional ailments (e.g. patient says he has diabetes or heart condition, etc). Do not give your own diagnosis; • Exact location of emergency. 2.3

Engage one of the following Emergency Services (ranked in order of choice):

Service Raffles Medical Group Airport Emergency Services Ambulance Service of S’pore Civil Defence Force

Telephone No. 65432223 65412525

Ambulance Meeting Points (AMP) Under walkway between Hangar 1 & 2 Exact Location

Hangar 1, 2, 3, 4&5 995 Airport Police Pass Office While notify please leave your name and contact no.

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.7/01

Apron/Tarmac/ Run-up Bays West Underpass Bay C2

2.11 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE PLAN


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.7/01

PAGE 10 of 16

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.11 Issue 3 Rev 0

Notify Airport Police at 65412612 or 65412623; Dispatch a staff to contact and direct First-Aider from AMP to the exact location of emergency; Have patient’s Company ID, I.C. or airport pass available for hospital admission. Patient to be accompanied by staff to hospital; Inform Department/Section Head concerned; Department/Section Head to alert Next of Kin and activate in-house ‘ Buddy’ System; Concerned Reporting Officer/Section head to report accident through the on line accident reporting system ‘Safety Database System (SDS)’.

2.11 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE PLAN


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 11 of 16

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.11 Issue 3 Rev 0

Attachment 3.2 Major and Minor Emergency Response Procedure For Line Maintenance Tarmac/Airside/Run-up Bay The most senior staff present shall take charge of the situation until the Section Head of the concerned division/department arrives. He shall ensure that appropriate calls for assistance have been initiated. 1

Minor Injury Following actions have to be initiated: 1.1 Contact First Aider on duty; 1.2 Call Raffles Medical Group (RMG), Hotline: 6543 2223; 1.3 Should an ambulance be required, call Ambulance Service of the Singapore Civil Defence Force at 995; 1.4 Render first aid till arrival of medical assistance; 1.5 Depending on the First Aider’s or doctor’s advice, follow-up action; 1.6 Inform department/section head concerned; 1.7 Concerned Reporting Officer/Section head to report accident through the on-line accident-reporting system ‘Safety Database System (SDS)’.

2

Major Medical Emergency (Injury: Life Threatening/Unconsciousness/ Excessive Bleeding/Medical Emergency) Following actions have to be initiated: 2.1 Do not move the person unnecessarily. 2.2 Have the following details ready: • Gender and approximately age of patient; • Nature of emergency (e.g. chest pains, unconscious, breathlessness, etc); • Exceptional ailments (e.g. patient says he has diabetes or heart condition, etc). Do not give your own diagnosis; • Exact location of emergency. 2.3

Engage one of the following Emergency Services (ranked in order of choice): Service Raffles Medical Group

Telephone No. 6543 2223

Ambulance Meeting Points (AMP) Changi Airport West Underpass, Bay C2

Airport Emergency 6541 2525 Exact Location Services Ambulance Service of Changi Airport West S’pore Civil Defence 995 Underpass, Bay C2 Force While notify please leave your name and contact no.

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.7/01

2.11 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE PLAN


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.7/01

PAGE 12 of 16

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.11 Issue 3 Rev 0

Notify Airport Police at 65412612 or 65412623; Dispatch a staff to contact and direct First Aider from AMP to the exact location of emergency; Have patient’s Company ID, I.C. or airport pass available for hospital admission. Patient to be accompanied by staff to hospital; Inform Department/Section Head concerned; Department/Section Head to alert Next of Kin and activate in-house ‘ Buddy’ System; Concerned Reporting Officer/Section head to report accident through the on-line accident reporting system ‘Safety Database System (SDS)’.

2.11 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE PLAN


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 13 of 16

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.11 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

Attachment 3.3 Major and Minor Emergency Response Procedure For Engine Test Facility The most senior staff present shall take charge of the situation until the Superintendent/Section Head of the concerned division/department arrives. He shall ensure that appropriate calls for assistance have been initiated. 1

Minor Injury Following actions have to be initiated: 1.1 Contact First Aider on duty. 1.2 Send the injured to Changi General Hospital or Raffles Clinic at Terminal 2. 1.3 Should an ambulance be required, call Ambulance Service of the Singapore Civil Defence Force at 995. 1.4 Render first aid till arrival of medical assistance. 1.5 Depending on First Aider’s or Doctor’s advice, follow-up action. 1.6 Inform Department/Section Head concerned. 1.7 Concerned Reporting Officer/Section head to report accident through the on-line accident-reporting system ‘Safety Database System (SDS)’.

2

Major Medical Emergency (Injury: Life Threatening/Unconsciousness/ Excessive Bleeding/Medical Emergency) Following actions have to be initiated: 2.1 Do not move the person unnecessarily. 2.2 Have the following details ready: • Gender and approximately age of patient; • Nature of emergency (e.g. chest pains, unconscious, breathlessness, etc); • Exceptional ailments (e.g. patient says he has diabetes or heart condition, etc). Do not give your own diagnosis; • Exact location of emergency. 2.3

Engage one of the following Emergency Services (ranked in order of choice): Ambulance Meeting Points (AMP) Ambulance Service of 300 Loyang Avenue, 995 S’pore Civil Defence Force Guard Post While notify please leave your name and contact no.

Service

2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 SIAEC/HSP/4.4.7/01

Telephone No.

Notify Airport Police at 65412612 or 65412623. Dispatch a staff to contact and direct First-aider from AMP to the exact location of emergency. Have patient’s Company ID, I.C. or airport pass available for hospital admission. Patient to be accompanied by staff to hospital. Inform Department/Section Head concerned. 2.11 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE PLAN


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

2.8 2.9

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.7/01

PAGE 14 of 16

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.11 Issue 3 Rev 0

Department/Section Head to alert Next of Kin and activate in-house ‘ Buddy’ System. Concerned Reporting Officer/Section head to report accident through the on line accident reporting system ‘Safety Database System (SDS)’.

2.11 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE PLAN


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 15 of 16

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.11 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

Attachment 3.4 Major and Minor Emergency Response Procedure For SIA Training Centre Any industrial accident that results in injury to personnel whilst on duty must be reported. The most senior staff present shall take charge of the situation until the Superintendent/Section Head of the concerned division/department arrives. He shall ensure that appropriate calls for assistance have been initiated. 1

Minor Injury Following actions have to be initiated: 1.1 Contact First Aider on duty. 1.2 During office hours (0830-1730), call STC Clinic at ext. 3790, 3791. 1.3 Outside office hours, send the injured to Changi General Hospital (after rendering first aid) by the fastest means available. 1.4 Should an ambulance be required, call Ambulance Service of the Singapore Civil Defence Force at 995. 1.5 Render First Aid till arrival of medical assistance. 1.6 Depending on First Aider’s or Doctor’s advice, follow-up action. 1.7 Inform Department/Section Head concerned. 1.8 Concerned Reporting Officer/Section head to report accident through the on-line accident-reporting system ‘Safety Database System (SDS)’.

2

Major Medical Emergency (Injury: Life Threatening/Unconsciousness/ Excessive Bleeding/Medical Emergency) Following actions have to be initiated: 2.1 Do not move the person unnecessarily. 2.2 Have the following details ready: • Gender and approximately age of patient; • Nature of emergency (e.g. chest pains, unconscious, breathlessness, etc); • Exceptional ailments (e.g. patient says he has diabetes or heart condition, etc). Do not give your own diagnosis; • Exact location of emergency. 2.3

Engage one of the following Emergency Services (ranked in order of choice):

Service SIA Training Centre Clinic (Office hours) Ambulance Service of S’pore Civil Defence Force (After Office Hours/Weekends/Public Holidays) SIAEC/HSP/4.4.7/01

Telephone No.

Ambulance Meeting Points (AMP)

Ext. 3790 or 3791

NIL

995

720 Upper Changi Road East, Guard Post 2.11 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE PLAN


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 16 of 16

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.11 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

While notify please leave your name and contact no. 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8

2.9

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.7/01

Dispatch a staff to contact and direct First Aider from AMP to the exact location of emergency. Have patient’s Company ID, I.C. or airport pass available for hospital admission. Patient to be accompanied by staff to hospital. Inform Department/Section Head concerned. Department/Section Head to alert Next Of Kin and activate in-house ‘Buddy’ System. Concerned Reporting Officer/Section head to report accident through the on-line accident reporting system ‘Safety Database System (SDS)’. Inform Vice President Quality & Safety by telephone: 6540 3450 or 9801 9345.

2.11 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE PLAN


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

2.12 1

1 of 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.12 Issue 3 Rev 0

PROCEDURE FOR RECORDS Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose is to establish and maintain procedure for identification, collection, indexing, filing, storage, maintenance and disposition of occupational health & safety records.

1.2

The scope shall cover all the activities pertaining to OHS Management System.

2

PAGE

Definitions Nil.

3

Responsibilities

3.1

The person in-charge/divisional co-coordinator/appointed designee of the department/division concerned will be responsible for filing, maintenance, storage and disposition of OHS records.

3.2

Section Head of the concerned department/division will be responsible for appointing the person in charge or designate a person for filing, maintenance and storage of records.

4

Procedure

4.1

The owner of OHS Management System Manual and Operational Procedure Manual shall identify the records that are applicable and need to be maintained in order to show evidence of having implemented the relevant procedures/work instructions.

4.2

Records shall be legible, identifiable and traceable to the activity, product or service involved.

4.3

Each division shall maintain a consolidated list of OHS records applicable to concerned division.

4.4

Person concerned or his designee as defined in the respective procedures of OHS Management System Manual shall store and maintain records and ensure that it is readily retrievable in storage condition that protects against any damage or deterioration.

4.5

Records are kept for a defined period as stated in respective procedures of OHS Management System manual and Operational Control Procedures/ Work Instructions.

4.6

The records shall be reviewed after retention period to verify whether they need to be maintained for knowledge and/or legal purpose by the owner of the record. All old and redundant records of confidential nature shall be shredded before disposition.

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.3/01

2.12 PROCEDURE FOR RECORDS


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

4.7

Any changes or new additions to the records shall be communicated to Safety Committee and/or Quality and Safety Division for updating.

4.8

OSH records that should be maintained includes but may not limited to:

• • • • • 5

First Aider & First Aid Treatment records; All Training & Competency/Registration records; OHS Audit & Safety Inspection records; Audiometric Test records; Noise Monitoring records; Medical Examination/Surveillance records; Accident/Incident reports and Investigation reports; Safety Committee, Management Review, and Safety & Health Council minutes; Lifting Gears, Lifting Machine and Lifting Appliances Testing and Inspection certificates; Air Receivers Testing and Inspection certificates; Hygiene Monitoring records; Confined Space Entry Permits and; Hot Work Permits.

Control of Records Title Applicable Records (Divisional Level)

6

2 of 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 2.12 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

• • • • • • • •

PAGE

Responsibility

Retention Period

Storage Medium

Section Head of Concerned Department

5 Years

Hardcopy

Documents Associated With This Procedure All OHS and Operational Procedures

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.3/01

2.12 PROCEDURE FOR RECORDS


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 1 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.01 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.01

ENTRY AND WORKING INSIDE THE AIRCRAFT FUEL TANK

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to establish safe work practices and standards to be followed to minimise the hazards associated with working inside the aircraft fuel tank and to comply with the statutory requirements under the Workplace Safety & Health Act.

1.2

The procedure defines the requirements and responsibilities of the individual to ensure safety while involved with fuel tank entry. The scope covers purging and entry to all fuel tanks in an aircraft for the purpose of cleaning the tank or for other maintenance.

2

Definitions Purging Fuel Tanks

-

Flow of air through fuel tank until fuel vapour concentration has dropped to a non-explosive and toxic safe-level

Fuel Tank Entry

-

From minimum entry of head, both arms and at least upper body to the whole body inside the fuel tank

Confined Space

-

Any chamber, tank, pit, pipe, and flue including any other similar space in which dangerous airborne substances are liable to be present to such extent as to involve risk of: (a) fire or explosion occurring; (b) persons being overcome through exposure to toxic substances and; (c) persons being asphyxiated due to inadequate supply of air. All aircraft fuel tanks are classified as confined space

Entry Permit

-

A document to allow and control the entry of person into confined space

Toxic Atmosphere

-

An atmosphere in which the concentration of any toxic airborne substance exceeds its permissible exposure level as specified in the Factories (Permissible Levels of Toxic Substances) Order

Hazardous Atmosphere

-

An atmosphere that may be, or is injurious to a person by reason of oxygen deficiency or enrichment, flammability or toxicity

Oxygen Deficient Atmosphere

-

An atmosphere containing less than 19.5% oxygen by volume.

Oxygen Enriched Atmosphere

-

An atmosphere containing more than 23.5% oxygen by volume

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/01

3.01 ENTRY AND WORKING INSIDE THE AIRCRAFT FUEL TANK


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

Competent Person

-

2 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.01 Issue 3 Rev 0

A person with knowledge, skills and has completed the Confined Space Safety Assessor Course from MOM accredited organization

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Lead Technician or above with MOM accredited Confined Space Safety Assessor certificate, who be the Competent Person (Safety Assessor) and responsible for testing and monitoring of atmosphere.

3.2

Licensed Aircraft Engineer (LAE) or above will be the Authorised Person and responsible for approval of ‘Confined Space Entry Permit (Aircraft Fuel Tank)’. (See Appendix)

3.3

Same individual should not perform the duty as Competent Person (Safety Assessor) and Authorized Person at the same time {i.g. Single Person should not sign as Competent Person testing the atmosphere and LAE approving the permit in same Confined Space Entry Permit (Aircraft Fuel Tank)}

4

Procedure

4.1

General Requirements

4.1.1

The requirements in Part I and II of ‘Confined Space Entry Permit (Aircraft Fuel Tank)’ have to be completed and checked by LAE in-charge or above prior to undertaking work inside the fuel tank.

4.1.2

LAE in-charge or above shall approve the ‘Confined Space Entry Permit (Aircraft Fuel Tank)’ before undertaking any fuel tank work.

4.1.3

Before entry is made into a confined space, ‘Confined Space Entry Permit (Aircraft Fuel Tank)’ shall be prepared, approved and made readily available in each work area for review and inspection.

4.1.4

The procedure is to meet the requirements of Singapore Standard CP 84: 2000 Code of Practice for ‘Entry Into and Safe Working In Confined Space’.

4.1.5

Under no circumstances, should fuel be transferred while staff is working inside the fuel tank.

4.1.6

Only proper/appropriate air mover or air source shall be used for ventilation.

4.1.7

Exhaust of the compressor shall be placed away from the opening of any fuel tank, confined space or intake point of ventilation system.

4.1.8

All intake points of ventilation system shall be placed away form any exhaust point or hazardous vapour source.

4.2

Entry and Work Inside Aircraft Fuel Tank

4.2.1

Identify and evaluate the fuel tank (before and after opening the cover) for existing or potential hazards (Attachment I).

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/01

PAGE

3.01 ENTRY AND WORKING INSIDE THE AIRCRAFT FUEL TANK


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 3 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.01 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual 4.2.2

Fuel tank shall be purged and adequately ventilated. CAUTION: Do not purge the fuel tanks by using any type of chemical or inert gas (e.g. Nitrogen).

4.2.3

Do not enter in the fuel tank when the atmosphere is unknown or not tested by competent person.

4.2.4

A copy of the entry permits after approval by the LAE in-charge or above shall be displayed conspicuously near the aircraft.

4.2.5

The names and staff number of the person(s) entered into fuel tank shall be displayed at the entrance of fuel tank as ‘Name Tag of Entrants’ in the ‘Confined Space Entry Permit (Aircraft Fuel Tank)’.

4.2.6

The LAE in-charge or above shall review and assess the need to continue with the entry into the fuel tank and may revoke the ‘Confined Space Entry Permit (Aircraft Fuel Tank)’ if he think fit to do so.

4.2.7

All completed ‘Confined Space Entry Permit (Aircraft Fuel Tank)’ shall be returned to the respective Section Head and be made available for inspection.

4.2.8

Applicable procedure and maintenance manuals from aircraft manufacturer or approved Divisional OPM should be followed regarding fuel tank work.

4.2.9

All sources of potential ignition, such as matches, lighters, jewellery, watches, hand phone etc. shall be removed. These items can cause static electricity.

4.2.10 Warning signs shall be displayed to warn persons of the existence of the fuel tank confined space. 4.2.11 Fuel tank maintenance shall not be initiated or continued out doors during lightning storm. 4.3

Testing and Monitoring of Atmosphere Inside Fuel Tank

4.3.1

Competent Person shall test the atmosphere of fuel tank and complete the appropriate column in part III of the confined space permit.

4.3.2

The results shall be recorded in Part III of the ‘Confined Space Entry Permit (Aircraft Fuel Tank)’ and shall include: (a) The level of Oxygen content; (b) The level of Flammable gas or vapour and; (c) The level of Fuel vapour.

4.3.3

The minimum safe entry conditions Entry With NO respirator With full faced respirator and continuous air supply

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/01

Oxygen Content 19.5% - 23.5%

Flammability % LEL (<10%)

Fuel Vapour <160 ppm

Not Applicable

% LEL (<10%)

Not Applicable

3.01 ENTRY AND WORKING INSIDE THE AIRCRAFT FUEL TANK


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 4 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.01 Issue 3 Rev 0

The testing of the atmosphere of the fuel tank shall be conducted throughout the entire area using properly calibrated instruments. 4.3.4

The period between fuel tank confined space tests shall not exceed 8 (eight) hours.

4.3.5

During shift change or every 8 hours (whichever is earlier), the incoming LAE in-charge or above must re-check for acceptable entry conditions before reissuing the permit.

4.3.6

When a hazardous atmosphere is suspected, all persons shall leave the fuel tank immediately and no person shall enter until it has been re-certified to be safe.

4.3.7

LAE in-charge or above is empowered to remove any unauthorised personnel from entering or attempt to enter into the fuel tank.

4.4

Ventilation of Aircraft Fuel Tank

4.4.1

Ventilation system shall be in operation all the times, when person(s) are working in the fuel tank.

4.4.2

No person shall remove or meddle with any part of the ventilation system without permission from the LAE in-charge or above. In case of failure of the ventilation system, the attendant shall immediately direct the person(s) inside the fuel tank to evacuate.

4.5

Approval/Cancellation of Confined Space Entry Permit (Aircraft Fuel Tank) by LAE In-Charge or Above

4.5.1

LAE in-charge or above shall approve the ‘Confined Space Entry Permit (Aircraft Fuel Tank)’ before any person is allowed to enter.

4.5.2

LAE in-charge or above shall not approve entry of any person into the fuel tank unless: a) Tests referred to in Clause 4.3.3 shows that the fuel tank does not contain a hazardous atmosphere and; b) Measures (e.g. warning signage, fire extinguisher etc.) stipulated in the ‘Confined Space Entry Permit (Aircraft Fuel Tank)’ is implemented.

4.5.3

LAE in-charge or above has the authority to cancel the permit and terminate the entry when: a) Entry operations covered by the entry permit have not been completed or; b) Conditions are unacceptable with respect to the minimum safety entry requirements .

4.6

Emergency Rescue Plan

4.6.1

Department/Division concerned shall respond as per the “RESCUE OPERATION PLAN” for the purpose of rescuing persons in a fuel tank in case of emergency.

4.6.2

Workers working in the confined space shall stop work and immediately exit from the fuel tank if any of the following symptoms is detected:

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/01

3.01 ENTRY AND WORKING INSIDE THE AIRCRAFT FUEL TANK


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 5 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.01 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual a. Headache b. Drowsiness c. Dizziness/Nausea d. Scent of unusual smell (even if wearing respirator) e. Feeling uncomfortable 4.6.3

At no time, the attendant shall enter the fuel tank on his own to perform rescue.

4.7

Duties of Authorised Entrant

4.7.1

Know the hazards that may be faced during entry.

4.7.2

Have knowledge of the proper use of equipment, necessary for safe entry into fuel tanks.

4.7.3

Communication with the attendant when necessary, to enable him to monitor status and to alert entrants, if they need evacuation.

4.7.4

Exit the fuel tank without any delay whenever an order to evacuate is given by the attendant or LAE in-charge or above.

4.7.5

Complete the required training for entry into confined space.

4.7.6

Sign in and sign out in the confined space entry permit.

4.8

Duties of Attendant

4.8.1

The attendant must know the hazard that may be faced during entry into the fuel tank.

4.8.2

Continuously maintain an accurate count of authorized entrants in the fuel tank and ensures that this identification is listed on the â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Name Tag of Entrantsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; in the Confined Space Entry Permit (Aircraft Fuel Tank).

4.8.3

He will maintain constant communication and monitor entrant status to alert entrants of the need to evacuate.

4.8.4

He will be responsible for summoning rescue and other emergency services immediately upon the determination that the entrant may need assistance to evacuate.

4.8.5

At no time, he will leave his/her appointed place unless relieved by another attendant or emergency rescue personal.

4.8.6

He shall warn all unauthorised persons that they must stay away from the fuel tank.

4.8.7

The attendant shall not perform other duties that might interfere with his primary duty to monitor and protect entrants.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/01

3.01 ENTRY AND WORKING INSIDE THE AIRCRAFT FUEL TANK


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 6 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.01 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

4.9

Training/Safety Briefing

4.9.1

Training/Safety briefing shall be provided to all persons who are required to work in fuel tank.

4.9.2

Training/Safety briefing shall include at least: (a) The contents of this procedure; (b) Hazard identification for working in fuel tank; (c) Confined Space Entry Permit System and; (d) How to respond to emergencies.

4.9.3

Any contractors who are engaged in project which require entering into a fuel tank shall be briefed by the LAE in-charge or above.

4.9.4

Contractors shall follow all the procedures stated in this section and shall not breach any of the requirements.

5

Control of Records Title Confined Space Entry Permit

6

Responsibility

Retention Period

Storage Medium

Section Head of the Concerned Division

3 Year

Hardcopy

Document Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety & Health Act, Workplace Safety & Health (General Provision) Regulations 2006 and related regulations SIAEC/HSP/4.3.1/01

Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.2/01

OHS Training and Awareness

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/25

Selection, Use, Issuance, Maintenance and Replacement of PPE

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.7/01

Emergency Preparedness & Response Plan

Singapore Standard CP 84: 2000

Code of Practice For “Entry Into and Safe Working in Confined Space”

General Safety Guidelines For All Staff Working In Aircraft Fuel Tank

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/01

3.01 ENTRY AND WORKING INSIDE THE AIRCRAFT FUEL TANK


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 7 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.01 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

ATTACHMENT I Hazard Identification and Evaluation The Existing or potential hazards involved in entering and working in confined space/fuel tank may be: Lack of oxygen inside the confined space/fuel tank; Flammable gases may be trapped inside; Risk of skin diseases caused by chemicals; Short-circuit, fire or heat due to external sources; Inadequate lighting; Physical, structural, electrical and mechanical hazards.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/01

3.01 ENTRY AND WORKING INSIDE THE AIRCRAFT FUEL TANK


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

PAGE 8 of 8

OHS Management System

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.01 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

Attachment II Flow Chart of The Procedure For Entry Into A Confined Space (Aircraft Fuel tank) Start

No Need to enter in confined space?

End

Yes Identify & evaluate hazards

Remove hazards and ventilate confined space

Testing of atmosphere by MOM Certified Safety Assessor

Yes Is atmosphere hazardous?

No Approval of Entry Permit by LAE in-charge or above

Evaluate how the hazardous atmosphere developed?

Monitor the atmosphere

No Stop work and withdraw Entry Permit

Is the atmosphere still within the safe limit?

Yes No

Yes Continued occupancy?

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/01

End

3.01 ENTRY AND WORKING INSIDE THE AIRCRAFT FUEL TANK


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

ENTRY AND WORKING IN CONFINED SPACE (Excluding Aircraft Fuel Tank)

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to establish safe work practices and standards to be followed to minimize the hazards associated with working in confined space and to comply with the statutory requirements under Factories Act.

1.2

The procedure defines the requirements and responsibilities of individual to ensure safety while involved with entry into confined space.

2

Definitions -

1 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.02 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.02

Confined Space

PAGE

Any chamber, tank, pit, pipe, flue including any other similar space in which dangerous airborne substances are liable to be present to such extent as to involve risk of: (a) fire or explosion occurring (b) persons being overcome through exposure to toxic substances and (c) persons being asphyxiated due to inadequate supply of air

Entry Permit

-

A document to allow and control the entry of person into confined space

Toxic Atmosphere

-

An atmosphere in which the concentration of any toxic airborne substance exceeds its permissible exposure level as specified in the Factories (Permissible Levels of Toxic Substances) Order

Hazardous Atmosphere

-

An atmosphere that may be, or is injurious to a person by reason of oxygen deficiency or enrichment, flammability or toxicity

Oxygen Deficient Atmosphere

-

An atmosphere containing less than 19.5% oxygen by volume

Oxygen Enriched Atmosphere

-

An atmosphere containing more than 23.5% oxygen by volume

Competent Person

-

A person with knowledge and skill, and has completed the Confined Space Safety Assessor Course from MOM accredited organization

Authorised Person

-

A person authorised to approve the Confined Space Entry Permit

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/02

3.02 ENTRY AND WORKING IN CONFINED SPACE (EXCLUDING AIRCRAFT FUEL TANK)


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 2 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.02 Issue 3 Rev 0

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Lead Technician or above (with MOM accredited Confined Space Safety Assessor certificate), will be the Competent Person (Safety Assessor) and responsible for testing and monitoring the atmosphere and filling the ‘Confined Space Entry Permit’. (See Appendix)

3.2

Engineer in-charge/Section Head will be the Authorised person and responsible for approval of ‘Confined Space Entry Permit’.

4

Procedure

4.1

General Requirements

4.1.1

Part I and II of ‘Confined Space Entry Permit’ have to be completed and checked by the Competent Person (Safety Assessor) prior to any confined space work.

4.1.2

Any person who perform as the Competent Person for testing the confined space atmosphere must have attended the Confined Space Safety Assessor Course conducted by Ministry of Manpower.

4.1.3

Authorised Person shall approve the ‘Confined Space Entry Permit’ before undertaking any confined space work.

4.1.4

Before entry is made into the confined space ‘Confined Space Entry Permit’ shall be prepared, approved and made readily available in each work area for review and inspection.

4.1.5

Every confined space required a separate Confined Space Entry Permit.

4.1.6

A flow chart of the procedure for entry into a confined space is shown in Attachment II.

4.2

Entry and Work in Confined Space

4.2.1 Identify and evaluate the confined space (before and after opening the cover) for existing or potential hazards. (Attachment 1) 4.2.2

The hazard identification and evaluation for each confined space shall be recorded in Part I of the ‘Confined Space Entry Permit’.

4.2.3

Do not enter a confined space when the atmosphere is unknown.

4.2.4

A copy of the entry permit after approved by the Authorised Person shall be displayed conspicuously near the confined space. The names and staff number of the person(s) entered into confined space shall be displayed at the entrance of confined space as ‘Name Tag of Entrants’ in the Confined Space Entry Permit.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/02

3.02 ENTRY AND WORKING IN CONFINED SPACE (EXCLUDING AIRCRAFT FUEL TANK)


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 3 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.02 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.2.5

The authorised person shall review and assess the need to continue with the entry into a confined space on a daily basis and may revoke the “Confined Space Entry Permit” if he thinks fit to do so.

4.2.6

All completed ‘Confined Space Entry Permit’ shall be kept and made available for inspection and retained by the department concerned for a period of twelve (12) months.

4.2.7

Remove all sources of potential ignition, such as matches, lighters, jewellery, watches, hand phone etc. These items can collect or cause static electricity.

4.2.8

Only approved electric equipment, non-sparking tools and approved clothing shall be used in confined space work.

4.2.9

All portable hand held lighting provided in confined space shall be operated at voltage not exceeding Alternate Current (AC) 55 volts between the conductor and earth or Direct Current (DC) 110volts.

4.2.10 Warning signs shall be displayed to warn persons of the existence of the confined space work. 4.3

Testing and Monitoring of Atmosphere in Confined Space

4.3.1

Competent Person (Safety Assessor) shall test the atmosphere of the confined space prior to entry by any person in the confined space.

4.3.2

The results shall be recorded in Part II of the ‘Confined Space Entry Permit’ and shall include: (a) The level of oxygen content; (b) The level of flammable gas or vapour and (c) The level of toxic airborne substances (if any)

4.3.3. When testing for atmospheric hazards, first test for Oxygen, then for Flammable gases or vapour at or below LEL and PEL for that specific gas and then for toxic vapours. 4.3.4

All instruments used for testing of confined space shall be checked and adjusted to correct value (e.g. %O2 – 20.8% & %LEL – 0%) before each use.

4.3.5

The testing of the atmosphere of a confined space shall be conducted throughout the entire area of the confined space using properly calibrated instruments. The points for testing shall consider the nature of the gas or vapour whether it is heavy or lighter than air.

4.3.6

Periodic testing of the confined space shall not be exceeded by 8 (eight) hours.

4.3.7

When a confined space is vacated for a significant period of time, the atmosphere of the confined space shall be re-tested by the Competent Person to comply with the condition mentioned in Clause 4.5.2 before the Authorised Person permits the entry.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/02

3.02 ENTRY AND WORKING IN CONFINED SPACE (EXCLUDING AIRCRAFT FUEL TANK)


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 4 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.02 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.3.8

When a hazardous atmosphere is detected during periodic monitoring, all persons shall leave the confined space immediately and no person shall enter the confined space until it has been re-certified to be safe.

4.4

Ventilation of Confined Space

4.4.1

Ventilation system shall be in operation all the time, while person(s) are working into the confined space.

4.4.2

The air supply to a confined space in which no airborne contaminants are generated shall not be less than 1.4 cubic metres per minute for every person in confined space.

4.4.3

No person shall remove or meddle with any part of the ventilation system without permission from the Authorised Person. In case of failure of the ventilation system, the attendant shall immediately direct the persons inside the confined space to evacuate.

4.5

Approval of Confined Space Entry Permit by Authorised Person

4.5.1

An Authorised person shall not approve the entry of any person into confined space unless: a) Tests referred to in Clause 4.3.2 show that the space does not contain a hazardous atmosphere; b) Oxygen level in the confined space is within the range of 19.5% - 23.5%; c) The level of flammable gas is less than 10% of the Lower Explosive Limit; d) Level of toxic substances does not exceed the PEL as stipulated in the Factories (Permissible Level of Toxic Substances) Order; e) Effective steps have been taken to prevent any ingress of dangerous fume or substance in to confined space; f) Measures (e.g. warning signage, fire extinguisher etc) stipulated in the “Confined Space Entry Permit” is implemented and; g) The 4.5.2.(b) and 4.5.2.(d) shall not apply to any entry into a confined space, if person wearing a suitable breathing apparatus permitted under Section 34(3) of the Factories Act.

4.6

Emergency Rescue Plan

4.6.1

Department/division concerned shall respond as per establish written “RESCUE OPERATION PLAN” for the purpose of rescuing personals in a confined space in case of emergency.

4.6.2

Workers working in confined space shall stop work immediately exit from the confined space if any of the following symptoms is detected: a. Headache b. Drowsiness c. Dizziness/Nausea d. Scent of unusual smell (even if wearing respirator) e. Feeling uncomfortable

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/02

3.02 ENTRY AND WORKING IN CONFINED SPACE (EXCLUDING AIRCRAFT FUEL TANK)


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 5 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.02 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.6.3

A set of rescue equipment (e.g. Self-contained Breathing apparatus) shall be available at the work area to standby in case for any emergency.

4.6.4

The attendant at no time shall enter in the confined space on his own to rescue.

4.7

Duties of Authorised Entrant

4.7.1

Know the hazards that may be faced during entry, including the mode, signs or symptoms and consequences of the exposure. i.e. fall hazards, hazardous material and electrical hazards.

4.7.2

Have knowledge of the proper use of all equipment, necessary for safe entry into confined space. This includes atmospheric testing and monitoring equipment, ventilation equipment, and necessary PPE.

4.7.3

Communication with the attendant, when necessary to enable him to monitor status and to alert entrants, if they need evacuation.

4.7.4 Exit the confined space without any delay whenever an order to evacuate is given by the attendant or Authorised person. 4.7.5

Complete the required training for entry into confined space.

4.7.6

Sign in and sign out in the confined space entry permit..

4.8

Duties of Attendant

4.8.1

The attendant must know the hazards that may be faced during entry to the confined space including the mode, signs or symptoms and consequences of the exposure.

4.8.2

Continuously maintain an accurate count of authorised entrants in the confined space and ensures that this identification is listed on the ‘Name Tag of Entrants’ in the Confined Space Entry Permit.

4.8.3

He will maintain constant communication and monitor entrant status to alert entrants of the need to evacuate.

4.8.4

Attendants will be responsible for summoning rescue and other emergency services immediately upon the determination that the entrant may need assistance to evacuate from the confined hazard.

4.8.5 At no time, the attendant will leave his appointed place unless relieved by another attendant or emergency rescue personal. 4.8.6

The attendant shall warn all unauthorised persons that they must stay away from the confined space.

4.8.7

The confined space attendant shall not perform other duties that might interfere with the attendant’s primary duty to monitor and protect the authorised entrants.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/02

3.02 ENTRY AND WORKING IN CONFINED SPACE (EXCLUDING AIRCRAFT FUEL TANK)


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

4.8.8

He must have completed training on confined space.

4.9

Training/Safety Briefing

4.9.1

Training/Safety briefing shall be provided to all persons, who are required work in confined space.

4.9.2

Training/Safety briefing shall include: (a) The contents of this procedure; (b) Hazard identification for working in confined space; (c) Confined Space Entry Permit System and; (d) How to respond to emergencies.

4.9.3

Any contractors who are engaged in project which require entering into a confined space shall be trained and briefed by the competent person.

4.9.4

Contractors shall follow all the procedures stated in this section and shall not breach any of the requirements.

5

Control of Records

Confined Space Entry Permit 6

6 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.02 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

Title

PAGE

Responsibility

Retention Period

Storage Medium

Section Head of the Concerned Division

3 Year

Hardcopy

Documents Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety & Health Act, Workplace Safety & Health (General Provision) Regulations 2006 and related regulations SIAEC/HSP/4.3.1/01

Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/25

Selection, Use, Issuance, Maintenance and Replacement of PPE

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.2/01

OHS Training and Awareness

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.7/01

Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan

Singapore Standard CP 84: 2000

Code of Practice For â&#x20AC;&#x153;Entry Into and Safe Working in Confined Spaceâ&#x20AC;?

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/02

3.02 ENTRY AND WORKING IN CONFINED SPACE (EXCLUDING AIRCRAFT FUEL TANK)


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 7 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.02 Issue 3 Rev 0

ATTACHMENT I Hazard Identification and Evaluation The Existing or potential hazards involved in entering and working in confined space/fuel tank may be: Lack of oxygen inside the confined space/fuel tank. Flammable gases may be trapped inside. Poisonous or toxic gases may be given off & accumulated inside. Risk of skin diseases caused by chemicals, fungi or even bacteria. Short-circuit due to external sources. External sources of fire or heat. Inadequate lighting. Physical, structural, electrical and mechanical hazards.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/02

3.02 ENTRY AND WORKING IN CONFINED SPACE (EXCLUDING AIRCRAFT FUEL TANK)


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

PAGE 8 of 8

OHS Management System

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.02 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

ATTACHMENT II Flow Chart of The Procedure For Entry Into A Confined Space Start

No Need to enter in confined space?

End

Yes Identify & evaluate hazards

Remove hazards and ventilate confined space

Testing of atmosphere by MOM Certified Safety Assessor

Yes Is atmosphere hazardous?

No Approval of Entry Permit

Evaluate how the hazardous atmosphere developed?

Monitor the atmosphere

No Stop work and withdraw Entry Permit

Is the atmosphere still within the safe limit?

Yes No

Yes Continued occupancy?

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/02

End

3.02 ENTRY AND WORKING IN CONFINED SPACE (EXCLUDING AIRCRAFT FUEL TANK)


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Dec 2006

OHS Management System Manual

3.03

PAGE 1 of 5

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.03 Issue 3 Rev 0

HOT WORK, WELDING, CUTTING AND OTHER OPERATIONS INVOLVING THE USE OF HEAT

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to outline the safety requirements and considerations for carrying out hot works in relation to the application of heat, or the potential generation of any source of ignition, where any explosive or flammable substance is liable to be present.

1.2

The common hazards associated with these processes are light flare, fire, toxic gases and fumes, general material handling hazards and electric shock (arc welding/cutting).

2

Definitions Welder

-

Any operator of welding equipment which uses electricity or gas

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Section Head of the concerned department/division will ensure that all necessary safety precautions have been taken before carrying out any hot work and work is carried out in a safe condition all the times.

3.2

The Supervisor in-charge shall ensure that the hot work equipment used are maintained in safe working condition and it comply with all applicable requirements.

4

Procedure

4.1

Gas Welding and Cutting

4.1.1

Operator shall not use the welding equipment unless it is fitted with pressure reducing regulators. The regulators shall be used only for the gas and at pressure for which they are intended. The regulator inlet connection shall be of the approved type.

4.1.2

Prior to lighting up the torch, operator shall open the cylinder valve slowly and set the regulator to the recommended working pressure. Keep the torch away from any source of ignition until the fuel gas is flowing freely.

4.1.3

Operator shall not use a match to light torch. Use the sparks lighter or pilot light and point tip in a safe direction away from anyone.

4.1.4

When not in use, operator shall turn off the gas supply to the torch, at the manifold valve and at the main cylinder valve.

4.1.5

Operator shall carry out all welding processes in a well-ventilated area as harmful fumes may be emitted during the processes.

4.1.6

Operator shall take extra precautions when carry out welding on galvanized or other plated materials.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/03

3.03 HOT WORK, WELDING, CUTTING AND OTHER OPERATIONS INVOLVING THE USE OF HEAT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Dec 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 2 of 5

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.03 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.1.7

Operator shall not apply heat to an item that has contained flammable material before and steps have been taken to remove the risk of explosion.

4.1.8

Operator shall take suitable precautions to ensure that falling and flying sparks would not cause any danger of fire or personal injury, especially when working overhead.

4.1.9

Operator shall wear eye protector and leather gloves while at work. Suitable respiratory protection shall be used if required.

4.2

Hose, Hose Connection and Pressure Regulators

4.2.1

Only hose specially designed for cutting operation shall be used.

4.2.2

The colour coding of hose shall be as follows: Acetylene : Red Oxygen : Blue Air : Black LPG : Orange “Must be careful never interchanged the hoses”.

4.2.3

The hose connection shall be clamped or securely fastened to withstand minimum pressure of 2.1 MN/m2 (300 psi) or twice the pressure to which they are normally in service.

4.2.4

Hose shall be regularly inspected and tested for leaks, external burns, worn surfaces or other defects. Hose shall not be crimped or kinked, not be bend or deformed.

4.2.5

Pressure reducing regulators shall be used only for the gas and at pressure for which they are intended. The regulator connector shall be approved type.

4.2.6

Gauges on Oxygen regulator shall be marked “USE NO OIL”

4.2.7

Only competent persons shall carry out maintenance work on regulator.

4.2.8

A suitable flashback arrestor or any similar device, which prevents flame flashbacks and back flow of oxygen into fuel gas system, should be fitted at the pressure regulator outlet of each gas cylinder.

4.2.9

A suitable check valve, non-return valve or any similar device, which prevents the back flow of gas into hose, should be fitted between each gas torch inlet and gas hose.

4.2.10 No person shall tamper with or attempt to repair safety devices and valves on gas cylinder, unless he is a competent person. 4.3

Procedure For Electric Arc Welding

4.3.1

User or operator must ensure that approved equipment is used. No electric welding equipment shall be used in a hazardous location where environment contain excessive oil vapours, flammable gases or combustible dust.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/03

3.03 HOT WORK, WELDING, CUTTING AND OTHER OPERATIONS INVOLVING THE USE OF HEAT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Dec 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 3 of 5

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.03 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.3.2

Operator shall use fully insulated electrode holders to reduce the risk of arc striking. The electrode holder and lead cables shall be frequently inspected for any wear and damages.

4.3.3

All welding cables shall be of the extra flexible type designed especially for the rigors of welding service and of size adequate for current and duty cycle to be expected.

4.3.4

Operator shall ensure all welding leads are maintained in good condition, at adequate current rating and well insulated. Welding machine shall not be operated above the current rating.

4.3.5

Operator shall not connect the welding return lead to the structural steelwork. The welding return lead shall always be connected to the material or plant being welded.

4.3.6

Equipment shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer instructions.

4.3.7

The frame of welding machine shall be earthed to comply with CP50: 1997 requirements.

4.3.8

The work or metal upon which the operator welds shall be earthed. Caution: Do not double earthling.

4.3.9

Operator shall keep himself insulated from the work and from the electrode or holder. He shall not allow the exposed metal part of an electrode or holder to contact with the bare skin or any wet clothing. Caution: Do not change electrodes with bare hands or when wearing wet gloves, when standing on wet floor or grounded surface.

4.3.10 Open circuit (no load) voltage of arc welding and cutting machine shall be as low as possible. The following limit shall not be exceeded: Alternating Current Machine i) Manual arc welding and cutting ii) Automatic (mechanised) arc welding and cutting

80 volts 100 volts

Direct Current Machine i) Manual arc welding and cutting ii) Automatic (mechanised) arc welding and cutting

100 volts 100 volts

4.3.11 Operator shall not leave loose welding cables lying around, in water or oil. 4.3.12 Electric arc produces brilliant light that contains high proportion of ultraviolet radiation, even momentary exposure to burst of arc flash may cause painful conjunctivitis known as ‘arc-eye’. Operator shall wear suitable eye protection or carry out work through proper screening of weld flash to avoid ‘arc-eye’. Caution: Do not carry out any welding work without eye shield.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/03

3.03 HOT WORK, WELDING, CUTTING AND OTHER OPERATIONS INVOLVING THE USE OF HEAT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Dec 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 4 of 5

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.03 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.3.13 Operator shall ensure work area is well ventilated when carrying out electric arc welding. Ventilation must be sufficient to maintain a normal oxygen concentration for the welder to breathe. 4.3.14 Supervisor in-charge shall ensure the power supply and welding machine are equipped with electrical protective devices such as open-circuit voltage reducing control and circuit breakers. These devices are to prevent equipment damage and injury to personnel. 4.4

Guidelines For Monitoring of Gas Welding/Arc Welding

4.4.1

Operator shall visually inspect the welding equipment, its accessories and connections before commencement of work. Any malfunctioning or defect observed, shall be immediately reported to Supervisor in-charge.

4.4.2

The Supervisor in-charge shall inspect the hot work area at least once a day to ensure that work is carried out in a safe manner.

4.4.3

If hot work has to be carried out in areas outside the welding workshop (e.g. in hangar and apron), a Fire Watcher shall be present, who will keep watch over the hot work. In the event of fire, he shall extinguish the fire and/or report to the Airport Emergency Services immediately.

4.4.4

Fire Watcher must have completed and passed a CAAS approved Firewatcher training course.

4.4.5

The Supervisor in-charge/Operator shall ensure that all the supply valves of the gas cylinders securely closed and that all gas torches manifolds and hoses are placed at a well ventilated area during and after use.

4.4.6

All persons shall report to the Safety & Health Executive/Section Head/Supervisor in-charge immediately of any incompatible works nearby, which could cause hazards or danger at the workplace. The Safety Executive/Section Head/Supervisor in-charge shall stop all works immediately until appropriate actions have been taken to ensure Safety.

4.4.7

Singapore standard CP 510: 2005 Code of Practice for Safety in Welding and Cutting (and Other Operations Involving the use of heat) shall be followed and consulted in case of any doubt about welding operations.

5

Control of Records Nil.

6

Documents Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety & Health Act, Workplace Safety & Health (General Provision) Regulations 2006 and related regulations Singapore Standard CP 510: 2005

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/03

Code of Practice for Safety in Welding and Cutting (and Other Operations Involving the use of heat)

3.03 HOT WORK, WELDING, CUTTING AND OTHER OPERATIONS INVOLVING THE USE OF HEAT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Dec 2006

PAGE 5 of 5

OHS Management System Manual

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.03 Issue 3 Rev 0

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.7/01

Emergency Preparedness Response Plan

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/20

Prevention of Injuries and Illnesses

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/10

Maintenance Regime for Equipment, Machinery and Plant

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/03

and

3.03 HOT WORK, WELDING, CUTTING AND OTHER OPERATIONS INVOLVING THE USE OF HEAT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

3.04

PAGE 1 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.04 Issue 3 Rev 0

SAFE USE OF HAZARDOUS (FLAMMABLE) MATERIAL FROM HEAT/IGNITION SOURCE

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to ensure the safe use of hazardous (flammable) material from heat/ignition source during any servicing and maintenance operation.

2

Definitions Combustion

-

Combustion or fire is a chemical reaction in which a substance combines with oxidant and releases energy

Flash Point

-

The flash point of a liquid is the lowest temperature at which it gives off enough vapors to form an ignitable mixture with air. At the flash point, the vapor will burn, but briefly; inadequate vapor is produced to maintain combustion. The flash point generally increases with increasing pressure

Auto Ignition Temperature

-

A fixed temperature above, which a flammable mixture is capable of extracting enough energy from the environment to self-ignite

Flammability Limits (LFL and UFL)

-

Vapour-air mixtures will only ignite and burn over a well-specified range of compositions. The mixture will not burn when the composition is lower than the Lower Flammable Limit (LFL); the mixture is too lean for combustion. The mixture is also not combustible when the composition is too rich; that is, when it is above the Upper Flammable Limit (UFL). A mixture is flammable only when the composition is between the LFL and UFL

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Section head of the concerned department/division will be responsible for appointing a person in-charge to ensure that the procedure is adhere to whenever hazardous material are used near a heat source.

3.2

User of the hazardous (flammable) material or chemical will be responsible for taking all necessary precautions as specified in the procedure.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/04 SIAEC

3.04 SAFE USE OF HAZARDOUS (FLAMMABLE) MATERIAL FROM HEAT/IGNITION SOURCE


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

4

PAGE 2 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.04 Issue 3 Rev 0

Procedure For Safe Use of Hazardous Material Near Heat/Ignition Source

4.1

Chemicals with flash point lower than the room temperature should be substituted by other chemicals that have higher flash point (>35 째C) whenever possible. This will ensure that under normal operation, no flammable vapor will be emitted to the atmosphere and eliminate the possibility of fire development.

4.2

To prevent accumulation of flammable vapors, spraying activity involving flammable vapors should be performed within a well ventilated area. Static electricity is generated when mists of sprays pass through orifices. A charge may accumulate and discharge in a spark. If flammable vapors are present, a fire or explosion will occur.

4.3

Motors, generators, illumination lamp or any other equipment that could act as heat sources must be at least 5 metres away from the hazardous activities or materials.

4.4

Material Safety Data Sheet must be available at all times. Personnel who used the hazardous chemical must have adequate knowledge about the hazards associated with the chemical.

4.5

Only the required quantity of the material shall be brought to the activity area. All hazardous chemicals must be stored in fire resistant cabinet immediately after use.

4.6

Only method prescribed in the MSDS (by the manufacturer) shall be used for application of hazardous material/chemical.

4.7

Any illumination lamp that could act as a heat source shall be totally enclosed to prevent falling of hot particles and shall be protected from any mechanical damage by providing suitable guards.

4.8

Visual check shall be conducted for all illumination lamps for cracks on the glass panel, outer cover, cables and deteriorate seal before using.

4.9

All illumination lamps and equipment used shall be of defect free and properly maintained.

4.10

There shall be no open flame or spark producing equipment within 5 metres of any spraying area unless separated by a partition.

4.11

Adequate Safety Signage shall be displayed at the vicinity of activity area to prevent smoking, unauthorized entry, storage of unwanted quantity of flammable material and use of naked flame.

4.12

Hot surface-space-heating appliances, steam pipe or hot surfaces shall not be located in a hazardous spraying area where deposit or combustible residences may readily accumulate.

4.13

In case of spillage, the hazardous (flammable) material shall be cleaned immediately following the Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/04 SIAEC

3.04 SAFE USE OF HAZARDOUS (FLAMMABLE) MATERIAL FROM HEAT/IGNITION SOURCE


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

5

PAGE 3 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.04 Issue 3 Rev 0

Control of Records Nil.

6

Documents Associated With This Procedure SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/27

Industrial Safety Signage

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.7/01

Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/04 SIAEC

3.04 SAFE USE OF HAZARDOUS (FLAMMABLE) MATERIAL FROM HEAT/IGNITION SOURCE


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

1 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.05 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.05

LOCK-OUT TAG-OUT PROCEDURE

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose is to prevent any incidents and/or injuries due to unexpected energised of machinery and equipment during service and maintenance.

1.2

This procedure does not apply to following situation: a) Servicing and/or maintenance during normal production unless an employee is required to remove or bypass a guard or safety device and place any part of his body into an area of machine where work is actually performed or a danger exist and; b) Minor tool changes, adjustments or servicing that are routine, repetitive and integral for production.

1.3

The procedure is not applicable to the work carried out on aircraft. While working on the aircraft or associated equipment, the work shall be carried out as per the applicable Maintenance Manual or Engineering Procedure Manual or other Approved Technical Publications.

2

Definitions Lock-Out

-

Putting a lock on the part of the machine that controls the energy e.g. a circuit breaker, switch, block or valve etc

Tag-Out

-

Putting a tag to instruct people for not operating/using machine and/or equipment

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Section Head of the concerned department/division will be responsible to identify and maintain a record of equipment and machinery that requires complying with Lock-Out Tag-Out (LOTO) procedure. He will ensure that the procedure is implemented.

3.2

User or maintenance staff will be responsible for complying with Lock-Out Tag-Out procedure for the specified machinery or equipments.

4

Procedure

4.1

General Instructions/Guidelines

4.1.1

Foreman/Engineer in-charge/Supervisor of concerned department/division shall identify and designate the equipment and machinery that require complying with lockout tag-out system. (e.g. develop a Master List)

4.1.2

LOTO is required for equipment and machinery that run on electricity, hydraulic energy (water or other liquid that moves through pipes or hoses), pneumatic energy (pressurised steam or gasses or compressed air) or mechanical energy (stored or built-up energy in spring) whenever the online maintenance or inspection has to be carried out.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/05

PAGE

3.05 LOCKOUT TAG-OUT PROCEDURE


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

2 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.05 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.1.3

Lockout procedure shall be established and implemented for the repair and maintenance of designated machinery and equipment that if inadvertently activated or energised, liable to cause injury to any employee.

4.1.4

The lock shall be durable to withstand heat, cold, humidity or corrosiveness, standardise in colour, shape or size throughout the company, strong (can’t removed without heavy force or tools) enough to prevent accidental removal.

4.1.5

Any Lockout device should be accompanied by a durable and sufficiently strong tag to indicate the identity of the person who affixes it.

4.1.6

All tags shall have the same print and format throughout the work place, be easy to read and understand, tough enough so they can’t be removed accidentally. The tie for Tag-out shall be self-locking (if practicable) and can be attached by hand.

4.1.7

Tag shall display warnings such as “DO NOT START”, “DO NOT OPEN”, or “DO NOT OPERATE”.

4.1.8

For aircraft maintenance and servicing, Manufacturer’s Maintenance (MM) manual or other relevant technical publications shall be followed.

4.1.9

Specific guidelines shall be developed by the department/division concerned for changes of personnel (replacement or addition). The incoming and out going persons should be present together to apply the lock out device.

4.2

Lock Out of Equipment/Machinery

4.2.1

The Authorised person shall carry out the maintenance work under the supervision of Person in-charge.

4.2.2

He must have knowledge of type and amount energy, associated hazards, controls and lock out details of the machinery/equipment.

4.2.3

The following steps shall be followed for effective lockout: 1.

Announce Shut Down - Notify all affected personnel (including workers and subcontractors) that equipment/machinery will be turned off or shut down for inspection; repair or maintenance work and that lock out procedure would be implemented.

2.

Shut down the machine/equipment - Turn off the machine or equipment.

3.

Disconnect all energy sources - Disconnect all sources of energy (e.g. electrical, pneumatic or hydraulic) supply to the machine. Energy isolation devices such as manually operated circuit breakers; isolating switches may be used for disconnecting.

4.

Apply Lockout - Use lock out devices such as padlocks over the energy-isolating devices to ensure that energy would not be restored unexpectedly or accidentally while work was being carried out.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/05

PAGE

3.05 LOCKOUT TAG-OUT PROCEDURE


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

PAGE 3 of 4

OHS Management System

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.05 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

5.

Verify the isolation and lock out - Operate the machines controls to confirm that the machine has been isolated and cannot be re-energised. Return the control to the normal (off) position.

4.2.4

All energy control switches shall be in “OFF” or “SAFE” position to prevent accidental start up or energy release.

4.2.5

Stored energy must be released or blocked off before a person could commence work. (e.g. venting pneumatic lines, draining or bleeding hydraulic lines, block or brace any gravity-driven moving parts)

4.2.6

After lock out, attach the tag on the control panel to indicate that system is under maintenance.

4.3

Restoring the Machine/Equipment For Operation

4.3.1

Once the maintenance or repair work is completed, the machine/equipment shall be returned to normal operation. Following steps shall be followed: 1.

Check that all tools have been removed from the machine/equipment and it is fully re assembled and safety guards, if any was removed have been placed back.

2.

Verify that all personnel have completed the work and are clear off the machine.

3.

Announce that machine/equipment would be turned on.

4.

Remove the lock out devices and re-energize the machine.

5.

Inform the operators that machine/equipment is ready for operation.

4.3.2

The authorised person who has applied the lock out shall remove the lock.

4.4

Training and Measures

4.4.1

Only qualified and trained personnel shall service/maintenance of machinery/equipment.

4.4.2

Training shall be provided to the employee (excluding OEM or third party contractors), who has to carry out the inspection, cleaning, repair or maintenance of plant, machinery and equipment.

4.4.3

Training shall cover on how to (a) Identify the energy sources; (b) Isolate the energy sources safely, (c) Apply lockout devices (d) Verify the shutdown.

4.4.4

Re-training should be carried out to keep the employee updated on any new hazards or change in the lockout procedure.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/05

carry

out

LOTO

and

3.05 LOCKOUT TAG-OUT PROCEDURE


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 4 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.05 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.4.5

Briefing shall be provided to persons, if necessary, who are not involved in inspection, cleaning, repair or maintenance to understand the purpose of lock-out procedures and the prohibition to restart or re-energise any plant, machinery or equipment that is locked out.

5

Control of Records Nil

6

Documents Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety & Health Act, Workplace Safety & Health (General Provision) Regulations 2006 and related regulations CP 91: 2001

Code of Practice For Lockout Procedure

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.2/01

OHS Training and Awareness

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.3/01

OHS Consultation and Communication

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.4/01

OHS Audit and Inspection

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.6/10

Maintenance Regime For Equipment, Machinery & Plant

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/20

Prevention of Injuries and Illnesses

Applicable Aircraft Maintenance Manual

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/05

3.05 LOCKOUT TAG-OUT PROCEDURE


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

1 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.06 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

3.06

PAGE

SAFE MEANS OF ACCESS AND SAFE WORKING AT HEIGHTS

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to provide instructions/guidelines for workers for safe mean of access and safe working at heights. It includes all activities that related to any place of work, floor, step, maintenance platform, passageway, gangway and means of access.

2

Definitions Nil.

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Section Head concerned will be responsible for ensuring that all ladders/ staircases, steps and platforms are safe and maintained in good condition.

3.2

User will be responsible for safe operation and use of all such equipment.

4

Procedure

4.1

Ladders/Staircases

4.1.1

Single ladders or other non-self-supporting ladders are to be placed so that the distance from the base to wall is about one-fourth of the working length of the ladder.

4.1.2

Stepladders must have a metal spreader or locking device strong enough to hold the front and back section apart under a load.

4.1.3

User must ensure that every rung of the ladders is kept free of grease or oil.

4.1.4

For every staircase, a handrail shall be provided and maintained if it has an open side. If the staircase has 2 open sides, handrail shall be provided and maintained on both sides.

4.1.5

User shall not place the ladder on boxes or other supporting devices.

4.1.6

User shall visually inspect all ladders/staircases before each use. Defective ladder/staircase shall not be used and remove from working area and tagged as â&#x20AC;&#x153;DO NOT USEâ&#x20AC;?.

4.2

Steps/Floors/Platforms of More than 2 Metres Height

4.2.1

All steps or platforms, which may extend more than 2 metres above ground must have railings, secure foothold and handhold (standard or retractable railings).

4.2.2

If it is not practicable to provide secure foothold and handhold, user shall wear the safety harness.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/06

3.06 SAFE MEANS OF ACCESS AND SAFE WORKING AT HEIGHTS


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

2 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.06 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.2.3

If safety harness is used, there shall be sufficient and secured anchorage and/or lifeline. Lifeline and anchorage shall not be lower than the level of the working position of the person wearing safety harness, if practicable.

4.2.4

Safety harness shall be maintained in good condition. It should be stored in properly in cabinets or boxes to prevent unnecessary strain or pressure or to excessive heat or humidity. It shall be kept free from contact with sharp edges, corrosive and other chemicals that may cause damage.

4.2.5

Safety harness shall be inspected visually by user before each use for any defect or damage.

4.2.6

A competent person or Professional Engineer or OEM shall examine safety harness annually. If there is any defect or damage noticed it should be withdrawn from service. During the visual inspection particular attention shall be given for cuts, cracks, tears or abrasion, deterioration, contact with heat, acids or other corrosive.

4.2.7

A record for examination shall be kept for every harness and lifeline.

4.2.8

All mobile steps/floors/platforms must have lock struts to fix in position while in use.

4.2.9

Make sure all steps/floors/platforms shall be kept free of grease/oil or any material that may cause slippery hazards.

4.2.10

User shall put lock struts to fix in position, while using mobile steps/floors/platforms.

4.3

Docking

4.3.1

All retractable railings must be extended while working on the dockings.

4.3.2

All extendable/sliding platforms must be locked in position before performing maintenance work on the aircraft.

4.3.3

All working surface of dockings shall be free of grease/oil or any material that may cause slippery hazards.

4.4

Scaffold

4.4.1

Guardrails shall be installed on all open sides of scaffolds, if height is more than 2 metres above ground and must be provided with proper access ladder or step.

4.4.2

Toe boards of at least 100 mm high shall be provided if people work or pass under the scaffold.

4.4.3

All scaffolds shall be erected complying the requirements with CP: 14 Code of Practice for Scaffold.

4.4.4

The qualified scaffolding supervisor shall inspect the scaffolding at least once in a week.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/06

PAGE

3.06 SAFE MEANS OF ACCESS AND SAFE WORKING AT HEIGHTS


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

3 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.06 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

4.5

Storage and Stacking of Material/Equipment/Tools

4.5.1

All goods, tools, equipment, articles and substances shall be stored in such manner that it should not interfere or cause obstruction to lighting, emergency exits, safe operation of machine/equipment, sprinkler system and fire fighting equipment.

4.5.2

The passage or traffic lanes shall not be obstructed by storage or stacking of materials, equipment and tools.

4.5.3

Storage or stacking shall not cause settlement of floor or platform, which may create hazardous conditions. It shall be in stable position to prevent any collapse of goods, equipment and supports.

4.5.4

The materials, goods, tools, articles and substances shall be stored on raised platform (at least 15 cms above ground level).

4.5.5

Materials, goods, articles and substances shall not be stacked or stored under the raised platforms/steps/floors.

4.5.6

Any goods, articles or substances, which are stored, stacked or placed shall not be stored, stacked or placed against a wall or partition unless the wall or partition is of sufficient strength to withstand the pressure.

4.6

Boom Supported Elevated Work Platform, or Vehicle Mounted Elevating and Rotating Work Platform

4.6.1

User shall test all lift control switches every day prior to use to ensure that all controls are functioning safely.

4.6.2

Only properly trained personal shall operate airlift equipment.

4.6.3

User shall always stand firmly on the floor of bucket and must not sit or climb on edge of basket or use planks, ladder or other device for a work position.

4.6.4

A safety harness shall be worn and attached to the anchor point when working from airlift designated anchor point and moving out of basket to work.

4.6.5

Before extending the airlift for maintenance work, the vehicles shall be properly parked and outriggers must be fully extended.

4.7

Aircraft Stands

4.7.1

Stands shall be positioned as close as possible to the fuselage. Proper positioning of stands will minimise the falling hazards.

4.7.2

Stands shall not be moved without first conducting a through Foreign Object Damage (FOD) inspection and securing all equipment.

4.7.3

Stands shall be positioned so that proper operation of hanger doors, fire

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/06

PAGE

3.06 SAFE MEANS OF ACCESS AND SAFE WORKING AT HEIGHTS


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 4 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.06 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

extinguishing and fire fighting equipment and other equipment can be accomplished 4.7.4

Movement of stands while personnel are occupying platform is limit to inching forward and maneuvering to ensure safe clearance is present between aircraft and stand.

4.7.5

Any defective stands must be identified, placing a “DO NOT OPERATE” tag on it. The person locking/tagging out the equipment shall inform the Section Head concerned immediately.

5

Control of Records Title Safety Harness Examination Record Scaffold Inspection Record

6

Responsibility User or Supervisor Concerned Section Head of Concerned Division

Retention period

Storage Medium

2 Years

Hardcopy

1 Year

Hardcopy

Document Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety & Health Act 2006 and Workplace Safety & Health (General Provisions) Regulations 2006. Workplace Safety & Health (General Provisions) Regulation 2006

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/06

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.3.1/01

Hazard Identifications & Risk Assessment

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/20

Prevention of Injuries and Illness

Singapore Standard CP14: 2000

Code of Practice For Scaffold

3.06 SAFE MEANS OF ACCESS AND SAFE WORKING AT HEIGHTS


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

PAGE 1 of 2

OHS Management System Manual

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.07 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.07

ELECTRICAL SAFETY

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to provide instructions for all activities relating to handling electrical safety of industrial equipment.

1.2

This procedure does not apply to handling and maintenance of aircraft electrical equipments.

2

Definitions Nil

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Section Head concerned will be responsible for ensuring that all the equipments, power tools and electrical circuits and connections are safe and maintained in good condition.

3.2

User will be responsible for safe operation and safe use of all such equipmentâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s and electrical connections.

4

Procedure

4.1

All external electrical work shall be carried out under the supervision of Licensed Electrical Worker.

4.2

All the equipments must be isolated form the energy sources before carrying out the maintenance or repair work.

4.3

The electrical hazards shall be identified and circuit must be tested before commencing any maintenance work.

4.4

The electrical sockets shall not be overloaded beyond their rated capacity.

4.5

Every electrical Installation and electrical equipment shall be of good construction, sound material and free form defects and shall be used and maintained in such a manner that it is safe to use.

5

Working Near Energised Equipment Or On Faulty Equipment

5.1

Treat de-energised electrical equipment and conductors as energised until Lock-Out/Tag-Out, test and ground (where appropriate) procedures are implemented.

5.2

Whenever possible, work with electrical equipment and conductors deenergised.

5.3

Lock-Out/Tag-Out, and ground (where appropriate) before working on equipment. Wear protective clothing and equipment, and use insulated tools in areas where there are possible electrical hazards.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/07

3.07 ELECTRICAL SAFETY


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

PAGE 2 of 2

OHS Management System Manual

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.07 Issue 3 Rev 0

5.4

Determine the cause of trip or blow before setting a circuit breaker or replacing a fuse.

5.5

No wire should be allowed to run on the floor where there is a risk of damaging by moving vehicles or contact with water.

5.6

There shall not be any unauthorized alteration of existing electric works/installation.

5.7

To prevent the potential electrocution, rubber shoes shall be used and hands must be dry.

5.8

Do not try to repair the electrical equipment fault if you are not familiar with the electrical connection of the equipment and you are authorized to do so by OEM or department concerned.

6

Power Tools, Equipment and Power Cords

6.1

All the cables, wires and flexible cords shall be protected from being damaged by day-to-day operations.

6.2

Cables, wires and cords of the electrical equipments shall be visually checked for cut, cracked insulation or chemical abuse before use.

6.3

Extension cords shall be used for temporary works only. Department/division concerned must install permanent wiring when the uses are of permanent nature.

6.4

Ensure that the electrical equipments and power tools are grounded where ever necessary.

6.5

No unauthorized alteration of existing electrical works/connections shall be carried out in equipment.

7

Control of Records Nil.

8

Document Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety & Health (General Provisions) Regulations 2006

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/07

3.07 ELECTRICAL SAFETY


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 1 of 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.08 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.08

WORK ON PRESSURIZED SYSTEM

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to outline the safety requirements and considerations for carrying out repair, maintenance or other work on pressurized system except aircraft.

1.2

This procedure involves all activities related to hydraulic, pneumatic system operation and work using compressed air excluding the aircraft. Caution: The procedure is not applicable to the work carried out on aircraft. While working on the aircraft or associated equipment, the work shall be carried out as per the applicable Maintenance Manual or Engineering Procedure Manual or other Approved Technical Publications.

2

Definitions Nil.

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Section Head of the concerned department/division will be responsible to ensure that all necessary precautions have been taken and all required PPE are available before the commencement of work.

3.2

The Supervisor-in-charge/Operator will be responsible for safe use of the system and will ensure that the system is not over pressurised and correct fluid/gas is used as per the respective system specification.

4

Procedure For Working On Hydraulic/Pneumatic System

4.1

Before start up the system, the operator shall ensure that other related systems not intended to be operated are OFF. This is to prevent any inadvertent actuation of equipment that may cause subsequent injury to personnel or damage to aircraft or equipment.

4.2

Operator shall ensure that the system connections and components are not over tightened and torque. Only trained personnel shall carry out the work on hydraulic and pneumatic system.

4.3

Operator shall wear suitable PPE (e.g. clothing, eye protection and ear protectorsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;etc) wherever necessary while operating or troubleshooting hydraulic systems.

4.4

Aircraft Manufactures Maintenance Manuals and procedure shall be followed while working with hydraulic/pneumatic system on the aircraft.

5

Maintenance and Repair Work On Pressurised Hydraulic System

5.1

Any maintenance or repair work shall be carried out following the Lock-Out

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/08

3.08 WORK ON PRESSURIZED SYSTEM


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

PAGE 2 of 2

OHS Management System Manual

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.08 Issue 3 Rev 0

Tag-Out procedure (While working on the aircraft or associated equipment, work shall be carried out as per the applicable Maintenance Manual or Engineering Procedure Manual or other Approved Technical Publications). 5.2

The person performing the maintenance or repair shall ensure that system hydraulic/pneumatic pressure is removed and is at zero pressure before performing maintenance, service or repair tasks on the equipment.

5.3

Only the skilled or trained personal must perform the repair and maintenance work on pressurized hydraulic system. He must identify all the associated hazards and plan the maintenance work accordingly.

5.4

Precaution must be taken when performing leak check, as escaping fluid will be under pressure. Pressure shall be released before disconnecting, isolating or discharging hydraulic components or lines.

5.5

Appropriate PPE (e.g. eye goggles and gloves) shall be wear all the times and keep away from pinhole leaks, which eject fluids under high pressure.

6

Control of Records Title Maintenance Record

7

Responsibility

Retention Period

Section Head of Concerned Division

2 Years

Storage Medium Hardcopy/ Softcopy

Document Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety & Health Act 2006 and Workplace Safety & Health (General Provisions) Regulations 2006 SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/05

Lock-Out Tag-Out Procedure

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/10

Maintenance Regime For Equipment, Machinery and Plant

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/20

Prevention of Injuries and Illnesses

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/25

Selection, Issuance, Use, Maintenance and Replacement of PPE

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/27

Industrial Safety Signage

All Applicable Manufacturers Maintenance/ Operational Manuals for Aircraft

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/08

3.08 WORK ON PRESSURIZED SYSTEM


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 1 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.09 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.09

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTROL AND COMMUNICATION

1

Purpose and Scope The purpose is to establish a procedure to manage the purchasing, transportation, storage and handling of hazardous materials. It covers all toxic, explosive, corrosive and flammable materials and chemicals.

2

Definitions Hazardous Substance

-

Defined as hazardous substance and listed in the schedule of the Environmental Pollution Control (Hazardous Substances) Regulations and any substance which, if spilled, would adversely affect the environment

Hazardous Waste

-

Any substance being disposed of which could adversely affect the environment

Toxic Substance

-

Any substances, which are liable to cause death, injury or harm to human health if swallowed, inhaled or contacted by body in substantial quantity

3

Responsibility

3.1

Purchasing department will be responsible for applying and obtaining licences/permits if required by law for purchasing, transportation and storage of hazardous material.

3.2

Section Head of the concerned department/division, who are the user, will be responsible for taking all the necessary safety precautions required for the use of chemical as per the respective MSDS.

3.3

Person in-charge of the stores will be responsible for safe storage of hazardous material and to comply with all the statutory requirements including developing a â&#x20AC;&#x153;Spill Response Planâ&#x20AC;?.

4

Procedure/Guidelines

4.1

Identification, Classification, Labeling and Packaging of Hazardous Material

4.1.1

Hazardous material/dangerous goods are defined as those material which meet the criteria of one or more of nine UN hazard classes and where applicable, to one of three UN packing groups according to the provisions of this section. The 9 classes relate to the type of hazard whereas the packing group relate to the degree of danger within the class. (Attachment II)

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/09

3.09 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTROL AND COMMUNICATION


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

2 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.09 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

4.1.2

All hazardous material purchased or stored must have necessary marking and labeling on each package in compliance with applicable regulations.

4.1.3

All markings and labeling must be readily visible, legible and placed in such a manner that it should not be covered or obstructed by any part of the packaging.

4.1.4

Labeling or marking must be stamped, printed or otherwise marked on the package to provide adequate permanency. It shall be durable and displayed on a background of contrasting colour.

4.1.5

Upon receipt of material purchased, containers shall be checked for labeling and it should be as per United Nations (UN) classification and/or Singapore Standard 286.

4.1.6

All hazardous material must be packed and stored in well-constructed packaging. Hazard label shall be in shape of a square set at 45 degree and handling label shall be in rectangular shapes.

4.1.7

The label identifying the primary hazard of the material must bear the class or division number in the bottom corner of the label.

4.2

Storage and Handling of Hazardous Material

4.2.1

Identify whether material is explosive, corrosive, flammable or toxic. Many materials (chemicals) are relatively non-hazardous by themselves but become dangerous when they interact with other substances either by process or accidentally.

4.2.2

Explosive, corrosive, flammable and toxic material shall be stored separately in appropriate containers or package.

4.2.3

All storage containers shall be labeled to indicate the identity of material, hazards class, handling and precautions to be taken.

4.2.4

Storage area of hazardous material shall be provided with adequate lighting and ventilation.

4.2.5

Different classes of hazardous material shall be separated. The separation of chemicals (solids, liquids, gases and combustible, flammable and corrosive etc.) during storage is necessary to avoid possibility of unwanted chemical reaction caused by accidental mixing.

4.2.6

Incompatible materials (e.g. flammable and explosive) shall not be stored together.

4.2.7

Volatile liquids shall be stored in a cool place, away from sunlight or heat sources. Their containers shall not be completely filled.

4.2.8

Controlled hazardous material, for which license or permit is required, shall be stored with proper inventory records.

4.2.9

Explosive material shall be stored at designated area away from workplace.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/09

PAGE

3.09 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTROL AND COMMUNICATION


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

3 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.09 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

4.3

Storage and Handling of Corrosive Materials

4.3.1

Acids or alkalis shall be stored in proper containers.

4.3.2

Acids and alkalis shall be kept in separate cabinets, preferably with catch tray.

4.3.3

The main stock of concentrated acids and bases shall be stored as near to the floor level as possible.

4.3.4

The inventory of corrosive chemicals shall be kept to optimum. Protective gloves, safety glasses, face shields and aprons shall be worn.

4.3.5

Provisions for safety shower and eyewash fountain must be available.

4.4

Storage and Handling of Flammable Materials

4.4.1

Flammable materials or solvents shall be stored in safety cans or containers specified by manufacturer.

4.4.2

Flammable materials shall be kept in approved non-flammable cabinets and shall not be stored with explosive materials.

4.4.3

Flammable materials shall not be kept on open shelves and refrigerators.

4.4.4

There shall be no smoking at or near the storage area and fire fighting equipment shall be available at the storage area.

4.4.5

The amount of flammable material in working area shall be kept to minimum.

4.4.6

Flammable materials shall only be handled in area, which is free of ignition sources and no welding, brazing or soldering operation shall be carried out.

4.5

Storage and Handling of Reactive Materials

4.5.1

Reactive materials shall be stored at isolated, cool, dry areas and away from direct sunlight.

4.5.2

Open flames and other sources of heat must be kept away from reactive materials.

4.5.3

Shock, friction and all forms of impact must be avoided.

4.5.4

Incompatible materials shall not be stored together.

4.5.5

Chemicals that readily absorb moisture or reacts violently with air must be kept in tightly sealed containers or desiccators.

4.5.6

The quantity of reactive chemicals stored or used shall be kept to minimum.

4.5.7

Safety goggles and gloves must be worn during handling.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/09

PAGE

3.09 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTROL AND COMMUNICATION


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 4 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.09 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

4.6

Storage and Handling of Toxic Chemicals

4.6.1

Highly toxic chemicals shall preferably be stored in double containment or kept in a locked cupboard.

4.6.2

The quantity of toxic chemicals stored or used shall be kept to minimum.

4.6.3

Toxic chemicals shall not be stored on high shelves where there is a risk of accidental dropping.

4.6.4

Suitable types of personal protective equipment and respirators shall be used when handling toxic chemicals.

4.7

Receipt, Provision and Maintenance of MSDS

4.7.1

Refer to OP-G04 “MSDS Control” of General Procedure Section of Environmental Management System (ISO 14001).

4.8

Spillage of Hazardous Material

4.8.1

Refer to SIAEC/SHP/4.4.7/01 “Emergency Preparedness & Response Plan”.

4.9

Warning Signs and Precautions

4.9.1

Designated and/or trained personnel familiar with regulatory requirements shall handle hazardous materials.

4.9.2

Upon receipt of materials purchased, containers should be checked for proper labeling.

4.9.3

Labels shall be affixed to containers of hazardous substances to warn employees of the hazards involved and the precautionary measures to be taken.

4.9.4

Warning signs in languages understood by the employees specifying the nature of the danger of the hazardous substances shall be placed at all entrances to any workroom and at appropriate locations where hazardous substances are used or stored.

4.9.5

Emergency response information shall be available at all the times where the hazardous material is used or stored. This information shall be appropriate for use in emergency response to an incident and shall include: (a) The description of hazardous material; (b) Immediate hazards to health; (c) Risk of fire or explosion; (d) Immediate precaution to be taken in the event of an accident or incident; (e) Method of handling fires; (f) Method of handling on spot spills or leaks and; (g) First Aid. If all the above information is available in MSDS, then it shall be readily available on the site of use and storage.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/09

3.09 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTROL AND COMMUNICATION


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

4.10

PAGE 5 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.09 Issue 3 Rev 0

Hazard Communication Program

4.10.1 Hazard Communication Program established to inform concerned employees, contractors, visitors and any other personal involved with work process of potentially hazardous substance. The program is directed towards making employees more aware of the safety and health hazards associated with hazardous materials. 4.10.2 To avoid injury or property damage, staff who handles hazardous material or component in any area of the company shall understand the hazardous properties of the substances, with which they will be working. 4.10.3 Persons at working a factory/workplace who are liable to be exposed to hazardous substances shall warned of the hazards involved and the precautionary measures to be taken either through training or any other means. 4.10.4 Section Head of the concerned department/division will be responsible to ensure that all equipment necessary to work safely with hazardous material is provided. Each individual will be responsible for using PPE’s. 4.10.5 The components of Hazard Communication Program shall include: a. Product identification and classification; b. Substance marking, labeling, storage and internal transportation; c. Hazards associated with health, environment and community; d. Emergency Response information & general precautions and; e. Understanding and using MSDS. 4.10.6 User and Purchases shall ensure that every container has a label with the identity of its contents and appropriate hazard warnings as per UN classification. 4.10.7 It is the responsibility of the employees and all that who use the facilities to understand the properties of the chemicals with which they work on and to follow all the necessary precautions that applies to specific hazardous material. 4.10.8 Supervisors shall instruct their staff about the possible hazards, safety precautions that must be observed, the possible consequences of accident and the Emergency Plan. 4.10.9 In the event of hazardous material spill involving combustibles, flammables or corrosive shall be handle as specified in SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.7/01 “Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan”. 4.10.10 The hazard communication program includes the communication in relation to biohazardous material including any substance which contains toxins; any biological waste; any contaminated blood, urine or faeces; any infected tissue or organ and any infected animal or human being

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/09

3.09 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTROL AND COMMUNICATION


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

Control of Records Title Inventory Record of Hazardous Substances MSDS Permits/Licenses For Hazardous Substances

6

6 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.09 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

5

PAGE

Responsibility

Retention Period

Storage Medium

Section Head of Concerned Division/ Storekeeper Superintendent/ Section Head of Concerned Division

3 Years

Hardcopy

During The Usage of Chemicals

Hardcopy/ Softcopy

Purchaser/ Storekeeper

3 Years

Hardcopy

Documents Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety & Health (General Provisions) Regulations 2006 SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.7/01

Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/21

Industrial Hygiene Monitoring

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/04

Safe Use of The Hazardous (Flammable) Material From Heat/Ignition Source

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/09

3.09 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTROL AND COMMUNICATION


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 7 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.09 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual Attachment I Flow Chart For Storage of Chemicals

Decide designated locations Consider compatibility of chemicals Consider conditions Licenses/Permits Consider guidelines for storage

Inspect storage area for General Conditions & Leakage (Store-in-charge)

Issue chemicals to users based on request (Store in-charge)

Update inventory (Store in-charge)

Act as per Spill Response Procedure (Store in-charge)

Attachment II SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/09

3.09 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTROL AND COMMUNICATION


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 8 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.09 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

Packaging Groups: Dangerous good are assigned to the relevant packing group according to the degree of hazard they present: Packing Group I – Great Danger Packing Group II – Medium Danger Packing Group III – Minor Danger Criteria for packing group I, II & III have been developed for Dangerous Goods in Class 3, Class 4, Division 5.1, Division 6.1 and Class 8. The Nine Hazard Classes and Their Division: a) Class 1 Explosive Division1.1 - Articles and substances having a mass explosion hazard Division1.2 - Articles and substances having a projection hazard but not a mass explosion hazard Division1.3 - Articles and substances having a fire hazard, a minor blast hazard and/or a minor projection hazard but not a mass explosion hazard Division1.4 - Articles and substances presenting no significant hazard Division1.5 - Very insensitive substances having a mass explosion hazard Division1.6 - Extremely insensitive articles that do not have a mass explosion hazard b)

Class 2 Gases Division 2.1 Division 2.2 Division 2.3 -

Flammable Gas Non Flammable, Non Toxic Gas Toxic Gas

c)

Class 3 Flammable Liquids: This class has no divisions

d)

Class 4 Flammable Solids, Substances Liable To Spontaneous Combustion Division 4.1 - Flammable Solids Division 4.2 - Substances Liable To Spontaneous Combustion Division 4.3 - Substances, which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases

e)

Class 5 Oxidizing Substances and Organic Peroxide Division 5.1 - Oxidizer Division 5.2 - Organic Peroxides

f)

Class 6 Toxic and Infectious Substances Division 6.1 - Toxic Substances Division 6.2 - Infectious Substances

g)

Class 7 Radioactive Material: This class has no divisions

h)

Class 8 Corrosive: This class has no divisions

i)

Class 9 Miscellaneous Dangerous Goods: This class has no divisions

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/09

3.09 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTROL AND COMMUNICATION


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

1 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.10 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.10

MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR FOR EQUIPMENT, MACHINERY AND PLANT

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of the procedure is to develop and define a systematic approach for carrying out maintenance or repair work, dismantling of any pipe or equipment that contains steam or substances that are flammable, toxic or corrosive.

1.2

The maintenance includes all kind of maintenance work (including visual inspection, oiling, greasing or paining etc) carried out to keep the equipments (including all lifting equipments) fit for intended use.

2

Definitions Equipment

-

All type equipment (including lifting equipment) or tools used to carry out the maintenance, repair or any type of work

Machinery

-

All the vehicles, generator, GPU, water & toilet trucks, mobile platforms etc. which are motorized driven

Dismantling

-

Means disconnecting, separating or isolating from the original assembly

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Section Head of concerned department/division will be responsible for the scheduled maintenance of the identified equipment, machinery and plant.

3.2

He will ensure that competent person carry out the maintenance, repair or dismantling work.

4

Procedure For Maintenance and Repair

4.1

Section Head of the concerned department/division shall keep an updated register of the machinery and equipment maintained, whether owned by SIAEC or rented.

4.2

The maintenance shall be specified with consideration of the requirements and recommendations made in the Workplace Safety & Health (General Provisions) Regulations 2006, relevant Singapore Standards, Code of Practice and/or OEM/supplier manual.

4.3

The persons carrying out the maintenance work shall make a record of when and what type of maintenance carried out. A record of such maintenance shall be kept.

4.4

Section Head of concerned department/division shall ensure that all the equipment (including lifting equipment) and machinery (i.e. crane, mobile

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/10

PAGE

3.10 MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR FOR EQUIPMENT, MACHINERY AND PLANT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 2 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.10 Issue 3 Rev 0

crane, platforms etc.) are maintained to comply with the Workplace Safety & Health (General Provisions) Regulations 2006 requirements. 4.5

Measuring and testing equipment shall be calibrated, if necessary.

4.6

The maintenance frequency shall be increased or method of maintenance shall be replaced if during periodic inspections the following are observed: i) Any malfunction of tools, equipment or its parts; ii) Any excessive noise/vibration from the equipment or; iii) Emission of excessive black smoke for vehicles.

4.7

Availability & workability of safety device (i.e. limit switch for crane, loadbearing chart for mobile crane, safety guard for machine etc) shall be maintained all the time in good condition.

4.8

In the event of breakdown/malfunction of any equipment or machinery, the Supervisor or User shall affix an “OUT OF ORDER” and/or “DO NOT USE” label and liase for repair works to be carried out. If the work is urgent then the Section Head of concerned department/division shall decide for an alternative method.

4.9

Sub-contractors and suppliers of rented equipment or machinery shall ensure that the equipment used on SIAEC premises are safe for it intended use, in workable condition and maintained as per the requirements of the Workplace Safety & Health (General Provisions) Regulations 2006.

4.10

In the event of any lapse in maintenance, Supervisor/User shall report to the Section Head of concerned department/division immediately. He shall ensure that responsible parties take immediate corrective and preventive actions.

5

Procedure For Dismantling Of Any Pipe Or Equipment Contains Substance That Are Flammable, Toxic Or Corrosive

5.1

Person, who will carryout the dismantle work, shall identify whether the pipe or equipment contains flammable, toxic or corrosive substance and understand and identified the associated hazards.

5.2

Labels shall be affixed to the pipe or equipment clearly mentioning the hazardous substance.

5.3

MSDS shall be referred before carrying out the dismantling work to find out any extra precautions.

5.4

If substance is flammable, he must ensure that there is no ignition source within the 5 metres perimeter of the area.

5.5

If substance is toxic or corrosive, he must ensure that the area is cordon and other staffs are informed.

5.6

The person working on such equipment shall wear the proper and appropriate PPE (e.g. gloves, eye goggles and face shield etc.) as recommended in MSDS.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/10

3.10 MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR FOR EQUIPMENT, MACHINERY AND PLANT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

5.7

Proper equipment or tools shall be used and safety instructions shall be followed as instructed by OEM/supplier or stated in MSDS.

5.8

In the event of spill, it shall be handled as specified in SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.7/01 “Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan”.

6

Control of Records

7

Responsibility

Master List For Equipment and Machinery

Section Head of Concerned Division

Maintenance Record

Concerned Maintenance Department/or User Department

3 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.10 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

Title

PAGE

Retention Period As Long As The Equipment Is In Use 3 Years

Storage Medium Hardcopy/ Softcopy

Hardcopy/ Softcopy

Document Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety & Health (General Provisions) Regulations 2006 SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/05

Lock-Out Tag-Out Procedure

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/08

Safe Work On Pressurized System

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/10

Maintenance, Fencing and/or Guarding of Machine

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/12

Testing, Inspection, Certification and Use of Lift and Hoist

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/13

Testing, Inspection, Certification and Use of Lifting Gears, Lifting Machine and Lifting Appliances

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/15

Testing, Inspection, Certification and Use of Air Receivers

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/16

Safe Operation of Material Handling Vehicles

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/17

Testing, Inspection, Certification and Use of Hydraulic Platform, Cherry Picker and Vehicle Mounted Platform

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/10

3.10 MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR FOR EQUIPMENT, MACHINERY AND PLANT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

1 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.11 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

3.11

PAGE

MAINTENANCE, FENCING AND/OR GUARDING OF MACHINES

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to outline the safety requirements and considerations for carrying out work on continuous operating, transmission and self-acting machines for which the removal of fencing/guarding is required. This procedure involves all activities related to examination, lubrication or other operation on such machines.

2

Definitions Transmission Machinery

-

Means every shaft, wheel, drum, pulley, system of fast and loose pulleys, coupling, clutch, driving belt or other device by which the motion of a prime mover is transmitted to or received by any machine or appliances

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Section Head of concerned department/division will be responsible to ensure that all the necessary precautions have been taken before commencement of work. He shall ensure that all the necessary PPE are available.

3.2

Every individual will be responsible for taking all necessary safety measures.

4

Procedure

4.1

General Guidelines For Machine/Air Hose Guard

4.1.1

Any machine or mechanical guard whether equipped from the manufacturer or developed in-house shall meet the following: (a) Mechanical guarding must encompass both the power transmission parts of all mechanical equipment and the points of operation on production machines; (b) Guard must be considered a permanent part of the machine and should not be capable of being easily or quickly removed; (c) The guard must not interfere with efficient operation or maintenance of the machine or provide a source of discomfort; (d) The guard should not weaken the machine structure; (e) Guard must be durable and resistant to misuse and (f) Guard themselves shall not present a hazard to the operator. Rough edges, splinters, shear points and sharp corners should not be present.

4.2

Working on Continuous Operating Machinery

4.2.1

Section Head of concerned department/division shall ensure that the operator is at least 20 years of age and he has been briefed on the hazard associated with the work.

4.2.2

The operator shall be trained to operate the machine.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/11

3.11 MAINTENANCE, FENCING AND/OR GUARDING OF MACHINES


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

2 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.11 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.2.3

The operator shall not wear any loose clothing and accessories while performing work.

4.2.4

Every part of electric generators, motors and rotary converters, and every flywheel connected to machines, shall be securely fenced unless the machine is enclosed within fenced premises.

4.3

Working on Stationary Machinery/Transmission Machinery

4.3.1

The operator shall stop the machine if it is in operation or running condition before carrying out any maintenance or servicing.

4.3.2

The operator shall apply Lock-out Tag-out System to ensure no inadvertent activation of machine power while servicing the equipment or machine.

4.3.3

The Section Head/Supervisor in-charge shall ensure that every part of the transmission machinery is securely fenced or it is safe for use without additional measures.

4.3.4

Every machine driven by mechanical power shall be provided with an efficient starting and stopping device, which shall be in the easy reach of the operator.

4.3.5

No driving belt when not in use shall be allowed to rest or ride upon a revolving shaft.

4.4

Self-Acting Machines

4.4.1

No traversing part of any self acting machine and no material carried thereon shall be allowed on its outward or inward traverse to run within a distance of 500 millimetres from any fixed structure not being part of the machinery.

4.4.2

No person shall be allowed to enter in the space between any traversing part of self-acting machine and any fixed part of the machine towards which a traversing part moves.

4.5

Training and Supervision

4.5.1

Any person employed at any machine or process liable to cause bodily injury shall be fully instructed for the dangers likely to arise and precautions to be observed.

4.5.2

The person employed on such machine or process shall be given sufficient training to work at machine or in the process.

4.5.3

He shall be under adequate supervision by a person who has a through knowledge and experience of the machine or process.

4.5.4

Section Head of concerned department/division shall ensure that all the safety measures and instructions required in operating such machines are displayed, written in languages understood by the person working on it.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/11

PAGE

3.11 MAINTENANCE, FENCING AND/OR GUARDING OF MACHINES


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

3 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.11 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

5

PAGE

Control of Records Nil.

6

Documents Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety & Health (General Provisions) Regulations 2006. SIAEC/HSP/4.4.3/01

OHS Consultation and Communication

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.2/01

OHS Training and Awareness

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/05

Lock-Out Tag-Out Procedure

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/10

Maintenance Regime For Equipment, Machinery and Plant

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/20

Prevention of Injuries and Illnesses

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/27

Industrial Safety Signage

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/11

3.11 MAINTENANCE, FENCING AND/OR GUARDING OF MACHINES


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

1 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.12 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.12

TESTING, INSPECTION, CERTIFICATION AND USE OF LIFT AND HOIST

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose is to establish and maintain procedure for testing, inspection, certification and use of lift and hoist to comply with statutory requirements under the Workplace Safety and Health (General Provisions) Regulations 2006.

2

Definitions Lift and hoist

-

includes any lifting appliance or lifting machine used for carrying person, whether together with goods or otherwise. No lifting machine or appliance shall be considered to be hoist or lift unless it has a cage or platform and the direction of movement of the cage or platform is restricted by a guide or guides

Authorized Examiner

-

Means any person approved by the Commissioner under section 33 for the purpose of carrying out examination and test of hoist and lift, lifting gear, or lifting appliance and lifting machine, steam boiler, air receiver, refrigerating plant pressure receiver, pressure vessel or any other machinery required by WSHA to be examined or tested by an authorized examiner

Maintain

-

Means maintain in an efficient state, in efficient working order and in good repair

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Section Head of the concerned department/division shall appoint a person incharge, who will be responsible for arranging inspection, testing and maintaining all records.

4

Procedure

4.1

No hoist and lift shall be used unless an Authorized Examiner has tested and examined the hoist or lift after its installation and issued and signed a certificate of test and examination, specifying the safe working load of the hoist or lift.

4.2

Every hoist or lift used in a factory shall be thoroughly examined by an Authorized Examiner at least once every 6 months or at such intervals as the Commissioner may determine.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/12

PAGE

3.12 TESTING, INSPECTION, CERTIFICATION AND USE OF LIFT AND HOIST


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

PAGE 2 of 3

OHS Management System

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.12 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual 4.3

Certificate of test and examination issued by the Authorized Examiner shall be kept, stored and made available for inspection by the Person in-charge.

4.4

Every hoistway or liftway used in a factory shall be efficiently protected by a substantial enclosure fitted with gates that will, when the gates are shut, prevent any person from falling down the way or coming into contact with any moving part of the hoist or lift.

4.5

The gates shall be fitted with efficient interlocking or other devices to ensure that the gate cannot be opened except when the cage or platform is at the landing and the cage or platform cannot be moved away from the landing until the gate is closed.

4.6

Every hoist or lift and every enclosure shall be constructed as to prevent any part of any person or any goods carried in the hoist or lift being trapped between any part of the hoist or lift and any fixed structure or the counterbalance weight and any other moving part of the hoist or lift.

4.7

Every hoist or lift shall be marked conspicuously with the Maximum Working Load, which it can safely carry.

4.8

No hoist or lift shall be used to carry a load exceeding its Maximum Working Load.

4.9

Every lift shall be provided with efficient automatic devices to prevent the cage or platform over-running.

4.10

Lift registered with Commissioner of Buildings shall be inspected and tested under Building Maintenance and strata Management (Lift and Building Maintenance) Regulations 2005.

4.11

Hoist and lifts shall be maintained on a regular basis.

5

Control of Records Responsibility

Retention Period

Storage Medium

Test Certificate By Authorized Examiner (LH/LL Certificate)

Person InCharge

2 Years

Hardcopy

Test Certificate By Manufacturer

Person InCharge

As Long As The Equipment Is In Use

Hardcopy/ Softcopy

Title

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/12

3.12 TESTING, INSPECTION, CERTIFICATION AND USE OF LIFT AND HOIST


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual 6

PAGE 3 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.12 Issue 3 Rev 0

Documents Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety and Health (General Provisions) Regulation 2006 Building Maintenance and Strata Management (Lift and Building Maintenance) Regulations 2005 SIAEC/HSP/4.5.3/01

Procedure For Records

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.6/10

Maintenance Regime For Equipment, Machinery and Plant

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/12

3.12 TESTING, INSPECTION, CERTIFICATION AND USE OF LIFT AND HOIST


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

1 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.13 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.13

TESTING, INSPECTION, CERTIFICATION AND USE OF LIFTING GEARS, LIFTING MACHINES AND LIFTING APPLIANCES

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose is to establish and maintain procedure for testing, inspection, certification and use of lifting gears, lifting appliances and lifting machines to comply with statutory requirements under the Workplace Safety and Health (General provisions) Regulations 2006.

2

Definitions Lifting Gear

-

Includes any chain, rope, chain sling, webbing sling, rope sling, ring, hook, shackle, swivel, eyebolt and any cage or work platform used for carrying persons while it is suspended from the load line of a crane

Lifting Appliance

-

Includes a pulley block, gin wheel, chain block or set of chain blocks

Lifting Machine

-

Includes any crane, crab, winch, teagle, runway, transporter, piling frame, piling machine and any work platform or suspended scaffold capable of being raised or lowered by climbers, winches or other powered device

Authorized Examiner (AE)

-

Means any person approved by the Commissioner under section 33 for the purpose of carrying out examination and test of hoist and lift, lifting gear, or lifting appliance and lifting machine, steam boiler, air receiver, refrigerating plant pressure receiver, pressure vessel or any other machinery required by WSHA to be examined or tested by an authorized examiner

Maintain

-

Means maintain in an efficient state, in working order and in good repair

User

-

A person or group of persons, who are physically involved in performing the task

OEM

-

Original Equipment Manufacturer

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/13

PAGE

3.13 TESTING, INSPECTION, CERTIFICATION AND USE OF LIFTING GEARS, LIFTING MACHINES AND LIFTING APPLIANCES


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

2 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.13 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual 3

Responsibilities

3.1

Safety and Health Executive will be responsible for monitoring the certification cycle and informing the department/division concerned for the due date of test.

3.2

Department/division concerned shall appoint a Person in-charge, who will be responsible for registering, arranging the inspection & test and maintaining all records of the lifting gears, lifting machines and lifting appliances.

3.3

User will be responsible for the safe use of any lifting gears, lifting appliances and lifting machines.

3.4

Facilities and Materials Division will be responsible for contract administration and payments to Authorized Examiner

3.5

Authorized Examiner will be responsible for providing original copy of test certificate to the Person-in-charge (User) of the department/division concerned and forward a copy to the Quality & Safety Division.

4

Procedure/Guidelines For Lifting Gears

4.1

Monitoring and Control

4.1.1

No lifting gear shall be used unless it has been tested and examined by an Authorized Examiner except fibre ropes and fibre rope slings.

4.1.2

Every lifting gear shall be thoroughly examined at least once in 12 months by an Authorized Examiner and by the User/OEM/AE in the case of the fibre ropes and fibre ropes slings.

4.1.3

Safety and Health Executive will monitor the certification cycle and will inform the Person in-charge 45 days prior to the due date of test and inspection. A reminder shall be issued 7 days before the due date.

4.2

Person In-Charge

4.2.1

The Person in-charge shall arrange for the inspection and testing to be conducted by the Authorised Examiner. The original test report and certificate of inspection/testing shall be maintained by the Person in-charge.

4.2.2

The certificate of test and examination, specifying the Safe Working Load (SWL) and signed by the Authorized Examiner shall be kept, stored and made available for inspection by Person in-charge.

4.2.3

The fibre ropes and fibre rope slings shall be examined and maintained in good condition by User, OEM or Authorized Examiner. The user can conduct the examination using â&#x20AC;&#x153;Visual Examination of Fibre Ropes & Fibre Rope Slingsâ&#x20AC;? (See Appendix). A record of such examination shall be kept, stored and made available for inspection by the Person in-charge.

4.2.4

Every lifting gear shall be marked with Safe Working Load (SWL) on it.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/13

PAGE

3.13 TESTING, INSPECTION, CERTIFICATION AND USE OF LIFTING GEARS, LIFTING MACHINES AND LIFTING APPLIANCES


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

3 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.13 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual 4.2.5

A register or electronic record containing the particulars shall be kept for inspection and updated regularly by the Person in-charge.

4.2.6

All the lifting gear shall be maintained on a regular basis.

4.2.7

The Person in-charge shall ensure that all new equipment, acquired within the department/division be registered with the Quality & Safety Division with a copy of test certificate.

4.3

User of Lifting Gears

4.3.1

No lifting gear shall be loaded beyond its Safe Working Load (SWL).

4.3.2

User shall visually examine every lifting gear, fibre ropes/fibre rope slings for any defect before use.

4.3.3

Any defect or malfunctioning of the lifting gear shall be reported to the Person in-charge and tagged as â&#x20AC;&#x153;DO NOT USEâ&#x20AC;?.

4.3.4

User must ensure that the correct lifting gear is used for the task.

5

Procedure/Guidelines For Lifting Appliances and Lifting Machines

5.1

Monitoring and Control

5.1.1

No lifting gear shall be used unless it has been tested and examined by an Authorized Examiner except fiber ropes and fiber rope slings.

5.1.2

Every lifting appliance and lifting machine shall be thoroughly examined at least once in every 12 months by an Authorized Examiner.

5.1.3

Safety and Health Executive will monitor the certification cycle and will inform the Person in-charge 45 days prior to the due date of test and inspection. A reminder shall be issued 7 days before the due date.

5.2

Person In-Charge

5.2.1

The Person in-charge shall arrange for the inspection and testing to be conducted by the Authorized Examiner. The original test report and certificate of inspection and testing shall be maintained by the Person incharge.

5.2.2

The certificate of test and examination specifying the SWL and signed by Authorized Examiner shall be kept stored and made available for inspection by the Person in-charge.

5.2.3

Every lifting appliances and lifting machines shall be marked with SWL and distinctive number or other means of identification.

5.2.4

Person in-charge must ensure that every crane, crab and winch shall be provided with a readily accessible and efficient brake or safety device.

5.2.5

A register or electronic record contain the particulars shall be kept for inspection and updated regularly by the Person in-charge.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/13

PAGE

3.13 TESTING, INSPECTION, CERTIFICATION AND USE OF LIFTING GEARS, LIFTING MACHINES AND LIFTING APPLIANCES


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

5.2.6

Lifting machines shall not be operated except by a person trained and competent to operate.

5.2.7

All lifting appliances and lifting machines shall be maintained on regular basis.

5.2.8

The Person in-charge shall ensured that all new equipment, acquired within the department/division, be registered with the Quality & Safety Division together with copy of test certificate.

5.3

User of Lifting Appliances and Lifting Machines

5.3.1

No lifting machine or lifting appliances shall be loaded beyond its SWL

5.3.2

User shall visually examine the lifting machines or lifting appliances for any defect before use.

5.3.3

Any defect or malfunctioning of the lifting appliances and lifting machine shall be reported to the person in-charge and tagged as â&#x20AC;&#x153;DO NOT USEâ&#x20AC;?.

5.3.4

User must ensure that the correct lifting appliances and machines are used for performing the task.

6

Control of Records

Test Certificate By Authorized Examiner (LG/LM/LA Certificate) Register/Record of Lifting Gears, Lifting Appliances and Machines Visual Examination of Fibre Ropes and Fibre Rope Slings 7

4 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.13 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

Title

PAGE

Responsibility

Retention Period

Storage Medium

Person InCharge

3 Years

Hardcopy

Person InCharge

3 Years

Hardcopy/ Softcopy

Person InCharge

3 Years

Hardcopy

Documents Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety and Health (General Provisions) Regulation 2006 SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/14

Lifting Operation Using Mobile and Overhead Cranes

SIAEC/HSP/4.5.3/01

Procedure For Records

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.6/10

Maintenance Regime For Equipment, Machinery and Plant

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/13

3.13 TESTING, INSPECTION, CERTIFICATION AND USE OF LIFTING GEARS, LIFTING MACHINES AND LIFTING APPLIANCES


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

LIFTING OPERATIONS USING MOBILE AND OVERHEAD CRANES

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose is to provide instructions/guidelines for safe lifting operations and to establish and maintain safe operation of cranes.

1.2

The procedure outlines the safety requirements and considerations for carrying out lifting operations and duties and responsibilities of the crane operator, lifting supervisor, rigger and signalman.

2

Definitions -

Means a machine incorporating an elevated structural member or jib beneath which suspended loads may be moved vertically (whether upwards or downwards) or horizontally or both, either by slewing the machine, derricking the jib or by any other means not solely involving a traveling motion of the crane

Mobile Crane

-

Means a crane mounted on a truck, crawler or on wheels and includes any crane of a type

Lifting Supervisor

-

A competent person, who has completed such training as approved by the Commissioner for Workplace Safety and Health, shall be appointed by the occupier for the purpose of carrying out the duties set out by the Competent Authority before any lifting operating involving the use of a mobile crane is carried out

Authorized Examiner (AE)

-

Means any person approved by the Commissioner under section 33 for the purpose of carrying out examination and test of hoist and lift, lifting gear, or lifting appliance and lifting machine, steam boiler, air receiver, refrigerating plant pressure receiver, pressure vessel or any other machinery required by WSHA to be examined or tested by an authorized examiner.

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Department/division concerned will be responsible for appointing a Person in-charge to maintain and update the relevant certificate and training record.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/14

1 of 6

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.14 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.14

Crane

PAGE

3.14 LIFTING OPERATIONS USING MOBILE AND OVERHEAD CRANES


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

3.2

Department/division concerned shall appoint or assigned a Lifting Supervisor before carrying out any lifting operations.

3.3

The appointed Lifting Supervisor shall:

ii)

iii) iv) v) vi)

Co-ordinate and supervise all lifting activities and ensure that the lifting operation is carried out safely; Ensure that only registered crane operators, appointed riggers and signalmen participate in any lifting operation involving the use of a mobile crane; Ensures that the ground conditions are safe for any lifting operation to be performed by any mobile crane; Brief all crane operators, riggers and signalmen on the safe lifting procedures; Ensure that load, which is to be lifted, is less than the Safe Working Load (SWL), secure, stable and balanced and; Take measures to rectify the unsatisfactory or unsafe conditions that are reported by any crane operator or rigger.

4

Procedures For Mobile Crane Operation

4.1

General Guidelines

4.1.1

No mobile crane shall be used unless it is thoroughly tested and examined by an Authorized Examiner.

4.1.2

Mobile crane shall not be used for application, which are explicitly prohibited by the manufacturer. All crane movements shall be carried out strictly in accordance with manufacturersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; recommendation or competent person.

4.1.3

Under any circumstances mobile crane shall not be used to drag any load along the ground and carry any person.

4.1.4

No person shall operate a mobile crane unless he is registered as a Crane Operator and holding a valid certificate issued by Ministry of Manpower.

4.2

Crane Positioning and Operations

4.2.1

Whenever the crane is moved, careful planning and considerations should be given to ground, height restrictions of aero bridges, proximityâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s of aircraft and overhead structures and wind conditions.

4.2.2

The crane shall be leveled on tyres/outriggers when carrying out operations. All outriggers beam shall be fully extended and wheels shall be clear of the ground in normal practice.

4.2.3

The outrigger float shall be pinned to the outrigger properly and shall rest on the ground with even contact over the bearing area.

4.2.4

The crane shall be in proper working condition. The operator shall conduct a routine check to ensure that all the accessible points of the crane are in good working condition and all the carne controls and operation are functioning properly.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/14

2 of 6

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.14 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

i)

PAGE

3.14 LIFTING OPERATIONS USING MOBILE AND OVERHEAD CRANES


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 3 of 6

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.14 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

4.2.5

The crane SWL shall be marked clearly. In no case the load more than SWL shall be lifted.

4.2.6

There shall be no obstruction around the area of the crane operation particularly at taxi bays. If lifting needs to be carried out near the aircraft, special precautions must be exercised.

4.2.7

The change in radius caused by booming down and/or telescoping out shall be considered when determining the lifting capacity. In this case the crane operator must determine the safe capacity from the load chat supplied by manufacturer.

4.2.8

The intermediate values of safe working load not given in the load chart shall always be taken as a lower stipulated in the range.

4.2.9

The operator shall not cause the load to be jerked during the operations.

4.2.10 Under no circumstances shall there be less than 2 drum turns of wire rope remaining in the drum. The wire ropes on all load and boom hoist drum shall be tightly and evenly wound. 4.2.11 The boom tip shall be symmetrically rigged to prevent eccentric or unbalanced revving. Load, to be lifted, shall be slinged properly to provide stable lift. 4.2.12 Use of more than one crane is normally not recommended. However, should it be carried out, a competent person shall carefully plan out the operation in detail with emergency plan. The person supervising the operation shall fully understand the details of the operation. Each crane shall have at least 25% excess capacity than the maximum share of the load that each one is expected to handle. 4.2.13 When leaving a crane unattended for even a short duration of time, all the suspending loads shall be unloaded, controls shall be placed in the neutral position and engine must be shut down. 4.3

Crane Operator, Signalman and Rigger

4.3.1

The person who operates the crane to handle the load shall be: (a) Over the 18 years of age; (b) Medically fit in terms of eyesight, hearing, reflexes and mental stability; (c) Trained adequately in general operation of cranes and in the type of crane he is operating. He shall be trained to judge the distance, heights and clearances. He shall posses the required driving licence and a certificate of registration as Crane Operator from Ministry of Manpower; (d) Expressly authorised to operate the crane; (e) Capable of conducting routine checks on the crane to ensure it is ready and safe for operation and; (f) Familiar with standard crane operation signals (See Attachment) and be conversant with the duties of the signaler and rigger.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/14

3.14 LIFTING OPERATIONS USING MOBILE AND OVERHEAD CRANES


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 4 of 6

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.14 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.3.2

Signalman and Rigger must have successfully completed an approved training course.

4.3.3

Signalman shall ensure and verify with rigger that the load is properly rigged up before he gives clear signal to crane operator to lift the load.

4.3.4

Signalman shall give correct and clear signals to guide the crane operator in the maneuver of the load safely to its destination.

4.3.5

No person shall rig up loads for any lifting operations by mobile crane unless he has successfully completed an approved training course.

4.3.6

Rigger shall check the slings to be used for good construction and condition before taking into use.

4.3.7

Rigger shall ensure that an adequate number of legs of the slings are used and that the slinging angle is correct to prevent the sling from being overloaded during hoisting.

4.3.8

Rigger shall ascertain the weight of the load, which is to be lifted and inform the crane operator of the weight of the load.

4.3.9

Rigger shall ensure that only proper lifting gears are used in conjunction with slings.

4.3.10 Rigger shall ensure that the load to be lifted is secure, stable and balanced. 4.3.11 Rigger shall ensure that any loose load including stones, bricks or machineryâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s, etc is placed in a receptacle to prevent the load from falling during the lifting operation. 4.3.12 Rigger shall report for any defects in lifting gears or slings to lifting supervisor. 4.4

Operation of Overhead Crane

4.4.1

No overhead crane shall be used unless it is thoroughly tested and examined by an approved person.

4.4.2

A Lifting Supervisor shall be appointed or assigned before carrying out any lifting operation with overhead crane.

4.4.3

Lifting Supervisor shall be trained to perform the lifting operations safely and training record must be kept.

4.4.4

Lifting Supervisor shall co-ordinate all lifting activities and make sure that the general condition are safe for lifting operation.

4.4.5

Lifting Supervisor must ensure that load, which is to be lifted, is less than the safe working load, secure, stable and balanced.

4.5

Duties of Person In-Charge

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/14

3.14 LIFTING OPERATIONS USING MOBILE AND OVERHEAD CRANES


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 5 of 6

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.14 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual 4.5.1

Person in-charge of the concerned department/division shall ensure that no lifting activities are carried out without appointing a Lifting Supervisor, Rigger and signalman.

4.5.2

Person in-charge shall maintain and update the relevant training records and certificates and crane related documents.

4.5.3

The Person in-charge shall ensure that the only person with relevant registration and certification are engaged in lifting activities.

5

Control of Records Nil.

6

Documents Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety and Health (General Provisions) Regulation 2006 Singapore Standard CP 37: 2000

Code of Practice For The Safe Use of Mobile Cranes

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/13

Testing, Inspection, Certification and Use of Lifting Gears, Lifting Machine and Lifting Appliances

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/01

OHS Training and Awareness

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/14

3.14 LIFTING OPERATIONS USING MOBILE AND OVERHEAD CRANES


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/14

PAGE 6 of 6

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.14 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.14 LIFTING OPERATIONS USING MOBILE AND OVERHEAD CRANES


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

PAGE 1 of 3

OHS Management System Manual

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.15 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.15

TESTING, INSPECTION, CERTIFICATION AND USE OF AIR RECEIVER

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose is to establish and maintain procedure for testing, inspection, certification and use of air receivers to comply with statutory requirements under the Workplace Safety and Health (General Provisions) Regulations 2006.

2

Definition Air Receiver

-

Any vessel (other than a pipe or coil or an accessory, fitting or part of a compressor) for containing compressed air and connected with an air compressing plant

Authorized Examiner (AE)

-

Means any person approved by the Commissioner under section 33 for the purpose of carrying out examination and test of hoist and lift, lifting gear, or lifting appliance and lifting machine, steam boiler, air receiver, refrigerating plant pressure receiver, pressure vessel or any other machinery required by WSHA to be examined or tested by an authorized examiner

Safe Working Pressure

-

Means the pressure specified in the report of examination refereed to in regulation 28,29 or 31 of Workplace Safety and Health (General Provisions) Regulation 2006

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Safety and Health Executive will be responsible for monitoring the certification cycle and informing the department/ division concerned for the due date of inspection.

3.2

Department/division concerned shall appoint a Person in-charge, who will be responsible for registering, arranging the inspection & test and maintaining all records.

3.3

User will be responsible for the safe use for the air receivers.

3.4

Facilities and Materials Division will be responsible administration and payments to Authorized Examiner.

3.5

Authorized Examiner will be responsible for providing original copy of test certificate to the Person-in-charge (User) of the department/division concerned and forward a copy to the Quality & Safety Division.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/15

for

contract

3.15 TESTING, INSPECTION, CERTIFICATIONAND USE OF AIR RECEIVER


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

4

Procedure/Guidelines For Air Receivers

4.1

Monitoring and Control

PAGE 2 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.15 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.1.1 No air receiver shall be used unless it has been tested and examined by an Authorized Examiner. 4.1.2

Every air receiver shall be thoroughly cleaned and examined by at least once in 24 months except in that in the case of a receiver of solid drawn construction, if it is so constructed that internal surface cannot be thoroughly examined, a suitable hydraulic test of the receiver shall be carried out in lieu of internal examination.

4.1.3

Safety and Health Executive will monitor the certification cycle and inform the Person in-charge 45 days prior to the due date of inspection. A reminder shall be issued 7 days before the expiry date of inspection.

4.2

For Person In-Charge

4.2.1

The Person in-charge must ensure that no air receiver shall be taken into use (i.e. for first time purchased air receivers) unless: a) b)

c) d)

An application containing the Particulars to be submitted to Ministry of Manpower; Upon receipt of the application, the Commissioner will assign an authorized examiner to carry out the necessary examination and test on air receiver; A report of the examination and test shall be kept, maintained and made available for inspection and; The air receiver shall be marked clearly with its Distinctive Number/Identification number to enable it to be identified similar to the report.

4.2.2

The Person in-charge shall arrange for the inspection/examination to be conducted by Authorized Examiner.

4.2.3

Every air receiver shall be marked with Safe Working Pressure (SWP).

4.2.4

Every air receiver shall be fitted with suitable safety pressure valve to keep the pressure with in SWP limits.

4.2.5

Every air receiver shall be fitted with accurate pressure gauge indicating the pressure in the receiver.

4.2.6

The Pressure gauge shall be calibrated for its accuracy on a regular interval of 24 months.

4.2.7

The record (certificate) of test and examination (including particulars of SWP) signed by the Authorized Examiner shall be kept, stored and made available for inspection by Person in-charge.

4.2.8

Every air receiver and its fittings shall be maintained on a regular basis.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/15

3.15 TESTING, INSPECTION, CERTIFICATIONAND USE OF AIR RECEIVER


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

4.3

User of Air Receiver

4.3.1

If pressure in the air receiver is noticed higher then the Safe Working Pressure (SWP), the operation shall be stop. A thorough examination has to be carried out.

4.3.2

No air receiver shall be charged from the cylinder of an internal combustion engine.

4.3.3

User shall visually examine the air receiver for any visual defect before use.

4.3.4

Any defect or malfunctioning of the air receiver shall be reported to the Person in-charge and tagged as "DO NOT USE".

5

Control of Records

Test Certificate By Authorised Examiner (AR Certificate) 6

3 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.15 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

Title

PAGE

Responsibility

Retention Period

Storage Medium

Person-InCharge

4 Years

Hardcopy

Documents Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety and Health (General Provisions) Regulation 2006 SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.5.3/01

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/15

Procedure For Records

3.15 TESTING, INSPECTION, CERTIFICATIONAND USE OF AIR RECEIVER


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 1 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.16 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.16

SAFE OPERATION OF MATERIAL HANDLING VEHICLES/EQUIPMENT

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

This purpose is to develop the working procedure for safe operation of the material handling equipment used to pick up, carry or otherwise move pallets or palliated material.

1.2

The procedure covers the guidelines/instructions for operation of forklifts, lift trucks, stock pickers, electric pallet jacks and other similar vehicles.

2

Definitions Nil.

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Equipment Maintenance department will be responsible for maintenance and repair of forklifts and stackers. For other material handling equipment, department/division concerned will be responsible for maintenance and repairing either in-house or by external agency.

3.2

Equipment operator will be responsible for safe operation following safe work practices and rules set by CAAS.

4

Procedure for Operation of Vehicles

4.1

The use of equipment that operates on petrol or diesel fuel shall keep to minimum in all indoor work areas. (e.g. switch off engine when not in use).

4.2

The forklift operator must have attended the forklift drivers training course form Ministry of Manpower accredited training centres.

4.3

Forklift/fork truck operator must hold SIAEC Driving permit and a Class 3 Airfield Driving Permit of CAAS to drive/operate on apron/service road.

4.4

Operator shall perform visual inspection everyday before operating the equipment (see Attachment II for checklist). If operator notice any malfunctioning or defect, he shall raise ‘Servicing/Defect Report’ used in the respective division and tag it as “DO NOT USE”.

4.5

Forklifts shall be fitted with overhead guard unless operating conditions do not permit.

4.6

Operator of forklift traveling on the roadway shall ensure that extended forks are raised not more than 10cms above the road level.

4.7

The operator shall lower the forks, put the transmission in neutral and set the parking brake whenever leaving the operator’s seat for any reason.

4.8

The operator shall lookout for overhead obstruction, side clearances and on coming traffic.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/16

3.16 SAFE OPERATION OF MATERIAL HANDLING VEHICLES/EQUIPMENT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 2 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.16 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.9

The operators shall slow down at blind corners and on wet/slippery surface.

4.10

The operators shall follow the Doâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s and Donâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t (Attachment I), while operating with loaded vehicles.

5

Procedure For Loading and Unloading

5.1

The operators shall be familiar with the rated loading capacity of the vehicle.

5.2

Operator shall not load above the rated capacity. When the load restricts the forward visibility, operate the vehicle in reverse direction and drive at idle speed.

5.3

The operator shall visually inspect the size, shape of the load and should estimate the weight of the load to be lifted or shifted.

5.4

Keep the load in the centre of the forks and space the forks apart, if necessary for securing maximum stability.

5.5

Use the load backrest extension and overhead guard for high stacking. Handle only loads which are securely and uniformly stacked.

5.6

Keep the load as low as possible so that centre of gravity is low.

5.7

The operator shall ensure that brakes are set and wheel locked prior to loading or unloading.

6

Control of Records Nil.

7

Documents Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety & Health Act 2006 and related regulations CAAS Rules and Regulations of Airside Drivers SIAEC/HSP/4.4.2/01

OHS Training and Awareness

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/10

Maintenance Regime for Equipment, Machinery & Plant

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/16

3.16 SAFE OPERATION OF MATERIAL HANDLING VEHICLES/EQUIPMENT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

PAGE 3 of 3

OHS Management System Manual

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.16 Issue 3 Rev 0

Attachment I

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

DON’TS Don’t drive with wet or oily hands. Don’t operate the control levels haphazardly. Don’t use the forks as pokes. Don’t run over objects or holes. Don’t indulge in stunts or horseplay. Don’t drive in parallel along with others. Don’t use forklift for transporting personnel. Don’t stop suddenly and don’t park in front of emergency equipment. Don’t leave the forklift unattended with engine running. Don’t carry unstable loads or loose loads. Don’t allow anyone to stand or walk under the forks. Don’t try to steady loads while the forklift is moving. Don’t carry defective pallets. Don’t unload in front of fire-fighting equipment or alarms.

DO’S Always be conscious about stability while operating forklift. Look out for overhead obstruction, side clearance and on-coming people and traffic. When forward vision is a problem, drive in reverse. Slow down at blind corners and horn. Slow down on wet and slippery surfaces. When negotiating sharp bends, keep close to inner side. Keep hands and feet away from mast assembly. Park safely with forks centered on ground level. Stop the engine before filling tank.

Attachment II Daily Forklift Inspection Checklist (For Visual Inspection) S.No 1.

Item Are brakes (& handbrakes) in good working condition?

2.

Are tyres/wheel guards in good working condition?

3.

Is horn and light working?

4.

Is fuel tank adequately filled?

5.

Are levels of engine oil, transmission oil and brake OK?

6.

Do the fork and masts move smoothly?

8.

Are meters, indictors and ignition key in good working condition?

9.

Is forklift body in good working condition?

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/16

Yes

No

3.16 SAFE OPERATION OF MATERIAL HANDLING VEHICLES/EQUIPMENT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

3.17

PAGE 1 of 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.17 Issue 3 Rev 0

TESTING, INSPECTION, CERTIFICATION AND USE OF HYDRAULIC PLATFORM, CHERRY PICKER, VEHICLE MOUNTED PLATFORM AND OTHER SIMILAR EQUIPMENT

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose is to develop the working procedure for testing, inspection, certification and safe use of hydraulic platform, cherry picker, vehicle mounted platform and similar equipment to comply with statutory requirements under the Workplace Safety and Health (General Provisions) Regulation 2006.

2

Definitions Nil.

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Equipment Maintenance (EM) Department will be responsible for testing, inspection and certification for the vehicles maintained by them.

3.2

Section Head of the concerned department/division shall ensure that the equipment not maintained by EM comply with all the requirements of testing inspection and certification as stated in Workplace Safety and Health (General Provisions) Regulations 2006.

3.3

Equipment operator will be responsible for safe operation of the vehicle and following the safe work practices and rules set by CAAS.

3.4

The Driver shall ensure that they hold valid state License, SIAEC Driving permit and CAAS Apron Driving Permit before operating the vehicle.

4

Procedure For Testing, Inspection, Repair and Certification

4.1

Section Head of Equipment Maintenance Department shall arrange for the inspection & testing for all the equipment, which fall under the category of lifting equipment to be conducted by the Approved Person.

4.2

The certificate of test and examination, specifying the Safe Working Load (SWL) and signed by the Authorized Examiner shall be kept, stored and made available for inspection.

4.3

Every hydraulic platform, cherry picker, vehicle-mounted platform or raising platform and similar equipment shall be thoroughly examined at least once in every 6 months by the Authorized Examiner.

4.4

A register (or electronic record) containing the particulars shall be kept for inspection and updated regularly.

4.5

All the equipment shall be maintained on regular basis as per schedule preventive maintenance program. A record of such maintenance shall be kept, stored and made available for inspection.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/17

3.17 TESTING, INSPECTION, CERTIFICATION AND USE OF HYDRAULIC PLATFORM, CHERRY PICKER, VEHICLE MOUNTED PLATFORM AND OTHER SIMILAR EQUIPMENT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

2 of 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.17 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

4.6

All modifications and repairs on any such equipment shall be completed in compliance with Line Maintenance Division OPM procedures.

5

Procedure For Operation and Use

5.1

Operator shall perform visual inspection everyday before operating the equipment. If operator notice any malfunctioning or defect, shall raise “Servicing/Defect Report” used in the respective division and tag it as “DO NOT USE”.

5.2

The operator shall lookout for overhead obstruction, side clearances, and aircraft position while operating the equipment.

5.3

Staff shall not operate the equipment unless he is trained to operate the equipment.

5.4

Operator shall drive and maneuver the vehicle at creeping speed in the vicinity of aircraft.

5.5

Before extending the platform or raising the boom for maintenance work, the vehicle shall be properly parked (keeping a minimum safe distance from aircraft surface) and outriggers must be fully extended.

6

Control of Records

7

PAGE

Title

Responsibility

Retention Period

Storage Medium

Test and Inspection Certificate By Authorized Examiner (LP Certificate)

Equipment Maintenance

4 Years

Hardcopy

Documents Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety and Health (General Provisions) Regulations 2006 CAAS Rules and Regulations of Airside Drivers. Line Maintenance Division OPM SIAEC/HSP/4.4.2/01

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/17

OHS Training and Awareness

3.17 TESTING, INSPECTION, CERTIFICATION AND USE OF HYDRAULIC PLATFORM, CHERRY PICKER, VEHICLE MOUNTED PLATFORM AND OTHER SIMILAR EQUIPMENT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

1 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.18 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

3.18

PAGE

SAFE USE OF HAND AND PORTABLE POWER TOOLS

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The Purpose of this procedure is to establish safe work practices involving hand and portable power tools. This is to protect employee from potential hazards.

2

Definitions Portable Power Tools

-

All equipment portable and driven using electric supply or mechanical power and may be fixed type or movable

Hand Tools

-

Small power driven tools like drill machine, riveting machine, hand grinding machine or similar tools

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Section Head of the concerned department/division will appoint a Person incharge who will be responsible for the maintenance of tools & equipment.

3.2

Employees will be responsible for inspection of their own tools and equipment prior to use and to remove from work area if found defective.

4

Procedure

4.1

Portable Circular Saws

4.1.1

All Portable Power driven circular saw shall be equipped with guards above & below the base plate or shoe. The upper and lower guard must cover the block up to the depth of the teeth except for the minimum arch required to allow proper extraction and contact with work.

4.1.2

All hand held powered circular saws, percussion tools and electric chain saws must be equipped with a constant pressure switch or control that will shut off the power when the pressure is released.

4.2

Switches and Controls

4.2.1

All hand held powered drills, tapers, fastener drivers horizontal, vertical & angle grinders, disc sanders, belt sanders, reciprocating saws, scroll & jigsaw and other similarly operated powered tools shall be equipped with a constant pressure switch or control.

4.2.2

Each must have a lock-on control provided so that tool can be turnoff by a single motion of the finger.

4.3

Portable Abrasive Wheels

4.3.1

All abrasive wheels shall be used on machines only if provided with safety guards except the following:

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/18 TOOLS

3.18 SAFE USE OF HAND AND PORTABLE POWER


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 2 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.18 Issue 3 Rev 0

a) Wheels used for internal work while within the work being ground; b) Mounted wheels 2 inches and smaller in diameter and; c) Cones, plugs and threaded hole pot balls where the work offers protection. 4.3.2

A safety guard shall cover the spindle end, nut and flange projects. The safety guard must be mounted so as to maintain proper alignment with the wheel, and the strength of the fastenings must exceed the strength of the guard. Exceptions are as follows: a) Safety guards on all operations where the work provides a suitable measure of protection to the operator may also be so constructed that the spindle ends, nut and outer flange are exposed; b) Where the nature of the work is such as to entirely cover the side of the wheel, the side covers of the wheel may be omitted and; c) The spindle end, nut and outer flange may be exposed on portable machines using cut off wheels.

4.3.3

Cup wheels must be protected by: a) Safety guards; b) Special revolving cup guards, which mount behind the wheel and turn with it. Clearance between the wheel side and the guard shall not exceed 1/16 inch and; c) Some other form of guard that will ensure as good protection.

4.3.4

Safety guards used on machines known as right angle head or vertical portable grinders shall have a maximum exposure angle of 180ยบ, and the guard shall be located so as to be between the operator and wheel during use. The guard shall be adjusted so pieces of an accidentally broken wheel will be deflected away from the operator.

4.3.5

The maximum angular exposure of the grinding wheel periphery and sides for safety guards used on other portable grinding machines must not exceed 180ยบ, and the top half of the wheel shall be enclosed at all times.

4.3.6

Immediately before mounting, all wheels shall be closely inspected and sound tested by the user by tapping the wheel gently with a metallic object to make sure they have not been damaged in transit, storage or otherwise. An intact wheel will ring; a damaged one will not ring clearly. The spindle speed of the machine shall be checked before mounting the wheel to be certain it does not exceed the maximum operating speed marked on the wheel.

4.3.7

Grinding wheels must fit freely on the spindle and remain free under all grinding conditions. A controlled spindle (or wheel sleeves or adapters) is essential to avoid excessive pressure from mounting and spindle expansion.

4.3.8

All contact surfaces of wheels, blotters and flanges shall be flat and free of foreign matter.

4.3.9

When a bushing is used in the wheel hole, it shall not exceed the width of the wheel and shall not contact the flanges.

4.3.10

Natural sandstone wheels and metal, wooden, cloth or paper discs having a layer of abrasive on the surface are excluded from the previous mounting and inspection requirements.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/18 TOOLS

3.18 SAFE USE OF HAND AND PORTABLE POWER


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 3 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.18 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.4

Jacks

4.4.1

The operator must make sure that the jack used has a rating sufficient to lift and sustain the load.

4.4.2

The rated load must be legibly and permanently marked in a prominent location on the jack by casting, stamping or other suitable means.

4.4.3

After the load has been raised, it must immediately be cribbed, blocked or otherwise secured.

4.4.4

All jacks must be properly lubricated, maintained and inspected at regular interval.

4.4.5

Each jack must be thoroughly inspected at times, which depend upon the service conditions. Frequency of inspections shall be as follows: a) For constant or intermittent use at one locality, inspect once every six months; b) For jacks sent out of shop for special work, inspect when sent out and when returned and; c) For a jack subjected to abnormal load or shock, inspect immediately before and immediately after usage.

4.4.6

Jacks, which are out of order, must be tagged as â&#x20AC;&#x153;OUT OF ORDERâ&#x20AC;? and shall not be used until repairs are made.

4.4.7

Repair or replacement parts must be examined for possible defects.

5

Control of Records Nil.

6

Documents Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety & Health (General Provisions) Regulation 2006 SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/20

Prevention of Injuries and Illnesses

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/27

Industrial Safety Signage

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/10

Maintenance Regime For Equipment, Machinery and Plant

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/06

Lock-Out Tag-Out Procedure

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/18 TOOLS

3.18 SAFE USE OF HAND AND PORTABLE POWER


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 1 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.19 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

3.19 OPERATIONAL CONTROL PROCEDURE FOR FIRST AID 1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to describe the requirements for First Aid and responsibilities of First Aider.

2

Definitions First Aid

-

Where a person will need help from a medical practitioner or nurse, treatment for the purpose of preserving life and minimising the consequences of injury and illness until such help is obtained and treatment of minor injuries which would otherwise receive no treatment or which do not need treatment by a medical practitioner or nurse

3

Responsibility

3.1

Section Head of the concerned department/division will be responsible for training and refresher training of First Aider and providing the First Aid Box.

3.2

First Aider will be responsible for maintaining and updating the record of first aid and maintenance of the First Aid Box in their area of concern.

4

Procedure for First Aider

4.1

A sufficient number of First Aider shall be maintained. First Aider is required if number of workers employed exceeds 25. At least one First Aider for every 150 employee or less shall be maintained.

4.2

Sufficient number of First Aider shall be available for each shift according to the number of workers in the particular shift to comply with regulatory requirements.

4.3

Selection of employee to be trained for First Aider shall be based on, but not limited to the following criteria: a) Physically fit; b) Has the flexibility to respond immediate to an emergency and; c) Remain calm in an emergency situation.

4.4

Selected employee shall be sent to MOM accredited training centres for the First Aid course. A certificate of Trained First Aider will be awarded to the successful candidates.

4.5

The certificate will be valid for a period of 3 years. Refresher training is required for rectification after that.

4.6

Training record shall be maintained for all the staff, who has attended the First Aider training course and refresher training course.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/19

3.19 OPERATIONAL CONTROL PROCEDURE FOR FIRST AID


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

4.7

Every First Aider shall maintain a record (First Aid Register) of the First Aid treatment rendered by him.

4.8

Names and location of the First Aider shall be clearly displayed at a prominent place.

5

First Aid Box and First Aid Room

5.1

The number and content of First Aid box must satisfy the requirements prescribed under the Workplace Safety & Health (First Aid) Regulation 2006.

5.2

The number of First Aid boxes shall be maintained according to the number of workers employed. The number of First Aid Box in building shall be determined by the number of workers in that particular area.

5.3

Every First Aid Box shall be clearly identified and shall be placed in a location that is well illuminated and easily accessible.

5.4

Employees should be informed of the location of the First Aid Boxes.

5.5

Every First Aid Box shall be checked frequently to ensure that it is fully equipped and all the items in the box are usable. The contents of the First Aid box shall be replenished as soon as possible after the use.

5.6

A notice stating the name of the person in charge of the First Aid box shall be displayed.

5.7

First Aid boxes should not contain materials other than those prescribed under the Workplace Safety & Health (First Aid) Regulation 2006.

5.8

A First Aid room (not required in case of in-house clinic) shall be provided where there are more than 500 workers in a registered factory.

6

Control of Records

7

2 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.19 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

Responsibility

Retention Period

Storage Medium

First Aider Record

Section Head of Concerned Department

4 Years

Hardcopy

First Aid Treatment Record

First Aider

3 Year

Hardcopy

Title

PAGE

Documents Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety & Health (First Aid) Regulations 2006

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/19

3.19 OPERATIONAL CONTROL PROCEDURE FOR FIRST AID


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

PAGE 3 of 3

OHS Management System

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.19 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual Attachment I

PART I Number and Standard of First Aid Boxes or Containers Number of Workers For every 25 or less For every 50 For every 100

Number and Standard of First Aid Boxes or Containers Required One Box A One Box B or two Box A One Box C or two Box B or four Box A PART II (FIRST SCHEDULE) Minimum Contents of First Aid Boxes

S/N 1. 2. 3. 4.

Contents Individually wrapped sterile adhesive dressing Crepe bandage 5.0 cm Crepe bandage 7.5 cm Absorbent gauze (packet of 10 pieces)

5.

Hypoallergenic tape

6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

Triangular bandages Scissors Safety pins Disposal gloves (pairs) Eye shield Eye Pad

12.

Resuscitation mask (one way)

13. 14.

Sterile water or saline in 100 ml disposable container (only where tap water is not available) Torch Light

Box A

Box B

Box C

20 1 1

40 2 3

40 4 6

5

10

15

1 4 1 4 2 2 2

1 4 1 4 2 4 4

2 6 1 6 4 6 6

1

1

2

1

3

3

1

1

1

PART III (SECOND SHEDULE) Ration of First Aiders to Number of Persons Employed Type of Factory Number of First Aiders Any Factory which is a Quarry; a construction sites; a shipyards; engaged in the processing or One first aider for every 100 manufacturing of petroleum, petroleum products, persons employed in the factory or petrochemicals or petrochemicals products; or part thereof engaged in woodwork.

All other factories

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/19

One first aider for every 150 persons employed in the factory or workplace or part thereof

3.19 OPERATIONAL CONTROL PROCEDURE FOR FIRST AID


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

1 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.20 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.20

PREVENTION OF INJURIES AND ILLNESS

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose is to establish a procedure for preventing occupational illness and body injuries.

1.2

The scope covers all work related injuries caused by falling objects, flying particles, chemicals and toxic substances, radiation and illness due to work or work related environment.

2

Definitions Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

-

Devices worn by worker for protection against possible injury when exposed to hazard. e.g. safety glasses, hard hat, earplugs etc

Gloves

-

A covering having separate fingers and thumb to protect the hand and such portion of the arm as is required

Goggles

-

An eye protector that tightly encloses the orbital area and sits on the face

Spectacles

-

An eye protector with oculars mounted in a spectacle type frame, with or without side shields

Face Shield

-

An eye protector covering all or a substantial part of the face

3

Responsibilities and Duties of Person at Work

3.1

Every employee will be responsible for preventing work related injuries/illness. It shall be the duty of every person at work to use in such manner so as to provide the protection intended, any suitable appliance, protective clothing, convenience, equipment or other means or thing provided (whether for his use alone of for use by him in common with others) for securing his safety, health and welfare while at work) and to co-operate with or any other person (staff) to such extent as will enable them to comply with requirements of the Workplace Safety & Health Act and related regulations requirements.

3.2

No person (staff) at work shall willfully or recklessly interfere with or misuse any appliance, protective clothing, convenience, equipment or other means or thing provided (whether for his use alone or for use by him in common with others) pursuant to any requirement under the Workplace Safety & Health Act for securing the safety, health and welfare of persons (including himself) at work.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/20

PAGE

3.20 PREVENTION OF INJURIES AND ILLNESS


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

2 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.20 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.3

Any person at work who, without reasonable cause, willfully or recklessly does any act, which endangers the safety or health or himself or others, shall be guilty of an offence under the Workplace Safety & Health Act.

3.4

Section Head concerned will be responsible for ensuring that all personals in their concerned department/division follow the Safe Work Practices (SWP) and wear appropriate PPE.

3.5

Quality & Safety Division will be recommending an appropriate PPE wherever necessary.

3.6

Section Head of the concerned department/division will be responsible for providing the correct and appropriate PPE.

4

Prevention of Eye Injuries

4.1

Eye injuries may occur at workplace due to chemical splashes, flying particles, toxic gases or vapours, and radiation.

4.2

Employees shall not be involved in operation or task known to be unsafe or dangerous or which has potential to cause eye injury without wearing appropriate eye protection.

4.3

The eye protective equipment shall be: a) Able to provide the proper required protection against hazard; b) Fit and comfortable and; c) Worn through out the period of exposure.

4.4

Eye protection equipment such as goggles, safety glasses and face shield should be worn when employee are involved in: a) Dry grinding of metals by a revolving wheel or disc, any drilling; b) External or internal turning of non-ferrous metals, or cast iron or articles of such metals, where the work is done dry; c) Welding or cutting of metals by means of electrical, Oxy-acetylene or similar process and; d) Dealing with corrosive chemicals, where splashing of chemical may occur.

4.5

All concerned employees shall wear eye protection with side shields when there is a hazard of flying particles.

4.6

Face shield shall be worn when possibility of forceful impact, sparks or splash of corrosive chemicals is possible.

4.7

Only approved type eye protectors, comply with Singapore Standard or any of the following standard or equivalent: ISO, ENC (Europe), ANSI (USA), JIS (Japan) or AS/NZ (Australia/New Zealand) shall be used.

4.8

The faulty eyewear shall be replaced without delay.

4.9

All employees must know the location of the eye wash station and first aid facilities. In the event of eye injury, get medical attention immediately.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/20

PAGE

3.20 PREVENTION OF INJURIES AND ILLNESS


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

3 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.20 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual 4.10

For specific prevention against specific hazard, the MSDS shall be refereed and instruction given for first aid treatment shall be followed.

5

Prevention of Foot Injuries

5.1

Staff shall wear the safety shoes to protect against corrosive chemicals, falling objects that may occur at the work place.

5.2

Safety shoes shall be: a) Able to provide the required protection; b) Fit snugly around the heel and ankle when laced and comfortable and; c) Worn throughout the period of exposure.

5.3

Staff working in areas, where normal duties involve the use of lifting devices and/or items lifted physically shall wear the safety shoes.

5.4

Rubber boots shall be worn when corrosive chemicals are handled.

5.5

In case of foot injury, get the medical attention immediately.

6

Prevention of Hand Injuries

6.1

Fingers, hands and arms shall be protected from any possible injuries.

6.2

The hand injuries may be caused due to cuts and laceration, abrasion, punctures, chemical or thermal burns and vibrations.

6.3

Specific gloves shall be worn for the specific application. (For selection refer â&#x20AC;&#x153;Procedure for Selection, Issuance, Maintenance and Use of PPEâ&#x20AC;?)

6.4

Chemical resistant gloves shall be worn when handling solvents, paints sealants and corrosive chemicals.

6.5

Cut and abrasion resistant gloves shall be used when working in tool room area.

6.6

Staff shall follow the safe work practices and procedures. Staff must be aware of the all the necessary operations of the machine.

6.7

All gloves shall be inspected before use and replaced if found defective.

6.8

Staff shall not use hands or fingers as support or aligning tool during the aircraft maintenance work.

7

Prevention of Body Injuries

7.1

Rubber aprons shall be used for protection against strong corrosive chemical splashes, whenever necessary.

7.2

The face shield shall be used whenever there is any need to protect from hot liquid spray and corrosive chemicals.

8

Prevention of Hearing

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/20

PAGE

3.20 PREVENTION OF INJURIES AND ILLNESS


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 4 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.20 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual 8.1

Refer to SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/22 “Hearing Conservation Program”.

9

Prevention of Falling From Heights

9.1

Refer to SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/06 “Safe Means of Access and Working at Heights”.

10

Prevention of Respiratory System

10.1

Refer to SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/24 “Respiratory Protection Program”.

11

Prevention of Industrial Illnesses

11.1

Refer SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/21 “Industrial Hygiene Monitoring”.

12.

Prevention of Head Injuries

12.1

Staff shall wear the bump cap all the time while working at engine and landing gear area, APU, cargo hold and inside cabin.

12.2.1 Staff shall wear bump cap while walking and working in the vicinity of aircraft where head hitting hazard exist (e.g. walking under or near the aircraft, walking or working under the wings in docked aircraft) 13

Control of Records Nil.

14

Documents Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety & Health Act 2006 and related regulations. SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/25

Selection, Use, Issuance, Maintenance and Replacement of PPE

SIAEC/HSP/4.4.7/01

Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/21

Industrial Hygiene Monitoring

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/24

Respiratory Protection Program

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/22

Hearing Conservation Program

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/06

Safe Means of Access and Working at Heights

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/20

3.20 PREVENTION OF INJURIES AND ILLNESS


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 1 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.21 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.21 INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE MONITORING 1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of hygiene monitoring is to ensure that toxic substances or irritating dust, fumes, gases or vapours, radiation and noise are not present in concentrations that are liable to cause ill-health or injury to staff and within the permissible exposure level as set in Workplace Safety & Health (General Provisions) Regulations 2006.

2

Definitions Permissible Exposure Level (PEL)

-

Means the maximum time weighted average concentration of any toxic substance to which persons may be exposed

PEL (Long Term)

-

Means the permissible exposure level over an 8-hour working day and a 40 hour work week

PEL (Short Term)

-

Means the permissible exposure level over a 15-minute period during any working day

-

Means the concentration determined by adding together the products of each concentration and the corresponding time over which that concentration was measured, and dividing the sum by the total time over which the measurements were taken

-

Means any substance in the form of gas, vapour, dust, fume, fibre or mist, which may cause irritation, injury, illness, disease or any harmful effect to a person through ingestion, inhalation or contact with any body surface and includes any substance specified in the schedule

Time Weighted Concentration

Toxic Substance

Average

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Section Head of the concerned department/division will be responsible for arrangement to conduct hygiene monitoring according to the mandatory requirement.

3.2

Concerned Section Head with Safety & Health Executive will be responsible for reviewing the adequacy of existing control measures based on results of hygiene monitoring and medical surveillance.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/21

3.21 INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE MONITORING


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

2 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.21 Issue 3 Rev 0

4

Procedure for Chemical/Dust, Fumes, Gases, Vapour Monitoring

4.1

General

4.1.1

Section Head with Safety & Health Executive shall identify the relevant parameters to be monitored, which shall be based on legal requirements and results of risk assessment.

4.1.2

Based on the results from hazard identification and risk assessment, he shall also identify the areas where air sampling is required.

4.1.3

Hygiene monitoring may include wipe sampling and/or air sampling depending on the hazards.

4.1.4

Exposure monitoring shall be performed: a) On periodic basis; b) When there is a change in operation, in chemical use and/or in location of operation; or c) Whenever required by authorities or requested by Section Head.

4.1.5

Department/ division concerned shall maintain all the records and results of the hygiene monitoring and a copy of the hygiene monitoring results shall be forwarded to Quality and Safety Division.

4.1.6

The permissible exposure levels (PEL Long Term & PEL Short Term) of toxic substances prescribed in the First Schedule of Workplace Safety & Health (General Provisions) Regulations 2006 shall apply.

4.1.7

Where PEL (Short Term) of a toxic substance is not prescribed in the First Schedule, the PEL (Short Term) of the substance shall be deemed to be exceeded if the time weighted average concentration of the substance measured over a 15 minutes period during any working day exceeds 5 times PEL (Long Term) of the substance.

4.2

Monitoring Location

4.2.1

Personal sampling shall be carried out to determine the workerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s exposure level, if needed. The monitoring device should be attached as close as possible to the workers' breathing zone.

4.2.2

Area Sampling shall be carried out to evaluate the effectiveness of existing control measure. The monitoring device should be located near to the area of interest.

4.3

Sampling Size - Personal Monitoring

4.3.1

Sampling shall be taken from the representative jobs.

4.3.2

Workers shall be grouped according to tasks and physical conditions of the environment. Selection of workerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s shall be random within the same group.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/21

PAGE

3.21 INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE MONITORING


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

3 of 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.21 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.3.3

The minimum sampling size for personal sampling shall be 3 to 5 person for group less than 10 workers and 25% to 50% of those in the group of 10 workers or more.

4.4

Monitoring Duration

4.4.1

Samples should represent a full shift exposure.

4.4.2

For working conditions with insignificant variations in the worker's exposure levels to air contaminants; the following can be used as a guide: A minimum of 6 hours of sampling time is required for a full 8-hour shift. A minimum of 8 hours of sampling time is required for a full 12-hour shift.

4.5

Monitoring Procedures and Records

4.5.1

All sampling and measurements shall be carried out in accordance to recommended procedures. (Refer to Air Sampling and Analysis Guide, MOM)

4.5.2

All equipment and instruments shall be calibrated.

4.5.3

All monitoring records shall be maintained for 5 years from the date of monitoring.

4.6

Persons Conducting Monitoring

4.6.1

A competent person, who has the necessary qualification and experience, shall conduct all air sampling measurements.

4.6.2

The person carrying out the monitoring shall, as far as possible, remain at the workplace until all necessary samples are obtained.

4.6.3

The person shall ensure that monitoring devices are not tampered with.

4.7

Monitoring Frequency and Medical Surveillance

4.7.1

The frequency of monitoring depends on the actual exposure level. It should be conducted: a) Annually if exposure level is between 10-50% of PEL; b) Once in 6 months if exposure level is between 50-100 % of PEL and c) Quarterly, if exposure level >PEL and until the exposure level is reduced below the PEL by appropriate control measures.

4.7.2

Staff working/exposed to such toxic or chemical hazardous environment shall go for medical examination as described in Medical Surveillance Program.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/21

PAGE

3.21 INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE MONITORING


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

PAGE 4 of 4

OHS Management System

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.21 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual 5

Control of Records Responsibility

Retention Period

Quality & Safety Division/ Concerned Division

5 Years

Title Hygiene Monitoring Results 6

Storage Medium Hardcopy/ Softcopy

Documents Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety & Health (General Provisions) Regulation 2006 SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/23

Medical Examination and Surveillance

SIAEC/HSP/4.3.1/01

Hazard Identification Assessment

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/09

Hazardous Material Communication

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/21

and

Control

Risk

&

3.21 INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE MONITORING


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

3.22

PAGE 1 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.22 Issue 3 Rev 0

HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to protect the hearing of personnel, who are required to work in areas of excessive noise as specified in Workplace Safety & Health Act and related regulation.

1.2

The Hearing Conservation Program (HCP) is designed for monitoring and controlling the areas of excessive noise level and ensuring that staff affected by excessive noise are given adequate training and provided with hearing protection devices (earplugs and/or earmuffs).

1.3

The program consists of training on excessive noise, audiometric examination and hearing protection. It includes the selection, inspection and maintenance of the hearing protectors.

2

Definitions Excessive Noise Level

-

A person shall be deemed to be exposed to excessive noise if the equivalent sound pressure level over an 8-hour workday is measured as 85 dB(A).

Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL)

-

The equivalent sound pressure level of 85 dB(A) or above an 8-hour workday or the limits as specified.

Predicted Noise Level Reduction (PNR)

-

Attenuation of value of the hearing protector according to the HML method in ISO 4869-2

Noise Monitoring Officer

-

A person appointed to conduct noise monitoring and having qualification and experience as required under the Workplace Safety & Health Act.

3

Responsibilities

3.1

The Productivity and Engineering Training Division with Quality & Safety Division will be responsible for conducting the training and keeping training records for all the employs who are exposed to excessive noise.

3.2

Section Head of the concerned department/division must ensure the staff exposed to excessive noise attends the annual audiometric examination.

3.3

Section Head of the concerned department/division will be responsible for record keeping of issuance hearing protector and fit testing.

3.4

Quality and Safety Division will be responsible for administering the HCP and conducting the noise monitoring.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/22

3.22 HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

2 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.22 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.5

All operational staff will be responsible for presenting themselves for the annual audiometric examination.

4

Procedure

4.1

Training On Hearing Protection

4.1.1

Training shall be conducted for staff employed or working in the area, where they are exposed or likely to be exposed to excessive noise.

4.1.2

The training program shall include the following: a) The effect of exposure to excessive noise (>85 dBA) to the body; b) The relevant provision of the act and these regulations; c) The purpose of hearing protectors, advantages and disadvantages, attenuation of various types of hearing protectors and the selection, fitting, use and care of such hearing protectors; d) The purpose of the audiometric examination and the appropriate procedure and requirements of such tests and; e) How to properly insert ear plugs/or wear earmuffs.

4.1.3

The training, for every such person exposed to excessive noise, shall be conducted once in 3 years.

4.1.4

For a new employee, who is likely to be exposed to excessive noise, the training shall be conducted within 3 months of commencement of work.

4.2

Audiometric Examination

4.2.1

The area, where the employees may be exposed to excessive noise, shall be identified based on noise monitoring results.

4.2.2

All employees, exposed to the excessive noise shall go for the annual audiometric examination.

4.2.3

The Designated Factory Doctor shall review the audiometric results for the staff, who fail the audiometric examination and decides on proper course of action.

4.2.4

The results of the audiometric examination shall be conveyed to the concerned staff, his Section Head and Q & S Division.

4.3

Noise Control and Warning Signs

4.3.1

Section Head of the concerned department/division shall take all practicable measures to reduce or control the noise from any machine, equipment or process such that no person shall be exposed to excessive noise.

4.3.2

The measures to be taken to control the noise as far as practicable. (Attachment I)

4.3.3

The warning signs are to be posted at all entrance or at the periphery of all areas in which persons will be or likely to be exposed to excessive noise. These signs must clearly indicate that hearing protectors must be worn.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/22

PAGE

3.22 HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

3 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.22 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.4

Selection of Suitable Hearing Protector

4.4.1

All the employees, who are likely to be exposed to excessive noise, shall be provided with suitable hearing protectors.

4.4.2

The staff likely to have a risk of exposure to 8 hours noise level exceeding 85 dB(A) are required to wear hearing protection devices.

4.4.3

Hearing protector devices shall be: a) Correct fit to user and able to provide comfort; b) Of approved hearing protector; c) Having sound attenuation requirements; d) Compatible with job requirements of the user and; e) Not prejudice the health and safety of the user.

4.4.4

Hearing protector shall be selected according to their ability to reduce the noise at the ear below the PEL in a specific exposure situation (below 85 dB(A) for 8 hours exposure).

4.4.5

Hearing protector selected should have a Noise Reduction Rating (NRR) between 20-30 dB(A).

4.4.6

Hearing protector selected shall satisfy Singapore standard or any of the following standards or their equivalent: ANSI (USA), CEN (Europe), AS/NZ (Australia/New Zealand) and JIS (Japan).

4.5

Issuance and Fitting of Protectors

4.5.1

The Person in-charge of the concerned department/division shall keep the record of issuance of hearing protector.

4.5.2

Earmuffs shells shall be marked LEFT or RIGHT and should be worn in that way; oval shaped muffs are meant to be worn so that the oval is vertical. Hairs should be brushed away from ear and muffs should fit right inside the shells. The headband should be adjusted so that the muffs fit on the head snugly. When earmuffs cannot give a good seal different muffs should be tried or spectacle side arms changed to a thinner type.

4.5.3

Earplugs should be the right size for each ear (a different size may be required for each ear). The hands should be reasonably clean before insertion. The ear must be pulled backwards and upward to straighten the ear canal before inserting. If the plug is a soft foam type, roll it smoothly firmly into a thin cylinder. To check for a good fit for the left ear, cover the right ear firmly with the base of right hand, if the plug is properly sealed, everything will sound quieter. Similarly for the right ear.

4.6

Supervision on Proper Usage of Hearing Protectors

4.6.1

Employee shall wear the hearing protectors properly and at all the times when in a noisy environment.

4.6.2

Section Head of the concerned department/division or Safety & Health Executive shall make regular inspection of staffsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; usage of hearing protectors. During such inspection, checks should be made on the proper

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/22

PAGE

3.22 HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 4 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.22 Issue 3 Rev 0

usage, maintenance and storage of hearing protectors. 4.6.3

The earplugs should not be shared with another person.

4.6.4

Users shall be consulted periodically about their acceptance of the hearing protectors, including any discomfort, interference with job performance.

4.7

Inspection, Maintenance and Replacement of Hearing Protectors

4.7.1

Hearing protectors for repeated use shall be regularly maintained and cleaned in order to avoid loss of protection and skin irritation.

4.7.2

All employees should have clean hands when handling hearing protectors (especially earplugs) as foreign material, solutions, dust etc. results from handling, may cause irritation in ear.

4.7.3

Whenever reusable earplugs have been worn, it shall be thoroughly washed or cleaned according to the manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s instructions. Earmuffs, especially the cushions, must be cleaned following manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s instructions.

4.7.4

The hearing protector shall be stored in storage bags, clean lockers or cases when they are not in use.

4.7.5

Hearing protectors should be inspected at frequent intervals for any potential damage.

5

Noise Monitoring

5.1

General

5.1.1

Noise monitoring shall be carried out at least once in every 3 year or earlier if there are any changes in machinery and equipment conditions likely to produce excessive noise.

5.1.2

Noise monitoring report shall be provided to Section Head of area affected by the noise pollution within 14 days from the date of the report. A copy of the same shall be submitted to the Ministry of Manpower.

5.1.3

The record of noise monitoring shall be kept for at least 10 years.

5.2

Exposure Assessment

5.2.1

5.2.2

The equivalent sound pressure level shall be measured over a period of time (T) and is specified as dB(A) along with measurement time (minutes). The noise level and the measurement time shall be recorded in the second schedule. Monitoring shall be representative of the monitored normal daily activities.

5.2.3

The location of monitoring must be indicated in the noise map.

5.2.4

The Noise Monitoring Officer who has attended a noise monitoring course approved by Ministry of Manpower shall conduct the noise monitoring

5.3

Noise Mapping

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/22

3.22 HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

5 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.22 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

5.3.1

A copy of the Layout Plan with a noise map including the areas with sound levels above 85 dB(A) shall be provided for the Exposure Assessment. The sound pressure level must be measured at the maximum possible level, i.e. reflecting the combined effect of all machinery and processes in operation in the area.

5.3.2

Noise Monitoring Officer will conduct the noise monitoring as per Ministry of Manpowerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s requirements. A list showing areas/ activities and employees exposed to excessive noise (> 85dBA over 8 house exposure) shall compile for tracking purposes.

5.3.3

Section Head of the concerned department/ division shall take all practical measures to reduce or control the noise exposure to excessive noise as described in Hearing Conservation Program.

5.3.4

The permissible exposure limits are described in Attachment III.

6

Control of Record

7

PAGE

Title

Responsibility

Retention Period

Storage Medium

Hearing Conservation Training

Section Head of Concerned Division

6 Years

Hardcopy/ Softcopy

Audiometric Test results

Audiometric Testing Officer/ Q&S Division

Throughout The Employment Period and 3 Years Thereafter or 5 Years From The Date of Medical Examination, Whichever Is Later

Hardcopy/ Softcopy

Documents Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety & Health Act 2006 and related Regulations. Singapore Standard CP 76:1999

Code of Practice for Selection, Use, Care and Maintenance of Hearing Protectors

EMS Procedures EP07

Training, Awareness and Competence

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4/24

Medical Examination/ Surveillance

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4/25

Selection, Use, Issuance, Maintenance and Replacement of PPE

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/22

3.22 HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 6 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.22 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual Attachment I NOISE CONTROL

All Sections Heads must reduce or control noise by following the steps: 1)

Measures must include one or more of the following:

a)

Replacement of noisy machineries with less noisy ones.

b)

Locate noisy machinery from hard wall.

c)

Isolate noise source.

d)

Construct acoustic enclosure.

e)

Erect effective noise barrier.

f)

Operate machinery at optimum pressure to minimise noise.

g)

Install mufflers at intake and exhaust openings that emit noise.

h)

Mount machinery on separate foundation.

i)

Isolate workers in enclosure.

j)

Line hard surface with acoustic materials.

k)

Reduce size of vibrating surfaces

l)

Reduce height of fall.

m)

Maintain machinery to reduce noise emission.

2)

If not possible to reduce noise, limit the duration of exposure.

3)

Machinery with excessive noise (not in use before 1.1.97) must not be used unless noise is reduced.

4)

Noise Control Officer must be appointed when 50 or more workers are exposed or likely to be exposed to noise.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/22

3.22 HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

PAGE 7 of 8

OHS Management System

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.22 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual Attachment II Flow Chart For Selection of Hearing Protectors Noise exposure is too high

Too Low

1. Hearing Protector Selection Noise Attenuation of the Hearing Protector for any given noise situation is:

Too High

High risk for noise induced hearing loss

Adequate?

Yes

No 1. Warning signals cannot be heard? 2. Speech communication is not possible? 3. Information sound cannot be perceived?

Is hygiene & wearer comfort adequate? No

Yes Yes

Is there motivation &Yes control of the wearing?

No

No

Yes

Is the hearing protector always worn in the noise

No Hearing Protector is rarely or never worn

Noise exposure is too high Yes No risk for noise induced hearing loss

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/22

1. Is there manipulation to reduce the noise reduction? 2. Are plugs incorrectly inserted?

Yes

Yes High risk for noise induced hearing loss. Back to 1

Real world attenuation is not known. Probably too low. Unlikely to be adequate. Back to 1

3.22 HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 8 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.22 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual Attachment III PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LIMITS FOR NOISE Sound Pressure Level, dB (A) 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 or more

Maximum Duration Per Day 8 hours 6 hours 21 minutes 5 hours 2 minutes 4 hours 3 hours 11 minutes 2 hours 31 minutes 2 hours 1 hours 35 minutes 1 hours 16 minutes 1 hours 48 minutes 38 minutes 30 minutes 24 minutes 19 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 9 minutes 7.5 minutes 6 minutes 5 minutes 4 minutes 3 minutes 2.5 minutes 2 minutes 1.5 minutes 1 minute 56 seconds 45 seconds 35 seconds 30 seconds

Note: 1. 2.

3.

4.

No exposure to noise in excess of 140 dB (A) is allowed. The duration of exposure is to be obtained by adding up the total duration of exposure per workday, whether there is one continuous exposure or a number of separate exposures. All continuous, impulsive or impact noise of sound pressure levels from 80 to 140 dB(A) must be included in the computation of noise exposure of the person. The permissible exposure limit is exceeded if a person is exposed to noise at a sound pressure level listed in the Table above in excess of the corresponding duration.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/22

3.22 HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

MEDICAL EXAMINATION AND SURVEILLANCE

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to ensure the medical examinations/surveillance for employees in hazardous occupation/area and to meet the applicable statutory requirements.

2

Definitions -

A medical practitioner registered under the provision of the Medical Registration Act and who has completed a course of training in Occupational Health approved by MOM.

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Section Head of the concerned department/division will be responsible for appointing a Person in-charge within the department to co-ordinate and monitor for medical examination.

3.2

Person in-charge will arrange and ensure that concerned workers are examined by DFD as per the requirements.

3.3

Human Resources Division will be responsible for keeping all the medical reports/records.

3.4

DFD will be responsible for communicating the results of medical examination and any recommendation made to the concerned employee, his Section Head, Human Resources Division and Quality & Safety Division.

4

Procedure for Medical Examination/Surveillance

4.1

Employees, who are employed in any occupation as mentioned below, shall go for regular medical examination as prescribed in Second Schedule (Attachment I). The occupations are: a) The use or handling of or exposure to the fumes, dust or vapour of arsenic, cadmium, lead, manganese or mercury or any of their compounds; b) The use or handling of or exposure to the fumes or vapour of benzene, Organic phosphates or vinyl chloride; c) The use or handling of or exposure to the dust of asbestos, raw cotton or silica and; d) Exposure to excessive noise.

4.2

No person shall be employed in the occupations specified above unless he has been medically examined by DFD and certified fit to work.

4.3

The examination shall be carried out within 3 months of commencement of employment, if person employed in the above-mentioned occupations.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/23

1 of 6

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.23 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.23

Designated Factory Doctor (DFD)

PAGE

3.23 MEDICAL EXAMINATION AND SURVEILLANCE


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

4.4

Every person employed in the hazardous occupations (as mentioned above) or under medical surveillance shall be periodically examined by DFD.

4.5

The periodic examination shall consist of the examination and investigations and at the intervals specified in Part II of First Schedule. (Attachment II)

4.6

Section Head together with Safety Executive shall identify the relevant medical examinations for employees and review the adequacy of existing control measures based on results of medical examination and hygiene monitoring (if any).

4.7

Section Head of the concerned department/division will notify to the concerned employees to present for the medical examinations. The persons employed in the hazardous occupations shall submit themselves for the medical examination.

4.8

The results of medical examinations shall be communicated to concerned Section Head, Quality & Safety and concerned employee.

4.9

Any new cases of occupational diseases found from the results of the medical examination shall be reported to Occupational Health Department, MOM.

4.10

Provisions should be made to transfer the affected workers to other areas.

4.11

Adequacy regarding the existing control measures shall be reviewed based on results of medical examinations and hygiene monitoring (if any).

4.12

The areas identified as hazardous, shall be under regular medical surveillance.

5

Control and Records

Medical Records/Reports

6

2 of 6

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.23 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

Title

PAGE

Responsibility

Retention Period

Storage Medium

Human Resources Division

Till End of Employment

Hardcopy

Documents Associated With This procedure Workplace Safety & Health (General Provisions) Regulation 2006 SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/21

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/23

Industrial Hygiene Monitoring

3.23 MEDICAL EXAMINATION AND SURVEILLANCE


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 3 of 6

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.23 Issue 3 Rev 0

ATTACHMENT I FACTORIES (MEDICAL EXAMINATION) REGULATION PART 1 Nature of Occupation. 1. Occupations involving the use or handling of or expose to the fumes, dust or vapour of -

The Medical Examination and Investigation to determine fitness for employment in the occupation.

(a) Arsenic or any of its compounds

A clinical examination for signs and symptoms of arsenic poisoning skin cancer and lung cancer. A full size chest X-ray examination. Urine arsenic estimation

(b) Cadmium or any of its compound

A clinical examination for signs and symptoms of cadmium poisoning. Blood cadmium estimation. Urine Beta2-microglobulin estimation.

(c) Lead or any of its compounds

A clinical examination for signs and symptoms of lead poisoning. For inorganic lead exposure, hemoglobin and blood lead estimation. For organic lead exposure, urine lead estimation.

(d) Mercury or any of its compounds

A clinical examination for signs and symptoms of mercury poisoning. Urine mercury estimation.

(e) Manganese or any of its compound

A clinical examination for signs and symptom of manganese poisoning. Urine manganese estimation.

(f) Organophosphates

A clinical examination for signs and symptoms of organophosphate poisoning. Red blood cell acetylcholinesterase estimation.

Occupations involving the use or handling of or expose to the fumes, dust or vapour of (a) Asbestos

(i) A clinical examination for signs and symptoms of asbestosis, lung cancer and (ii) Mesothelima. (iii) A full size chest X-ray examination.

(b) Benzene

(i) A clinical examination for signs and symptoms of benzene poisoning. (ii) Urine phenol estimation. (iii) Peripheral blood count.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/23

3.23 MEDICAL EXAMINATION AND SURVEILLANCE


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

PAGE

OHS Management System Manual

4 of 6

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.23 Issue 3 Rev 0

(c) Raw cotton

(i) A clinical examination for signs and symptoms of byssinosis (cotton dust disease). (ii) Lung functions tests (FEV and FVX) before and after 6 hours of exposure to cotton dust on the same day.

(d) Silica

(i) A clinical examination for signs and symptoms of silicosis and tuberculosis. (ii) A full size chest x-ray examination.

(e) Tar, pitch, bitumen or creosote

(i) A clinical examination of the skin and lungs.

2. Occupations involving exposure to (i) An audiometric examination (where air excessive noise conduction is abnormal, to include bone conduction test). 3. Occupations involving the use or (i) A examination for signs and symptoms of vinyl handling of or exposure to vinyl chloride effects. chloride monomer (ii) Liver function test including serum bilirubin lkaline phosphates, SGOT, SGPT and gamma glut amyl transpeptidase estimations. 4. Employment in a compressed air environment

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/23

(i) A general clinical examination for signs and symptoms of compressed air illness and fitness for work in a compressed air environment. (ii) Height, weight and body fat estimation. (iii) Audiometric examination. (iv) Test in a lock. (v) Full size chest X-ray. (vi) Radiographic examination of shoulder, hip and knee joints. (vii) Stress electrocardiogram for workers who are 35 years of age and over.

3.23 MEDICAL EXAMINATION AND SURVEILLANCE


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 5 of 6

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.23 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

ATTACHMENT II FACTORIES (MEDICAL EXAMINATION) REGULATION PART II (a) Arsenic or any of its compounds

(i)

(ii) (iii) (b) Cadmium or any of its compound

(i)

(ii) (iii)

(c) Lead or any of its compounds

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(d) Mercury or any of its compounds

(i)

(ii) (e) Manganese or any of its compound

(i)

(ii) (f) Organophosphates

(i)

(ii)

A clinical examination for signs and symptoms of arsenic poisoning, skin cancer and lung cancer. A full size chest X-ray examination. Urine arsenic estimation.

Once in every 12 months.

A clinical examination for signs and symptoms of cadmium poisoning. Blood cadmium estimation. Urine Beta2-microglobulin estimation.

Once in every 12 months.

A clinical examination for signs and symptoms of lead poisoning. For inorganic lead exposure, haemoglobin and blood lead estimation. For organic lead exposure, urine lead estimation.

Once in every 6 months.

A clinical examination for signs and symptoms of mercury poisoning. Urine mercury estimation.

Once in every 12 months.

A clinical examination for signs and symptoms of manganese poisoning. Urine manganese estimation.

Once in every 12 months.

A clinical examination for signs and symptoms of organophosphate poisoning. Red blood cell acetylcholinesterase estimation.

Once in every 6 months.

2. Occupations involving the use or handling of or expose to the fumes, dust or vapour of -

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/23

3.23 MEDICAL EXAMINATION AND SURVEILLANCE


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

(i)

(ii)

(b) Benzene

(i)

(ii) (iii) (iv) (b) Raw cotton

(i)

(ii)

(d) Silica

(i)

(ii)

6 of 6

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.23 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

(a) Asbestos

PAGE

A clinical examination for signs and symptoms of asbestosis, lung cancer and mesothelioma. A full size chest X-ray examination.

Once in every 12 months.

A clinical examination for signs and symptoms of benzene poisoning. Urine phenol estimation. Haemoglobin estimation and full blood count. Peripheral blood count.

Once in every 12 months.

A clinical examination for signs and symptoms of byssinosis (cotton dust disease). Lung function tests (FEV and FVC) before and after 6 hours of exposure to cotton dust on the same day.

Once in every 12 months

A clinical examination for signs and symptoms of silicosis and tuberculosis. A full size chest x-ray examination.

Once in every 12 months.

(e) Tar, pitch, bitumen or creosote

(i)

A clinical examination of the skin and lungs.

Once in every 12 months.

3. Occupations involving exposure to excessive noise

(i)

An audiometric examination (where the air conduction is abnormal, to include bone conduction test).

Once in every 12 months.

(i)

A clinical examination for signs and symptoms of vinyl chloride effects. Liver function tests including serum bilirubin alkaline phosphates, SGOT, SGPT, and gamma glut amyl transpeptidase estimations.

4. Occupations involving the use or handling of or (ii) exposure to vinyl chloride monomer.

5. Employment in a compressed air environment

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/23

(i)

Once in every 12 months.

A general clinical examination for a) Not less than once signs and symptoms of in every 3 months compressed air illness and for working fitness for work in a compressed pressures not air environment. exceeding one bar. (b) Not less than once in every 4 weeks for working pressures exceeding one bar. 3.23 MEDICAL EXAMINATION AND SURVEILLANCE


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

1 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.24 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

3.24

PAGE

RESPIRATORY PROTECTION PROGRAM

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to ensure the protection of employees from chemical or toxic vapors, which may cause respiratory hazards.

1.2

The Respiratory Protection Program also covers the selection, maintenance, training and use of respirators at working place. It does not cover the use of respirators in aircraft and use of life support respirators for medical or resuscitation purpose.

2

Definitions Aerosol

-

Particles (solid or liquid) suspended in air

Canister/ Cartridge

-

A container with either a filter, sorbent or catalyst or combination of these items, which removes specific contaminant(s) from the air passed through the container

Disposable respirator

-

A device for which maintenance is not intended and which is designed to be discarded after excessive breathing resistance, sorbent exhaustion, physical damage or end of service life renders it unsuitable for use

PFreq

-

Protection Factor Required

SCBA

-

Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus

PAPR

-

Powered Air Purifying Respirator

C

-

Hazard Concentration

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Section Head of the concerned department/division will be responsible for keeping records of respirator issuance, workplace monitoring, maintenance, training, fit testing and periodic inspection.

4

Procedure

4.1

General

4.1.1

Any operation that generates harmful airborne level of dust, fumes, sprays, mists, fogs, smokes, vapours or gases or that may involve Oxygen deficient atmosphere require the use of respirators.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/24

3.24 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION PROGRAM


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 2 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.24 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.1.2

For respirators to be effective, they must be of the correct type for the hazard, be properly fitted to the workers faces, be worn all the time in the presence of the hazard and be properly maintained.

4.1.3

The Air Purifying Respirators (APR) do not provide Oxygen and are therefore not to be used in atmosphere of less then 19.5% Oxygen. Air Purifying Respirators clean the users breathing air by filtering fine particles and chemicals.

4.1.4

Department/division concerned should carry out a hazard identification and risk analysis to determine the existence of potential hazards.

4.1.5

Respirators shall be worn properly at all the times while working in a contaminated environment.

4.1.6

Appropriate safety signage shall be displayed to designate “Respiratory Protection Required” areas. (Refer to “Industrial Safety Signage”)

4.1.7

Initial fit test shall be carried out for each employee, who is required to wear an APR. Manufacturer or supplier of respirator will conduct the initial fit test and training on use and maintenance of respirators.

4.1.8

An evaluation and surveillance shall be conducted to ensure that the exposure to contaminate does not exceed the permissible exposure level.

4.1.9

The respirators shall satisfy any of the following standards or their equivalent: NIOSH-MHSA (USA), CEN (Europe), AS/NZ (Australia/New Zealand) and JIS (Japan).

4.1.10 A comprehensive respiratory protection program consist of following components: a) Selection of suitable type of respirators; b) Fit testing during issuance of respirators to ensure no leakage; c) Training workers in the proper use and care of respirators; d) Supervision of proper usage of respirators; e) Regular monitoring of workers exposed to the contaminant; f) Periodic evaluation and audit and; h) Inspection and maintenance of respirators. 4.2

Selection and Use of Respirators

4.2.1

For respirators to be effective, they must be of the correct type for the hazard, be properly fitted to individual face, be worn all the time in the presence of hazard and be properly maintained.

4.2.2

The various types of respirators are classified according to the way breathing air is provided. (See Attachment 1)

4.2.3

The selection of the respirators shall depends on the following factors: a) Hazard related factors are used to identify respirators that can provide adequate protection based on the nature of harmful contaminant and its atmospheric concentration; b) Task related factors are used to identify respirators, which are suitable

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/24

3.24 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION PROGRAM


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 3 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.24 Issue 3 Rev 0

for the work activities or workplace environment constraints and; c) Operator related factors are used to identify respirators that fit and are acceptable to the users. 4.2.4

Hazard related factors includes the nature, permissible exposure level and atmospheric level of the harmful contaminant define the extent and nature of the protection required for the selection of correct type respirator.

4.2.5

Before selecting a respirator, hygiene monitoring shall be carried out to know the level of concentration at the workplace.

4.2.6

The choice of a suitable respirators shall be made from respirators with assigned protection factor larger than the required minimum protection factor Min PFreq = (Atmospheric Contaminant Concentration)/(PEL) The required Minimum Protection Factor (Min PFreq) for any given situation is that factor necessary to reduce the exposure of the use below Permissible Exposure Level (PEL).

4.2.7

The expert advice shall be sought before selecting respirators. Generally OEM provides the necessary training and conduct fit test.

4.3

Issuance and Respirator Fit Testing

4.3.1

Section Heads of the concerned department/division with Quality & Safety Division shall arrange for fit test for new respirators.

4.3.2

Respirator fit testing shall be carryout to select the right size and model of respirator for the use, to ensure that good facial seal is achievable whenever the respirator is worn.

4.3.3

Fit testing shall be done for all tight fitting air purifying and supplied air respirators.

4.3.4

To achieve the designed performance of the respirator, it must fit to the user.

4.3.5

When respirator is issued to an individual employee, it shall bear identification mark e.g. Staff Number or Name of Staff.

4.3.6

A fit test shall not be conducted if there is any hair growth between the face and the sealing surface of the respirator.

4.3.7

Any safety equipment such as goggles or safety glasses that is worn with the respirator in the normal course of work should also be worn during fit testing.

4.3.8

Before conducting fit test the user should conduct fit check. (Only if tight fitting face piece are used)

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/24

3.24 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION PROGRAM


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

4.3.9

PAGE 4 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.24 Issue 3 Rev 0

Fit test shall be carried out a) Before the respirator is issued to assure that a suitable respirator has been selected and; b) At least once in every 2 years or when leakage reported by staff.

4.3.10 Record of fit test shall be kept including the following information: a) Name of the employee; b) Type, size and model of the respirator selected; c) Date of fit test; d) Name of the person conducting fit test; e) Fit factor achieved and instrument calibration record, if quantitative fit test was conducted; f) Success or failure of fit test and type of testing agent if qualitative fit test was conducted and; g) List of personal protective equipment worn. 4.3.11 OEM shall be contacted to conduct the fit test and shall be carried out under his expert supervision. 4.4

Training For User

4.4.1

Training shall be provided to the user on the selection, use and maintenance of respirators.

4.4.2

To ensure the proper and safe use of respirator, the minimum training of each respirator user shall include: a) The need for respirator protection; b) The nature, extent and health effects of airborne contaminants in the workplace; c) Proper fit and use of respirators; d) Limitations with the type of respirator issued and; e) Instruction for inspection, storage and maintenance of the respirator.

4.4.3

The user shall be trained upon initial assignment.

4.4.4

Training record shall be maintained for all the staff trained in respiratory protection program. It should include the following information: a) Employeeâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s name & staff number; b) Department of employee; c) Date of the training course and; d) Instructorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s name.

4.5

Maintenance, Inspection and Storage of Respirators

4.5.1

Respirator issued on an individual basis shall be maintained and inspected by the user himself.

4.5.2

Respirator issued to an individual shall be cleaned properly. After removal of any filters or cartridges the face piece, straps and filter holders should be washed with detergent in warm water using soft brush and dried in clean place.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/24

3.24 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION PROGRAM


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

PAGE 5 of 8

OHS Management System

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.24 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual 4.5.3

Manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s cleaning and disinfecting method shall be used. All respirators must be thoroughly rinsed after cleaning with detergents.

4.5.4

All respirators shall be inspected before each use, during and after each use. Respirators should be inspected after each cleaning operation to ensure proper re-assembly.

4.5.5

Replacement of damaged parts shall be done only by trained in proper respirator maintenance and assembly.

4.5.6

Canisters/cartridge or filters should be replaced on regular basis, when an odour or taste is perceived in the inhaled air or when the user experiences discomfort.

4.5.7

Employee shall store their respirators in such a manner that will protect them against physical and chemical agents such as dirt, damaging chemicals, moisture, sunlight, temperature extremes and mechanical damage.

4.6

Periodic Evaluation and Audit

4.6.1

The results of periodic workplace monitoring of specific air contaminants should be evaluated to determine the need for continued respiratory protection.

4.6.2

Staff shall be consulted time to time about their acceptance of respirators, including any discomfort, resistance to breathing and interference with job performance.

4.6.3

Records of respirator issuance, fit testing, worker training and respirator maintenance should be reviewed.

5

Control of Records Title Respirator Issuance Record

6

Responsibility

Retention Period

Storage Medium

Concerned Section Head

3 Years

Hardcopy

Documents Associated With This Procedure Singapore Standard CP 74:1998

Code of Practice for Selection, Use and Maintenance of Respiratory Protective Devices

EMS Procedures EP07

Training, Awareness Competence

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/24

Medical Examination/Surveillance

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/25

Selection, Use, Issuance, Maintenance and Replacement of PPE

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/24

and

3.24 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION PROGRAM


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/24

PAGE 6 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.24 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.24 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION PROGRAM


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 7 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.24 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

Attachment II Checklist For Inspection The following provides a guideline on the items to inspect for various types of respirator. Type of Respirator Disposable

Re-usable air Purifying respirator

Item to Inspect Physical damage, such as damaged filter Straps for loss of elasticity and damaged Metal nose clip for damaged Face piece Excessive dirt accumulation

Recommendation Replace with a new respirator Replace with a new respirator Replace with a new respirator Clean away dirt from face piece

Cracks, tears, distortion

Replace with a new face piece or respirator Cracked or badly scratched Replace lense or with a new lense respirator Head straps Breaks, tears or loss of Replace head harness Replace with new buckles elasticity Replace with new head harness Damaged buckles Worn out head harness Inhalation and exhalation valves Dirt on valve or valve seat Clean of dirt Replace with new valve Missing or damaged valve Re-insert the valve body. Replace with a New valve body if proper fit is not obtained Improper insertion of valve body in Face piece Filter elements Correct filter for hazard Incorrect installation of filter Increased filter resistance Damaged filter holder End of service date for filter

Change to right filter Re-install filter Replace with a new filter Replace with a new filter Replace with a new filter Replace with a new tube Replace with new hose clamps Replace with new battery pack Recharge battery or replace filter

Powered air Purifying respirator

Breathing tube for damage Missing or loose hose clamps Battery pack cannot be fully charged Low flow rate obtained

Supplied-air Respirator

Face piece, head harness, Checks similar to air purifying straps, respirators Valves, breathing tubes Loose-fitting Face piece

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/24

3.24 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION PROGRAM


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual Type of Respirator

Item to Inspect Tom seams, cracked visor for helmet Supplied-air system Breathing air quality Damaged or kinks in air hoses Damaged hose fittings Improper setting of warning devices and regulators

Self contained Breathing apparatus

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/24

PAGE 8 of 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.24 Issue 3 Rev 0

Recommendation Replace with a new face piece

Maintain or replace air filtration system Replace air hose Replace air hose Check with manufacturer

Consult manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s literature for applicable inspection criteria Recommended to be inspected once a month

3.24 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION PROGRAM


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

SELECTION, USE, ISSUANCE, MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT OF PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose is to establish the procedure for selection, use, issuance and maintenance of personal protective equipment. It also describes the guideline for selection of appropriate PPE.

2

Definitions -

Devices worn by worker for protection against possible injury when exposed to hazard. (e.g. safety glass, earplug etc.)

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Section Head of the concerned department/division will be responsible for the procurement of appropriate PPE and ensure the availability of PPE to the employees.

3.2

Section Head of the concerned department/division will be responsible for training on use, maintenance, record keeping of issuance and replacement of PPE.

3.3

Each employee will be responsible for maintenance of his/ her own PPE. Any PPE to be replaced shall be made known to concerned Section head.

4

Procedures

4.1

Selection of PPE

4.1.1

Safety & Health Executive in consultation with Section Head of the concerned department/ division shall recommend the suitable PPE that provides adequate protection against the identified hazard. Results of risk assessment and legal requirements shall be considered in selecting the suitable PPE.

4.1.2

In selecting suitable PPE, the following criteria should be considered: a) Nature of hazard (e.g. gases, vapours, liquid solid etc.); b) Severity of exposure (e.g. acute or chronic effect); c) Frequency and duration of exposure; d) Extent of protection (e.g. parts of body exposed); e) Results of hazard identification and risk analysis; f) Review of standards and regulations; g) Availability of PPE; h) Physical analysis (e.g. precise characteristics of hazard and materials encountered); i) Ease of use and maintenance and; j) Advise from manufacturer or supplier.

4.1.3

Table 1 and Table 2 are guidelines in selection of safety gloves, appropriate to the nature of hazard. (Tables are guidelines at basic selection level)

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/25

1 of 9

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.25 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.25

PPE

PAGE

3.25 SELECTION, USE, ISSUANCE, MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT OF PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

2 of 9

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.25 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.1.4

Table 3 is a guideline in selection of eye/face protectors, appropriate to the nature of the hazard.

4.1.5

For selection of hearing protectors refer to “Hearing Conservation Program”.

4.1.6

For selection of respirators refer to “Respiratory Protection Program”.

4.1.7

Safety shoes shall be of approved type and shall be as per recommendations from the manufacturer for the types of hazard.

4.1.8

Flow charts may be refereed for selection of suitable PPE. (Attachment I)

4.2

Issuance of PPE

4.2.1

Proper record of all the personal protective equipment’s issued to employees shall maintain and kept by the concerned department/division.

4.2.2

Issuance record should include the following information: a) Employee’s Name & Staff Number; b) Designation & Department; c) Date of Issuance; d) Type of PPE issued; e) Signature of the Employee and; f) Name & Signature of the issuing person.

4.3

Maintenance, Inspection and Replacement of PPE

4.3.1

Individual employees shall maintain their own PPE (e.g. goggles, earmuffs, respirators etc.) in good condition cleaning them regularly. PPE shall be inspected at frequent intervals to ensure their condition.

4.3.2

Defective or damaged PPE shall be reported to the Section Head of the concerned department/ division shall be replaced without delay. Concerned department/division shall maintain a record of replacement.

4.3.3

The PPE shall be cleaned and maintained by user as per the manufacturer instructions.

4.3.4

All PPE shall be properly stored. (e.g. in boxes or storage bags)

4.4

Use of PPE

4.4.1

Employees shall be trained on the proper usage and maintenance of PPE.

4.4.2

For the effective protection, all required and necessary PPE shall be worn all the times when working in the hazardous areas.

4.4.3

Fit test shall be conducted for hearing protectors and respirators before first use.

4.4.4

Different type of PPE shall be used under different hazardous situations, depending upon the protection required. (Refer to “Prevention of Injuries and Illness)

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/25

PAGE

3.25 SELECTION, USE, ISSUANCE, MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT OF PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

4.4.5

Individual employee using PPE shall ensure that the PPE fit to him correctly.

4.4.6

It shall be the duty of every person at work to use in such manner so as to provide the protection intended any suitable appliance, protective clothing, convenience, equipment or other means or things provided (whether for his use or alone or for use by him in common with others) for securing his safety, health and welfare while at work. (i.g. It is the responsibility of the individual to use all necessary and appropriate PPE provided to him).

4.4.7

No person at work shall willfully or recklessly interfere with or misuse any appliance, protective clothing, convenience, equipment or other means or things provided (whether for his use or alone or for use by him in common with others) pursuant to any requirement under the Workplace Safety & Health Act for securing his safety, health and welfare of persons (including himself) at work.

5

Control of Records

PPE Issuance Records 6

3 of 9

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.25 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

Responsibility

Retention Period

Storage Medium

Concerned Section Head

3 Years

Hardcopy/ Softcopy

Title

PAGE

Documents Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety & Health Act 2006 and related Regulations SIAEC/HSP/4.3.1/01

Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/22

Hearing Conservation Program

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/26

Respiratory Conservation Program

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/20

Prevention of Injuries and Illnesses

Singapore 76:1999

Standard

CP Code of Practice For Selection, Use, Care and Maintenance of Hearing Protectors

Singapore Standard CP 473: Pt2: 99 Singapore 74:1998

Standard

CP Code of Practice For Selection, Use and Maintenance of Respiratory Protective Devices

Singapore Standard 261: 1997

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/25

Specification For Personal Eye Protectors (Selection, Use and Maintenance)

Specification For Industrial Safety Gloves and Mittens

3.25 SELECTION, USE, ISSUANCE, MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT OF PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 4 of 9

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.25 Issue 3 Rev 0

Attachment I Table 1 - General Guide For the Selection of Hand Gloves Hazard Group

Typical Operations

Recommended Gloves or Mittens

Heat and abrasion

Drop-forging Casting Hot rolling Hot riveting

Standard duty chrome leather

Heat molten metal splash

Casting Welding Galvanizing Heat treatment Furnace operations

Standard duty chrome leather

Sharp edged materials and Handling swarf and metal Standard duty chrome leather sheets objects Handling undressed castings PVC-coated fabric

Abrasion Heavy duty

Handling dressed castings Standard duty leather Bricks, steel stocks, heavy duty packaging

Light duty

Handling of packaged goods General labouring

Light duty leather Pigskin Impregnated fabric (PVC)

Acids, alkalis, etc

Plating shops Acid dipping Chemical manufacture Dye works

PVC-coated fabric Rubber

Solvents

Paint spraying Chemical manufacture Printing

PVC-coated fabric Rubber

Fats, oils, organic acids

Food manufacture Canning

PVC-coated fabric Rubber

Chemicals (general)

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/25

3.25 SELECTION, USE, ISSUANCE, MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT OF PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

PAGE 5 of 9

OHS Management System

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.25 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

Table 2 - Rating of Gloves Appropriate to Particular Chemicals Chemicals Organic acids Acetic acid Citric acid Formic acid Lactic acid Lauric acid Maleic acid Oleic acid Oxalic acid Palmitic acid Phenol Prop ionic acid Stearic acid Inorganic acid Chromic acid (up to 50%) Fluorosilicic acid Hydrochloric acid (up to 40%) Hydrofluoric acid Hydrogen peroxide Nitric acid (up to 50%) Perchloric acid Phosphoric acid Sulphuric acid (up to 50%) Sulphurous acid Esters Amyl acetate Butyl acetate Ethyl acetate Ethyl butyrate Methyl butyrate Ethers Diethyl ether Petroleum ether

Natural Rubber

Chloroprene Rubber

Nitrile

PVC

E E E E E E E E E E E E

E E E E E E E E E E E E

E E E E E E E E E G E E

E E E E E E E E E E E E

G G G G G NR F G G G

F G G G G NR G G G G

F G G G G NR F G F G

E* E E E E G* E* E E* E

F F F F F

G G G G G

G G G G G

F F F F F

F F

G G

E E

F F

* Resistance not absolute, but the best available. Above table-2 sets out ratings of gloves appropriate to particular chemicals. It should be noted that when using any of the gloves listed the environmental conditions, the temperature of the substances being handled, and whether the gloves are being and led in an operation where abrasive conditions also apply, regular inspection and replacement of gloves is vitally important. Further advice is usual available from the manufacturers or suppliers of industrial safety gloves. Key to the ratings detailed in Table-2 are: E = Excellent G = Good F = Fair NR = Not Recommended

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/25

3.25 SELECTION, USE, ISSUANCE, MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT OF PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

PAGE 6 of 9

OHS Management System

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.25 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual Table 2 - (Continued) Chemicals

Natural Rubber

Chloroprene Rubber

Nitrile

PVC

E E E E E E NR E E G E E E E E E E NR E G E E

E E E E E E G E E G E E E E E E E F E G E E

E E E E E E G E E G E E E E E E E F E G E E

E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E

Aldhydes Acetaldehyde Benzaldehyde Formaldehyde

G F G

E F E

E E E

F F F

Ketones Acetone Diethyl ketone Methyl ethyl ketone

G G G

G G G

G G G

F F F

Alcohols Amyl alcohol Butyl alcohol Ethyl alcohol (Ethanol) Ethylene glycol (Ethnediol) Glycerol ISO-propyl alcohol Methyl alcohol (Methanol)

E E E G G E E

E E E G G E E

E E E E E E E

E E E E E E E

Saturated salt solutions Ammonium nitrate Ammonium nitrite Ammonium phosphate Ammonium carbonate Ammonium acetate Ammonium lactate Calcium hypo chlorite Ferric chloride Magnesium chloride Mercuric chlorides Potassium chromate Potassium dichromate Potassium cyanide Potassium halides Potassium permanganate Sodium carbonate Sodium chloride Sodium hypo chlorite Sodium nitrate Solutions of copper salts Stannous chloride Zinc chloride

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/25

3.25 SELECTION, USE, ISSUANCE, MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT OF PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

PAGE 7 of 9

OHS Management System

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.25 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual Table 2 - (Continued) Chemicals

Natural Rubber

Chloroprene Rubber

Nitrile

PVC

Miscellaneous Animal fats F G G G Bleaches NR G G G Carbon disulphide NR F G F Diesel fuel NR F G F Glycerine F E E G Glycol F E E G Hydraulic fluids F G G G Mineral oils F G E G Ozone resistance F E G E Paint and varnish removers F G G F Petrol NR G G F Photographic solutions G E E G Plasticizers F G E G Printing inks G G E G Vegetable oils F G G G White spirit F G G F Alkalis Ammonia E E E E Ammonium hydroxide E E E E Calcium hydroxide E E E E Potassium hydroxide E G G E Sodium hydrosice E G G E Aliphatic hydrocarbons Hydraulic oil F G F G Paraffinâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s F G E G Pine oil G G E G Aromatic hydrocarbons* Benzene NR F G F Naphtha NR F E F Naphthalene G G E G NR F G F Toluene Turpentine F G E F Xylene NR F G F Amines Aniline F G E E Butyl amine G G E E Ethylamine G G E E Ethyl aniline F G E E Methylamine G G E E Methyl aniline F G E E Triethanolamine G E E E Halogenated hydrocarbons* Benzyl chloride F F G F Carbon tetrachloride F F G F Chloroform F F G F Ethylene dichloride F F G F Methylene chloride F F G F Percholoroethylene F F G F Trichloroethylene F F G F * Aromatic and halogenated hydrocarbons will attack all types of natural and synthetic gloves. Should swelling occur, switch to another pair, allowing swollen gloves to dry and return to normal.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/25

3.25 SELECTION, USE, ISSUANCE, MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT OF PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 8 of 9

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.25 Issue 3 Rev 0

Table 3 - Personal Eye/Face Protectors Selection Chart Hazards Source Chipping Grinding Machining Masonry work Riveting I m Drilling p Powered a fastening c Sawing t Woodworking

H e a t

C h e m i c a l

Furnace operations Pouring Casting Hot dipping Gas cutting Welding

Acids and chemicals handling Degreasing Plating

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/25

Personal Eye Protectors Assessment See Note (11) Flying fragments, objects, large chips, particles, sand, dirt, etc.

Hot sparks

Type See Note (1) B1, B2 B2, B4 B1, B2, B4 B1, B2, B4 B2, B4 B8 B1, B2 B1, B2

B11 B7, B8 B10

Splash from molten metals

B7, B8, B11

High temperature exposure

B11

Splash

B7, B8 B11

Description

Limitations

Spectacles with side-shields Goggles Face-shields With high impact lens

Eyeprotectors do not provide unlimited protection

See Notes (1), (3), (5), (6) and (8)

See note (7)

Spectacles with side-shields Goggles Face-shields

Spectacles and wide vision goggles do not provide unlimited facial protection

∗ For severe exposure add B11 See Note (2) and (3) ∗ Screen faceshields. Reflective faceshields

See Note (2)

See Note (2) and (3)

See Note (2)

Indirect ventilated goggles

Ventilation should be adequate but well protected from splash

∗ For severe exposure add B11 Irritating Mists

B7

Special purpose goggle

Not Recommended Eye-protectors without sideshields. See Note(8) Filter or tinted lens that restrict light transmittance, unless it is determined that a glare hazard exists. Refer to OPTICAL RADIATION. Protectors without sideshields

Spectacles Welding helmets Face-shields

See Note (3)

3.25 SELECTION, USE, ISSUANCE, MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT OF PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

PAGE 9 of 9

OHS Management System

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.25 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual Table 3 - (Continued) Hazards Source D u s t

Woodworking Buffing General dusty conditions

Welding Electric arc

Assessment See Note (1) Nuisance dust

Ultraviolet and infra-red radiation

Personal Eye Protectors Type Description See Note (1) B7 Non-vented goggles with antifog

B12, B13, B14

Lens shade 10-14

O p t i c a l

R a d i a t i o n

Welding Gas

Ultraviolet and infra-red radiation

B1, B2, B5, B6, B10

4-8

Cutting

B5, B6, B10

3-6

Torch Brazing

B12

3-4

Torch Soldering

B12

1-5.3

Glare

Ultraviolet radiation fatigue and poor vision

B1, B2

Limitations Atmospheric conditions and restricted ventilation can cause lens to fog

Protecto rs welding helmet or Welding shields

Protection from optical radiation is directly related to filter density See Note(4) Select the darkest shade that allows adequate task performance

Welding goggles or spectacl es

See Note (3)

Spectacl es or welding faceshields Spectacles with appropriate tint or shade See Note (7) and (8)

Not recommended

Protectors that do not provide protection from optical radiation See Note (4)

Shaded or special purpose lens, as suitable

Notes: 1. Care shall be taken to recognise the possibility of multiple and simultaneous exposure to a variety of hazards. 2. Adequate protection against the highest level of each of the hazards must be provided. 3. Face shields shall only be worn over primary eye protectors. 4. Filter lens all meet the requirement for shade designation. 5. Persons whose vision requires the use of prescription (SRX) lens shall wear either eye protectors fitted with safety prescription lens or eye protectors designed to be worn over regular eye wear 6. Wearers of contact lens shall also be required to wear appropriate covering eye and face protection 7. Welding helmets or hand shields shall be used only over primary eye protectors. 8. Non side shields spectacles are available for frontal protection only. SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/25

3.25 SELECTION, USE, ISSUANCE, MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT OF PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 06

OHS Management System Manual

1 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.26 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.26

INSPECTION, STORAGE AND USE OF COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS AND GAS PLANT

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to ensure the proper and safe transportation, storage and use of compressed gas cylinders and to comply with statutory requirements.

1.2

The procedure is not applicable to the inspection, storage and testing of gas cylinders, which are classified as aircraft components. Such gas cylinders shall be inspected, tested and maintained as per the applicable Maintenance Manual or Engineering Procedure Manual or other approved Technical Publications.

2

Definitions Gas

-

Including any gas whether in its gaseous or liquid state

Gas Plant

-

Means any plant, apparatus or machine for the manufacture or storage of gas and includes pipes and appliances used in carrying the gas to the place where it is to be used

Maintained

-

Means maintained in an efficient state, in efficient working order and in good repair

Competent Person

-

A person who by his training and experience, have knowledge of testing and examining gas cylinders

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Section Head of the concerned department/division shall appoint a person in-charge, who is competent and will be responsible for inspection, testing (if carried out in-house) and record keeping.

3.2

User will be responsible for the safe use of gas cylinders.

4

Procedure/Guidelines

4.1

General

4.1.1

All compressed gas cylinders shall be legibly marked to identify clearly the gas contained within. Such marking shall be by means of stenciling, stamping or labeling and shall not be readily removable.

4.1.2

The colour coding of all portable compressed gas cylinders shall be in accordance with SS 152 â&#x20AC;&#x153;Identification of Contents of Industrial Gas Containerâ&#x20AC;?

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/26

PAGE

3.26 INSPECTION, STORAGE AND USE OF COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS AND GAS PLANT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 06

OHS Management System Manual

2 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.26 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.1.3

Compressed gas cylinders shall not be located in any area where unauthorized person may damage it by falling objects or subject to tampering.

4.1.4

All gas plant/cylinders shall be of sound construction and properly maintained.

4.2

Inspection and Testing

4.2.1

Every water sealed gas holder/cylinder, which has a storage capacity of not less than 25 m3 shall be thoroughly examined externally by a competent person at least once in every 2 years.

4.2.2

Any gas filling shall be carried under a direct supervision of trained and experienced person with his knowledge of the necessary precautions against any risk.

4.2.3

Gas cylinders used for storage of corrosive gas shall be examined and tested at least once in 2 years by competent person.

4.2.4

Gas cylinders used for storage of other gases shall be examined and tested at least once in a period of 5 years by competent person.

4.2.5

Section Head of the concerned department/division may ask the manufacturer or supplier to carry out such tests and examination described above.

4.2.6

The results of all test and examination whether by competent person, supplier or manufacturer shall be available for inspection.

4.3

Transportation, Storage and Use

4.3.1

Compressed gas cylinders shall be stored only in areas, which are protected from heat sources such as flames and electric arching. In case of LPG, it should not be stored within 1 metre of an electric power point unless electric power point is of the flameproof type.

4.3.2

Inside of buildings, cylinders shall be stored in a ventilated, dry location and at least 6 meters from highly combustible materials.

4.3.3

Cylinders must be stored and/ or transported in a manner to prevent them from creating a hazard by tipping, falling or rolling.

4.3.4

All cylinders containing liquefied fuel gas shall be stored and transported in a position so that the safety relief device is always in direct contact with the vapor space in cylinder.

4.3.5

Valve protectors must always be placed on cylinders when not in use. Empty gas cylinders shall have their valve closed.

4.3.6

Oxygen cylinders in storage shall be separated from fuel gas cylinders or combustible materials by a minimum of 6 metres distance or by a noncombustible barrier of at least 1.5 metres high having a fire resistance rating of at least ½ hour.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/26

PAGE

3.26 INSPECTION, STORAGE AND USE OF COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS AND GAS PLANT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 06

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 3 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.26 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.3.7

When cylinders are stored they shall be strapped/chained/stored in racks in an upright position.

4.3.8

Compressed gas cylinders shall not be stored under direct sunlight.

4.3.9

Hammer or wrench shall not be used to open the cylinder valves.

4.3.10 Oxygen cylinders shall not be used without attaching an Oxygen regulator to the cylinder valve. Valve shall be closed after completion of work. If valve found to be leaked, the use of cylinder shall be discontinued and removed to the outdoors at a safe place. 4.3.11 If required, the manifold of the cylinders shall be carried out to comply with CP 50: 1997 requirements. 5

6

Control of Records Title

Responsibility

Retention Period

Storage Medium

Test & Inspection Record of Gas Cylinders

Person InCharge

5 Years

Hardcopy

Documents Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety & Health (General Provisions) Regulations 2006 Singapore 1997

Standard

CP

Singapore Standard: 152

Singapore 1980

Standard

Identification of Contents of Industrial Gas Containers

CP

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/03

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/26

50: Code of Practice for Safety In Welding, Cutting and Other Operations Involving The Use of Heat)

12: Filling, Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Containers For The Storage and Transport of Compresses Gas Hot Work, Welding, Cutting and Other Operations Involving The Use of Heat

3.26 INSPECTION, STORAGE AND USE OF COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS AND GAS PLANT


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

INDUSTRIAL SAFETY SIGNAGE

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to establish and standardize a system of giving safety information and warning of hazards.

1.2

The purpose of safety colours and safety signs is to draw attention rapidly to objects and situations affecting health and safety.

1.3

The procedure defines safety colours and geometrical term (layout, symbols & dimensions) of safety sign for the prevention of industrial accidents and health hazards.

2

Definitions -

A sign, which gives a particular safety message, obtained from a combination of a geometric form and a safety colour together with a safety symbol or text (i.e. words, letters, numbers or both)

Prohibition Sign

-

A safety sign that indicates that certain behaviour is prohibited

Warning Sign

-

A safety sign that gives warning of a hazard

Mandatory Sign

-

A safety sign that indicates that a specific course of action is to be taken

Safe Condition Sign

-

A safety sign that provides information about safe conditions

Safety Marking

-

Marking to indicate a risk location

3

Responsibility

3.1

Section Head of the concerned department/division will be responsible for ensuring that adequate signage is provided in their area.

3.2

Safety & Health Executive will provide assistance to identify the appropriate signage required in any particular work area.

4

Procedure

4.1

The safety signage shall be used to draw attention rapidly to objects and situations affecting health and safety.

4.2

Safety signs shall be used only for instructions, which are related to health and safety.

4.3

The safety and health sign shall be placed as per Appendix A.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/27

1 of 7

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.27 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.27

Safety Sign

PAGE

3.27 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY SIGNAGE


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 2 of 7

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.27 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.4

The geometric form shall be used to show different meaning of safety. (See Appendix B)

4.5

The layout of the safety sign shall be to comply with SS 508: 2004.

4.6

The dimensions of the safety sign shall be large enough to ensure effectiveness for the intended purpose.

4.7

The other symbol may be provided but they shall be as simple as possible and supplement text may be added if necessary.

4.8

For multipurpose signs, any text or supplementary sign associated with, or as part of, a safety sign should be restricted to that safety sign category only, i.e. prohibition, warning, mandatory or safe condition and should not include text relating to any other category.

4.9

A composite sign should not be used. This is a sign in which two or more symbols have been superimposed to form one sign.

5

Control of Records Nil.

6

Documents Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety & Health Act 2006 Workplace Safety & Health (General Provisions) Regulation 2006 All Applicable Operational Control Procedures/Safe Work Practices Singapore Standard SS 508: 2004

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/27

3.27 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY SIGNAGE


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 3 of 7

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.27 Issue 3 Rev 0

APPENDIX A

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/27

3.27 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY SIGNAGE


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/27

PAGE 4 of 7

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.27 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.27 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY SIGNAGE


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/27

PAGE 5 of 7

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.27 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.27 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY SIGNAGE


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/27

PAGE 6 of 7

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.27 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.27 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY SIGNAGE


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/27

PAGE 7 of 7

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.27 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.27 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY SIGNAGE


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

PAGE 1 of 2

OHS Management System Manual

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.28 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.28

VISITOR SAFETY

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to establish the requirements, responsibilities, and procedures for ensuring that non-employee personnel in company vicinity comply with all the applicable safety rules and regulation.

1.2

This procedure applied to all external visitors e.g. external auditors, trainer and contractors etc.

2

Definitions Visitor

-

Non-employee personnel who visits company to provide short-term services

Short Term

-

A time period of less than a month

the

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Personal, who invite and/or sponsor the visitor, will be responsible to ensure that the visitor is briefed on the â&#x20AC;&#x153;Visitors Safety Guidelinesâ&#x20AC;? (See Appendix)

3.2

Section Head of the concerned department/division will be responsible to provide an escort to the visitor if he/she is to visit restricted areas such as Hangars, Workshops or Apron.

4

Procedure

4.1

The visitor is to report to the Section Head of department/division and/or sponsor upon his/her arrival.

4.2

The concerned staff or designated person or escort shall brief the visitor on the following items: a) In-house safety rules & regulation that are to be complied; b) Any possible hazards (physical, chemical, etc) that may be encountered during the visit and; c) Locations of the emergency escape routes and exits.

4.3

No visitor shall allow to enter the restricted areas such as Hangars, Workshops and apron unless escorted by the division concerned or any other designated personal.

4.4

The concerned staff or designated person or escort shall ensure that the visitor have suitable and relevant PPE if he/she was to visit any hazardous area.

4.5

Violation of any in-house safety rules and regulation may subject the visitor to be removed from the company vicinity immediately. Re-entry of such personnel will be subjected to Safety Department approval.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.2/28

the

concerned

3.28 VISITOR SAFETY


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

PAGE 2 of 2

OHS Management System Manual

5

Control of Records Title Visitor Record

6

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.28 Issue 3 Rev 0

Responsibility

Retention Period

Security Department

3 Months

Storage Medium Hardcopy/ Softcopy

Documents Associated With This Procedure CAAS Rules and Regulations

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.2/28

3.28 VISITOR SAFETY


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

PAGE 1 of 3

OHS Management System Manual

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.29 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.29

MANAGEMENT OF CONTRACTORS

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to establish a system to manage contractor’s safety performance.

2

Definitions Contractor

-

Non-employee personnel that are engaged by the company to provide service and work within the company vicinity.

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Safety & Security Department will be responsible for providing safety training support and safety monitoring of the contractors.

3.2

Section Head of the section/division who engage the contractor will be responsible to ensure that the contractor comply with the OHS Management System with respect to own safe work procedures related to specific task.

3.3

Section Head of the concerned department/ division will be responsible for appointing a Person in-charge, who will keep track of the contractor’s movement, work activity and maintain his safety record.

4

Procedures

4.1

Contractors must nominate at least a Supervisor to attend and pass the SIAEC Contractors Supervisors Training Course, when engaged for work in SIAEC premises.

4.2

Adhoc contractors, who are required to perform work in SIAEC premises on short-term basis (5 days or less) are required to read, understand and adhere to SIAEC’s Safety & Security Handbook or any other related guidelines issued.

4.3

The trained and certified contractor’s Supervisors will conduct the safety training for their workers in accordance with the conditions stated in the Certificate of Appointment.

4.4

Contractor must submit the attendance list to the Safety & Security Department upon conducting safety training for their workers.

4.5

Safety & Health Executive will conduct the periodic inspection to ensure that contractor comply with safety requirements.

4.6

The Contractor supervisors will be responsible for reporting accident/incident occurred in course of work in SIAEC premises.

4.7

Contractors shall comply the following: (a) Supply competent and trained personnel at all the times;

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/29

any

3.29 MANAGEMENT OF CONTRACTORS


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 2 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.29 Issue 3 Rev 0

(b) Posses valid licence/certificate for the particular task/equipment if required; (c) Ensure proper usage of the required PPE and; (d) Adhere to all safety compliance. 4.8

No work shall be carried out by contractor unless (a) The Hazard, to which persons at the workplace could be exposed, have been identified; (b) The injury or harm (consequences) that could arise from the hazard have been identified; (c) Safe Work Procedure (SWP) is implemented and submitted to the department concerned and; (d) Steps are taken (through training or briefing) to ensure that all persons involved in such work are familiar with SWP.

4.9

Contractor must submit a copy of SWP to the division/ department concerned, where work has to be commenced.

4.10

Contractor must ensure that all the Lifting Equipments, Lifting Gears and Lifting Machines used or brought by him at workplace are tested in compliance with Workplace Safety & Health (General Provisions) Regulations 2006.

4.11

The work requiring implementation of Safe Work Procedures by contractor, are: (a) Work on any machinery where the fencing has been removed for the purpose of any examination, lubrication or other operation; (b) Work at a place where a person is liable to fall a distance of more than 2 metres or into any substance that is likely to cause drowning, poisoning, chemical burns or asphyxiation; (c) Work in any confined space; (d) Work involving the application of heat, or the potential generation of any source of ignition, where any explosive or flammable substance is liable to be present; (e) Maintenance or repair work on any pressure vessel or lifting equipment and; (f) Work in any process, plant, vessel or machinery that is liable to produce or give off any corrosive or flammable substance.

4.12

Division/department concerned shall supervise the contractor’s worker/staff, in the course of commencement of work in the SIAEC premises.

5

Control of Records Title Contractor’s Supervisors Training Record Contractor’s Employee Training Record

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/29

Responsibility

Retention Period

Q & S Division

3 Years

Q & S Division

3 Years

Storage Medium Hardcopy/ Softcopy Hardcopy/ Softcopy

3.29 MANAGEMENT OF CONTRACTORS


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

3 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.29 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual 6

PAGE

Documents Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety & Health Act 2006 and related Regulations All applicable OHS Management System Procedure

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/29

3.29 MANAGEMENT OF CONTRACTORS


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 1 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.30 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.30

IN-HOUSE RULES AND REGULATION

1

Purpose

1.1

The purpose of in-house rules and regulations is to govern and regulate the behaviour and action of the employees to prevent occurrence of accident/incident and maintain safe and healthy working environment. All new employees shall be briefed on the rules and expected to abide them. These rules are enforced under a control and monitoring system.

2

Definitions Nil.

3

Responsibility

3.1

Quality and Safety Division and the Safety & Health Committee will be responsible for developing and reviewing the in-house rules and regulation.

3.2

Section Head of the concerned department/division will be responsible to ensure that in house safety rules and regulation are followed.

3.3

Quality & Safety Division will be responsible for conducting safety inspection periodically to ensure that all employees abide by in-house rules and regulations.

4

Procedures

4.1

General Safety Rules At Workplace

4.1.1

Wear safety glasses/goggles when performing grinding, chipping or whenever an eye injury hazard exists.

4.1.2

Wear earplugs/muffs when performing work in a high noise level environment or whenever NID hazard exist.

4.1.3

Wear protective hand gloves when performing cutting, welding or whenever a hand injury hazard exists.

4.1.4

Wear safety belt/harness when performing work at height of greater than 2 metres where foothold and handhold is not provided.

4.1.5

Wear helmet/hard hat whenever head injury hazard exist.

4.1.6

Wear safety shoes when working, walking or entering operational areas.

4.1.7

Do not consume any form of alcoholic drink during working hours.

4.1.8

Observe and obey all warning signs and notices.

4.1.9

Report all unsafe conditions to your Supervisor or Safety & Health Executive.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/30

3.30 IN-HOUSE RULES AND REGULATION


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System

PAGE 2 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.30 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual 4.1.10 Do not remove any barricades or guardrails.

4.1.11 Always use grounded electrical equipment and hand tools, which are in sound condition. 4.1.12 Maintain good housekeeping at all the times. 4.1.13 Report all injuries/near misses immediately to your supervisor. 4.1.14 Do not enter any restricted area when no authorization has been given. 4.1.15 Do not misuse or remove any fire protection equipment. 4.1.16 Do not remove any machine guarding or shielding without authorization from the supervisor. 4.1.17 Abide by all the safe work procedure of the OHS manual and instruction of Operational Procedure Manual (OPM) or Maintenance Manual (MM). 4.1.18 Use lockout tag-out system when performing maintenance on the machinery, which may energise accidentally. 4.2

Doâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s

4.2.1

Ensure that the protective equipment fits you snugly and securely.

4.2.2

Ensure provision of secure foothold when working at heights.

4.2.3

Inspect/check visually the tool or machinery before using/operating them.

4.2.4

Maintain Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) periodically and replace them when unserviceable.

4.2.5

Always switch off the power supply after using electrical equipment.

4.2.6

Use the correct tool for the job.

4.2.7

Always anchor your safety harness to secure structure.

4.2.8

Secure the tools to prevent them from dropping, especially when performing work at heights.

4.2.9

Make sure that materials are stacked on a firm and level base.

4.2.10 Make sure all the steps are in stable condition before using them. 4.3

Don'ts

4.3.1

Do not use any lifting equipment that does not have a valid inspection certificate.

4.3.2

Do not operate any equipment that you are not trained.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/30

3.30 IN-HOUSE RULES AND REGULATION


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 3 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.30 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.3.3

Do not stack material to the height that may pose danger to the others.

4.3.4

Do not stand beneath any suspended load or moving load.

4.3.5

Do not use any faulty electricity equipment, machinery or plant.

4.3.6

Smoking is prohibited in Hangers, Apron/Tarmac Area, Workshops and other work areas.

4.4

Housekeeping

4.4.1

Emergency exits, stairway, walkway and fire points must be identified and keep free of obstruction.

4.4.2

Work environment shall be kept free from any obstruction and structure that likely to cause a trip and fall.

4.4.3

Material shall be stored and placed at marked/designated area, and stacked in a safe and orderly manner.

4.4.4

Wires, cable and hoses shall not be laid across the floor, stairs and passage in haphazard manner.

4.4.5

Tool box/tool kit shall be maintained in good conditions and stored at designated place.

4.4.6

Wall areas to be kept clean all the time.

4.4.7

Wastes shall be deposited in designated area/ bin.

4.4.8

Unserviceable machinery shall be tagged and covered.

5

Control of Records Nil.

6

Documents Associated With This Procedure Nil.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/30

3.30 IN-HOUSE RULES AND REGULATION


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

PAGE 1 of 3

OHS Management System Manual

3.31

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.31 Issue 3 Rev 0

RADIATION SAFETY

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to outline the working procedure and safety and health requirements for carrying out works at the sources generating the radiation.

1.2

The common hazards associated with these processes are ionising and nonionising radiation.

2

Definitions Radiation

-

Ionising and/or non-ionising radiation

Radiation Worker

-

Any individual who is engaged or is employed for part or whole or his working time to do radiation work

Ionising Radiation

-

Energy that is propagated in the form of x-rays, gamma rays, alpha and beta particles, high speed electrons, neutrons, protons and other nuclear particles, but does not include energy in the form of sound and radiowaves, or visible, infra-red, or ultra-violet light

Non-Ionising Radiation

-

Electromagnetic radiations and fields with wavelengths greater than 100 nanometers and all acoustic radiations and fields with frequencies below 16 Hz and above 16 kHz

Radioactive Material

-

Any article containing a radioactive substance giving it a specific radioactivity exceeding 74 becquerel per gram and total radioactivity exceeding 3.7 kilobecquerel

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Section Head of the concerned department/division shall ensure that all necessary safety precautions have been taken for the storage, handling and use for any kind of radioactive material.

3.2

Section Head concerned must appoint/authorized the competent staff(s) to be responsible for radiation safety.

3.3

Division/Department Head should ensure that: (a) Employees using radiation emitting appliance, equipment or working with component that emits radiation are registered as Radiation Workers with Centre for Radiation Protection (CRP); (b) Each employee working with radiation must be sent for pre-placement and post employment periodic medical examination as required by legislation.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.3/31

3.31 RADIATION SAFETY


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

PAGE 2 of 3

OHS Management System Manual

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.31 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.4

Division/department concerned shall comply with the relevant legal/statutory requirements with respect to the radiation work.

4

Procedure

4.1

All equipment and safety devices shall be inspected for proper operation and calibration validity prior to any exposure set up.

4.2

A boundary of the field site shall be set up and clearly defined by some appropriate means, such as ropes, flag barriers, warning lights, etc. such that the radiation level outside the boundary shall not exceed the limits specified under Part X of the RPA No. S29.

4.3

The boundary of the field site shall be adequately posted with clearly legible warning notices incorporating the words “DANGER – RADIATION” and the standard radiation hazard symbol

4.4

Radioactive materials shall be enclosed in adequate storage containers or otherwise shielded when they are stored temporarily in a workroom.

4.5

Radioactive materials are stored or kept in such a manner as to prevent any unauthorised access.

4.6

All personnel either employed or hired, to perform radiation work must be registered as a radiation worker with the CRP and wear a personal monitoring device.

4.7

No individual shall be exposed beyond the maximum permissible doses in the course of their work. The dose limits for radiation workers and members of the public are: i) Radiation worker 2.0 rem/yr or 20 mSv/yr ii) Public 0.1 rem/yr or 1.0 mSv/yr Note: The dose from any medical or dental exposure as a patient, from the exposure to natural background radiation shall not be taken into account. In addition, for radiation workers the dose from other exposures received as a member of the public shall not be taken into account.

4.8

Section Head concerned shall ensure that staff possesses the all the necessary licence(s)/permit(s) to handle, use or store the equipment/apparatus or any radioactive material.

4.9

The “X-Ray On” warning lamp must be placed in a conspicuous area to warn all personnel when X-ray radiation is in progress.

5

Radiation Emergency Procedure

5.1

In the event of a radiation incident, the authorised L5/L6 licence personnel shall take complete control of the situation.

5.2

All radiation works shall be shut down immediately.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.3/31

3.31 RADIATION SAFETY


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

PAGE 3 of 3

OHS Management System

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.31 Issue 3 Rev 0

Manual

5.3

The AES, CAAS and concerned Ministry have to be informed of the incident and emergency situation.

6

Control of Records

7

Title

Responsibility

Radiation Workers Licences

Section Head of Concerned Department

Retention Period Until The Period of Validity

Storage Medium Hardcopy

Documents Associated With This Procedure Workplace Safety & Health Act and related regulations Radiation Protection Act (Chapter 262) S29: Radiation Protection (Ionising Radiation) Regulation 2000 S30: Radiation Protection (Transportation of Radioactive Materials) Regulations 2000 Quality and Safety Division NDT Quality Manual SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/23

Medical Examination and Surveillance

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/27

Industrial Safety Signage

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.3/31

3.31 RADIATION SAFETY


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

PAGE 1 of 2

OHS Management System Manual

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.32 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.32

SPRAY PAINTING

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to ensure the safe use of spraying material and to provide instructions/guidelines for safe spray painting operation.

1.2

The procedure outlines the safety requirements and considerations for spray painting in hangars and workshops.

2

Definitions Spray painting

-

Spraying of paint using spray gun or any other similar equipment (it does not include localised spraying using canister)

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Section Head of the concerned department/division shall ensure that all the necessary safety precautions have been taken before carrying out any spraypainting work.

3.2

Supervisor in-charge shall ensure that the spray painting equipment are maintained in safe working conditions and the work is performed according to the recommended safety precautions from OEM/paint manufacturer.

4

Procedure

4.1

All components of the paint spray system including spray gun, air supply hose, fluid supply pump and compressor shall be ground.

4.2

The object (aircraft or aircraft parts) being coated (painted) and all other electrically conductive objects within the spray areas shall be grounded.

4.3

When flushing the spray gun, the container used to catch the excess fluid shall also be electrically conductive and grounded.

4.4

Paint mixing shall be carried out at designated areas only.

4.5

Donâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t inhale or use mouth to siphon the flow of solvent to another container.

4.6

Water curtain (if provided) shall be in operating condition when spraying job is in progress.

4.7

Staff involved in spray painting shall wear all necessary Personal Protective Equipment (e.g. respirators, gloves or overall).

4.8

No hot work shall be carried out within 50 metres of the spray-painting work in open area.

4.9

Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for all paints and solvents used in spray painting shall be available.

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/32

3.32 SPRAY PAINTING


EFFECTIVE DATE 01 Sep 2006

PAGE 2 of 2

OHS Management System Manual

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.32 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.10

Spray painting only in properly ventilated spray booth or ventilated areas with ventilation fans.

4.11

Spray painting in hangar shall be carried out only when spray-painting separator (curtains) are down.

4.12

Keep spray area clean at all the times. Use non-sparking tools to clean residue.

4.13

Flammable liquids should be stored in approved cabinets.

4.14

Always use a solvent with a flash point of higher than 100째F (38째C) for cleaning the spray equipment.

4.15

Fluid velocity and fluid pressure shall be maintained as per the manufacturers recommendations.

4.16

Follow all the safety instructions recommended by the OEM of spray-painting equipment applicable Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

5

Control of Records Nil.

6

Documents Associated With This Procedure SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/23

Medical Examination/Surveillance

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/25

Selection, Use, Issuance, Maintenance and Replacement of PPE

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/20

Prevention of Injuries/Illness

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/21

Industrial Hygiene Program

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/24

Respirator Protection Program

SIAEC/HSP/QSD/4.4.6/32

3.32 SPRAY PAINTING


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 1 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.33 Issue 3 Rev 0

3.33

AVIAN INFLUENZA – EXTERNAL AIRCRAFT CLEANING FOLLOWING A BIRD STRIKE ON AN AIRCRAFT

1

Purpose and Scope

1.1

The purpose of this procedure is to establish the appropriate precautions related to Avian Influenza A (H5N1) when carrying out external aircraft cleaning after a bird strike on an aircraft. Recommendations are based on standard infection control practices used in healthcare settings and on available information about the virus that causes H5N1 Avian Influenza.

1.2

The reported symptoms of avian influenza in humans have ranged from typical flu-like symptoms (e.g., fever, cough, sore throat, and muscle aches) to eye infections (conjunctivitis), pneumonia, acute respiratory distress, viral pneumonia, and other severe and life-threatening complications.

2

Definitions Avian Influenza

-

Also known as bird Flu, is a contagious type of influenza virulent in wild birds and poultry.

H5N1

-

There are three types of influenza virus – A, B and C. Only types A and B cause significant human disease. Influenza A is further sub-typed according to the type of haemagglutinin (H) and neuraminidase (N) proteins on its outer layer. There are 15 different H types (H1, H2, H3 etc) and 9 different N types (N1, N2, N3 etc). The current outbreak of avian influenza in poultry which affect humans is caused by the H5N1 subtypes of influenza A virus.

3

Responsibilities

3.1

Section Head of the concerned department/division shall ensure that all the necessary safety precautions have been taken before carrying out any external aircraft cleaning following a bird strike on an aircraft.

4

Procedure

4.1

When a bird strike is reported or suspected, carry out the required inspections as per appropriate aircraft maintenance manual (AMM).

4.2

If a strike is confirmed and cleaning/removal of remains is required, do not proceed until protective equipment is worn.

3.33 AVIAN INFLUENZA – EXTERNAL AIRCRAFT CLEANING FOLLOWING A BIRD STRIKE


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual

PAGE 2 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.33 Issue 3 Rev 0

4.3

Wear disposable rubber gloves (latex type medical examination gloves), disposable face mask (N95 Compliant), and eye protection (goggles).

4.4

If body contact is unavoidable while cleaning the aircraft, wear a disposable coverall.

4.5

Do not use air or water under pressure to clean the surface of the aircraft that is hit by the bird.

4.6

Remove the bird remains and put them in a plastic bag.

4.7

Do not touch your face, eyes, nose, etc with your gloves.

4.8

Spray the contaminated surface with an approved cleaner / disinfectant and wipe clean.

4.9

When cleaning the external aircraft surfaces to remove bird strike residue, only recommended cleansing agents and disinfectants by the aircraft manufacturer are allowed to be used. Caution: Use of Virkon, a material that corrodes aluminium, is not permitted.

4.10

If necessary, repeat the Step 4.9 procedure until surface is clean.

4.11

Dispose of the wipes in the plastic bag containing bird remains.

4.12

Remove the disposable gloves, respirator/face mask, eye protection and the disposable coverall (if used) and put them into the plastic bag containing the bird remains and the contaminated wipes.

4.13

Seal or tie closed the plastic bag which contains the bird remains, contaminated wipes, gloves, respirator/face mask, eye protection, and the coveralls. Put the sealed or tied plastic bag inside of a second plastic bag (labeled Biohazard). Seal or tie closed the second plastic bag.

4.14

Dispose of the plastic bag by the biohazard disposal contractor.

4.15

Wash your hands thoroughly with soap and water.

4.16

The aircraft inspection for primary and secondary damage should continue and be completed as per AMM.

5

Control of Records Nil.

3.33 AVIAN INFLUENZA â&#x20AC;&#x201C; EXTERNAL AIRCRAFT CLEANING FOLLOWING A BIRD STRIKE


EFFECTIVE DATE 1 Sep 2006

OHS Management System Manual 6

PAGE 3 of 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NO: 3.33 Issue 3 Rev 0

Documents Associated With This Procedure Boeing Correspondence (MOM) dated 08 May 2006 Boeing D6-17487 Evaluation of Airplane Maintenance Materials Boeing D6-7127 Cleaning Interiors of Commercial Transport Aircraft Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC): Interim Guidance for Airline Cleaning Crew, Maintenance Crew, and Baggage/Package and Cargo Handlers for Airlines Returning From Areas Affected by Avian Influenza A (H5N1)

3.33 AVIAN INFLUENZA â&#x20AC;&#x201C; EXTERNAL AIRCRAFT CLEANING FOLLOWING A BIRD STRIKE


CONFIDENTIAL

AIRCRAFT GROUND INCIDENT REPORT INSTRUCTIONS: i) Reports are to be typed or written in block capital letters. ii) Departmental Manager/Superintendent/Senior Foreman/ Engineer/Handling Agent to fax report immediately to:

From: __________________________________ Location: _______________________________ Originator’s Ref: _________________________

a)

SIAEC Quality Manager (Investigation/Human Factor) Fax: (65) 65462812

b)

Airline Representative Fax: ______________

Date: ___________________________________

cc VP Base/Line Maintenance VP Corporate, SIAEC VP Insurance, SIA (Dispatch of this report should not be delayed and must be forwarded by the quickest possible means.)

1.

Date of Incident

2. Time (Local)

3. Aircraft Type

4.

Customer

7. Technical Log No.

8.

Airport

Hours 5.

Registration

6.

9.

Location of Occurrence

Flight No.

Hangar ………………

Bay No. …………………

Taxiway ……………………..

10. Condition of Light Day

Night

Dawn

Twilight

11. Weather Condition Cloudy

Light Rain

Moderate Rain

Heavy Downpour

Others, Please Specify: ____________________ 12. Vehicular/Equipment Information Registration No.: ___________________________

Name of Operator: ___________________________

Vehicle/Equipment Type:_____________________

NRIC/Passport/Staff No.: ______________________

If third party involved,

Company Name & Address: ____________________________________________ Insurance Co. & Address: ______________________________________________

13. Personnel Involved Name

Designation

Staff No./NRIC No.

I.

____________________________

_________________

_________________________

II.

____________________________

_________________

_________________________

III.

____________________________

_________________

_________________________

Were the Employees Treated?

Yes

Medical Leave Granted _______Days Page 1 of 2

No If yes, Where? _______________________________ (From _____________________ to _______________________) ECQ 212A


14. Description of Incident (if insufficient space, please include attachment)

15. Extent of Damage to Aircraft (if applicable)

16. Extent of Damage to Vehicle/Equipment and Building/Property (if applicable)

17. Actions Taken

18. Any Other Remarks

__________________________________ Name / Signature of Reporting Officer

Page 2 of 2

____________________________ Designation

ECQ 212A


CONFIDENTIAL

Ref No: 1649

GROUND ACCIDENT/INCIDENT/NEAR MISS INJURY/INDUSTRIAL ILLNESS REPORT (For use in reporting all accidents/incidents/near miss other than those involving aircraft) X

Accident/Incident /Near miss

Dangerous Occurrence

Property Damage

Vehicle/Equipment Accident

Injury/ Industrial illness

(Put x mark in the appropriate box)

This Report must be despatched within A.

24 hours of occurrence or next working day by the quickest possible means.

PARTICULARS OF PERSON INJURED/INVOLVED [ If more than 1 injured person, furnish particulars on separate sheet]

1.

Name

4.

Nationality

8.

Designation

11.

Section

13.

Vehicle Regn. No.

15.

Where was Employee Treated?

16.

Medical Leave Granted

CHN

2.

Staff No.

5.

Race

9.

Date joined

14.

CHN

3.

NRIC/Passport No.

6.

Sex

10.

Date Appointed

12.

Shift Period

M

7. Age

20

/

Vehicle Type

Days (From

Please Notify Safety Department for ) any extension of Medical Leaves.

To

Particulars of Non-SIAEC staff/ third party involved (if any)

Visitor

Contractor

Others

(Put x mark in the appropriate box) 1.

Name

2.

NRIC/Passport No

3.

Company & Address

4.

Vehicle Regn. No

5.

Insurance Co.

6.

Contact Number

B.

PARTICULARS OF ACCIDENT/INCIDENT/NEAR MISS/INJURY/INDUSTRIAL ILLNESS

1.

Station

4.

Date

7

Description of Accident

Witness (if any)

SIN

2.

Dept/ Division

5.

Time

LM LINE

Name

3.

Total no. of person injured

6.

Exact Location

1

Staff No/NRIC No.

1. 2. 3.

Page 1 of 2

28/04/2005 16:10

ECQ 213A


C.

CAUSES OF ACCIDENT/INCIDENT/INJURY/INDUSTRIAL ILLNESS

1.

UNSAFE ACT (Put x mark in the appropriate box) Improper use of PPE Failure to use PPE Using improper or defective tools, equipment, vehicles or Materials Failure to use safety devices Failure to observe safe work practices/procedures Carelessness Recklessness Others *

3.

PERSONAL FACTORS (Put x mark in the appropriate box) Lack of knowledge or skills Disregard of Instructions Lack of instructions Lack of co-ordination Foul play Fatigue Bodily defects Others *

2.

UNSAFE CONDITION (Put x mark in the appropriate box) Poor housekeeping Hazardous arrangement Absence of safety device/appliances/PPE Defective/Improper safety device/appliances Improper illumination/improper ventilation Work area congestion Bad weather Others *

4.

OTHER CAUSES (If any)

5.

INDUSTRIAL ILLNESS (Give description/details of illness)

(If available, attach medical report/medical certificate)

D.

CLASSIFICATION OF ACCIDENT/INJURY

1.

AGENCY OF ACCIDENT (Put x mark in the appropriate box) Machines Lifting equipment Transport equipment or vehicle Hand tools Electrical equipment Chemicals Others *

2.

4.

PART OF BODY INJURED (Put x mark in the appropriate box) Head And Neck Scalp Skull Eyes (L/R) Ears (L/R) Nose

TYPE OF ACCIDENT (Put x mark in the appropriate box) Struck against objects Caught in or between objects Struck by sliding, falling objects Fall or Slip to same level Fall or Slip to different level Others *

Mouth Teeth Face Neck Others *

Upper Extremities Shoulder Upper arms Elbow Forearm Wrist

Hand (L/R) Palm (L/R) Finger * Others *

Back Chest Abdomen

Pelvis Groin Others *

Body 3.

NATURE OF INJURY (Put x mark in the appropriate box) Abrasion, scratches Amputation Burn (heat) Burn (chemical) Bruises and Contusion Puncture wound Asphyxiation Others *

Laceration Dislocation Effect of electric Current Fracture Sprain and strain Internal injury Multiple injuries

Lower Extremities

E.

REMEDIAL MEASURES SUGGESTED /OTHER REMARKS

F.

TOTAL ESTIMATED COST OF THE ACCIDENT/INCIDENT/INJURY

1.

Total Estimated Cost in SGD: $_____

.LM Viewer (Reporting Officer) * Please specify

Page 2 of 2

. (Accounting Manager)

28/04/2005 16:10

Hips Thighs (L/R) Legs (L/R) Knee (L/R) Ankle (L/R)

Feet (L/R) Toes * Multiple location Others *

[Strictly for Information only]

. (Safety Executive)

ECQ 213A


SIAEC Risk Assessment Part 1: Assessment With Existing Control Measures A Division:

Department/Area (BU)/Line:

Location: Assessment Ref. No.

Activity (or area) being assessed:

________________________ Date of assessment: Assessor(s)/team:

People affected:

Frequency/duration:

SIAEC:

Team Leader: ___________________Members:__________________ ___________________ Others:

1st Review

Periodic reviews â&#x20AC;&#x201C; maximum intervals for activities with:

Q

Moderate risk (but ALARP) - annually Low risk - two yearly Very Low risk - three yearly

C

3rd Review

4th Review

Date:

Date:

Date:

Name:

Name:

Name:

Name:

Signed:

Signed:

Signed:

Signed:

D

E

F

Hazard

Hazardous event

Foreseeable cause

(Potential for harm)

(What happens)

(Cause of hazardous event)

Fall from platform/step

Loss of balance/lack of attention

Example: Removing the

sensor using step

2nd Review

Date:

B Task

__________________

Frequency/duration:

Working at height

G Consequence (outcome) Value* Details of harm 1 to 4 Broken limbs/death

2

H

Existing control measures/ or control measures used Railing on two sides/ Need to be raised

J

Probability/ Frequency* 1 to 4 2

Risk* Level 1 to 1 6 4 Mod

1 2 3 4 5 6 Note: * Based on the matrix from SIAEC Risk Assessment Part 2. ALARP-As Low As Reasonably Practicable; risk under moderate category must follow ALARP

ECQ 214A

Page 1 of 2


SIAEC Risk Assessment Part 2: Assessment Of Risk Reduction Actions Assessment Ref. No.

L Proposed actions

é é

M

Expected risk after completion of actions

(If additional Control Measures Required to reduce the risk) Use tower scaffold or hydraulic access platform with fixed railings…consider additional hazards

Consequence

Probability

Risk

3

3

9 Low

N

P

Planned action completion date

Actual completion date

1/1/2001

25/12/2000

I confirm that the proposed actions have been completed and that the expected risk reduction has been achieved Name

Signature

Da t e

F Bloggs

Fred Bloggs

26/12/2000

1 2

é 3

é

Re-assess risks to show how proposed actions will be effective in reducing the risk.

Also consider whether any new hazards will be introduced.

K

4 5 6

Consequence

Probability/ Frequency

HIGH (1)

MODERATE (2)

LOW (3)

VERY LOW (4)

Potential death or Exposure causing permanent disability or Damage costing greater than $1 million or Existing non compliance with legal req. or Damage to aircraft

Potential to cause reportable injury, industrial disease, dangerous occurrence as per Factories Act or potential to cause long term illness or Potential for damage costing $500,000 to $1 million or potential for non compliance with legal requirements

Potential to cause injuries that requires the attention of a medical practitioner or potential to cause short term ill health or potential damage costing between $50,000 to $500, 000

Potential to cause injuries that requires first aid or potential damage costing up to $50,000

R

HIGH

MODERATE

LOW

VERY LOW

Has happened frequently in company or expected to occur frequently (On av. Once in 6 months)

Has happened several times in company) or expected to occur several times (On av. once in a year)

Has happened in the company or is expected to occur sometime (On av. Once in three years)

Never heard of before or is not expected to occur in the company

1

2

3

4

Lead Assessor

Accountable Manager

Signature

& Da t e Name & Designation Guidelines for Additional Control Measures

Rating

High Risk

1

High (1)

High (2)

Moderate (3)

Moderate (4)

2

High (2)

Moderate (4)

Low (6)

Low (8)

3

Moderate (3)

Low (6)

Low (9)

V. Low (12)

Low Risk

4

Moderate (4)

Low (8)

V. Low (12)

V. Low (16)

Very Low Risk

Probability x Frequency scale: High 1-2; Moderate 3-4; Low 6-9 and Very Low 12-16

ECQ 214A

Moderate Risk

New control measures must be introduced; i.g. permit to work, work instructions, training, etc. control measures shall be documented and residual risk shall be evaluated. Existing control measures have to revised/ reviewed and monitored. If control measures are insufficient/ineffective, introduce new measures Existing control measures (if any) shall continue to be monitored and revalidated if necessary. No action required. Page 2of 2


Safety Corrective Action Request (SCAR) Date of Audit:

Response Requested By:

To:

Department/Division:

Location:

Procedure Audited:

SCAR No:

Discrepancy: Non-compliance/Non-conformance

Time Period for Action:

Immediate/01 month

Details of Discrepancy:

Raised By:

Signature & Date:

Immediate Corrective Action:

Action Taken By:

Signature & Date:

Root Cause Investigation and Corrective Action Taken To Prevent Recurrence:

Approved By Section Head/ Accountable Manager

Signature & Date

* Return to Safety Executive (Q&S) at SIN-SEC-06M after completing this form. For SIAEC Quality & Safety Use Only: 1. Corrective Action Accepted: *Yes/No. If No, Auditee To Re-submit

Date: _______________

Remarks: 2. Follow Up Required: *Yes/No. If Yes, Review By

_______________

Within (Period) _____________

3. SCAR Closed By: Name

Signature & Date

Note: Time Period For Action: 1. Non-Compliance (Immediate) 2. Non-Conformance (Within 1 Month)

ECQ 215


Date: 01 Sep 06

CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT (AIRCRAFT FUEL TANK) Part I (General Information) Name of LAE in-charge:

Name of Attendant:

Department/Section:

Date of Fuel Tank Entry

Details of Location:

Fuel Tank Entry Permit Duration (Max 8 hrs)

Aircraft Registration:

Time start:

Time end:

AIRPORT EMERGENCY SERVICES RESPONSE NUMBER:

65412525

Part II (To be completed by LAE or above) No

Inspected Items

Status

1

The aircraft and adjacent equipment have been grounded.

2

The area has been barricaded.

3

The warning sign has been displayed.

4

A Fire extinguisher is available within 15 metres reach.

5

All fuel boost pumps and qty. indicating system switched off and circuit breakers tripped and tagged.

6

No mobile phones and 2-way communication system are within 15 meters from open and purged fuel tank.

7

Fuel tank should be ventilated whenever work is in progress inside the fuel tank.

8

Safety briefing “General safety guidelines for all staff working in aircraft fuel tank” has been conducted.

The minimum safe entry conditions: Entry

Oxygen Content

Flammability

Fuel Vapour

With NO respirator

19.5% - 23.5%

% LEL* (<10%)

< 160 ppm

With full faced respirator and continuous air supply

Not Applicable

% LEL (<10%)

Not Applicable

*LEL- Lower Explosive Limit

Note: Return this Confined Space Entry Permit to the respective Section Head/Superintendent for record keeping CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT (AIRCRAFT FUEL TANK)

ECQ 216C

Page 1 of 2


Date: 01 Sep 06

Part III (To be filled up by Competent Person after testing the atmosphere) Time of Readings:……..……..….……

Testing Instrument Serial Number:…..………………… Test 1- Indicate Tank Position below

Tank Position

Required Test Oxygen Percentage

Permissible Entry Levels (19.5% - 23.5%)

Flammability

% LEL (<10%)

Fuel Vapour

< 160 ppm

Name & Initials of Competent Person (Safety Assessor) Testing the Atmosphere: Name & Initials of Authorised Person (LAE or above LAE position e.g. AFM, SFM, Mgr.) Approving the Permit: Note: Same individual should not perform the duty as Competent Person (Safety Assessor) and Authorized Person at same time

Subsequent Readings (Taken at specified intervals) Time of Readings:……..……..….……

Testing Instrument Serial Number:…..………………… Test 2- Indicate Tank Position below

Tank Position

Required Test Oxygen Percentage

Permissible Entry Levels (19.5% - 23.5%)

Flammability

% LEL (<10%)

Fuel Vapour

< 160 ppm

Name & Initials of Competent Person Testing the Atmosphere: Name & Initials of Authorise Person Approving the Permit:

Name List of Entrants ENTRANT NAME

SIGN IN

CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT (AIRCRAFT FUEL TANK)

SIGN OUT

SIGN IN

ECQ 216C

SIGN OUT

SIGN IN

SIGN OUT

Page 2 of 2


CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT Part I (General Information) Name of Safety Assessor/Competent Person:

Name of Attendant:

Department/Section:

Date of Entry

Details of Location:

Entry Permit Duration Time start:

Time end:

65412525

AIRPORT EMERGENCY SERVICES RESPONSE NUMBER:

Part II (To be completed by Safety Assessor and confirmed by the Authorised Person) No

Inspected Items

Status

1

Has the all energy Sources like valves, mechanical and pneumatic power etc. been isolated?

2

Has the electrical power and other electrical hazards been removed?

3

Has the area been barricaded to prevent unauthorised entry?

4

Has the warning sign been displayed?

5

Are you familiar with Rescue Operation Plan and is it available?

6

Is fire extinguisher available with in 15 metres reach?

7

Have all the equipment/tools/lights to be used for confined space work been inspected to verify that they are free from defects and are explosion/spark proof?

8

Are all the entrants and attendants trained/briefed for work in confined space?

The minimum safe entry conditions: Entry

Oxygen Content

Flammability

Toxic Gases

With NO respirator

19.5% - 23.5%

% LEL* (<10%)

Eg.H2S<10ppm,CO<25ppm

*LEL- Lower Explosive Level

Note: Return this Confined Space Entry Permit to the respective Section Head/Superintendent for record keeping CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT

ECQ 217A

Page 1 of 2


Part III (To be filled up by Safety Assessor after testing the atmosphere)

PRE-ENTRY READINGS Time of Readings:……..……..….…… Required Test

Permissible Entry Levels

Oxygen Percentage

Test 1 Area 2 Area 3

Area 1

Area 4

(19.5 % -23.5 %)

Flammability

% LEL (<10% of LEL)

Toxic Gases

< PEL

Name & Initials of Safety Assessor: Monitoring Instrument Serial Number:

POST VENTILATION READINGS (Taken at specified intervals)

Time of Readings:……..……..….…… Required Test

Permissible Entry Levels

Oxygen Percentage

(19.5-23.5) %

Flammability

% LEL (<10%)

Toxic Gases

< PEL

Area 1

Test 2 Area Area 2 3

Area 4

Area 1

Test 3 Area Area 2 3

Area 4

Name & Initials of Safety Assessor: Monitoring Instrument Number: Note: 1. All contaminant levels are below entry level and no work is being done (welding, painting etc.) that would cause a change in atmosphere. 2. This permit will be void, if there is any change in confined space environment.

Name & Signature of the Authorised Person: APPROVED / NOT APPROVED

Name Tag of Entrants ENTRANT NAME

CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT

SIGN IN

SIGN OUT

ECQ 217A

SIGN IN

SIGN OUT

SIGN IN

SIGN OUT

Page 2 of 2


VISUAL EXAMINATION OF FIBRE ROPES & FIBRE ROPE SLINGS

DIVISION: _____________________ DATE OF EXAMINATION: ____________ NEXT DATE OF EXAMINATION: _____________ EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION: ______________ SAFE WORKING LOAD: _________ KGS S/N

DESCRIPTION

1.

Does any fibre(s) or part of sling have signs of abuse/cut/acid/alkali or chemical burn?

2.

Is there any major wear & tear (broken fibres & broken yarn appearing) or Abrasion?

3.

Are all stitches in good condition?

4.

Are there any cracks or kinks?

5.

Is Safe Working Load is marked on sling?

6.

Any other check:

YES

RESULT OF VISUAL EXAMINATION:

NO

N/A

REMARKS

CONDITION SATISFATORY FOR USE

(Please tick appropriate box) SEND FOR SERVICE/REPAIR

SCRAP/ DISCARD

EXAMINED BY:

____________________ Signature/Date ECQ 218A

________________________ Name & Designation Page 1 of 1


INTERVIEW FORM

Name

Particulars of Interviewee : _____________________

Incident

Details of Incident : _____________________

Staff No.

: _____________________

Date of Incident

: _____________________

Lic/Auth No.

: _____________________

Time of Incident

: _____________________

Date

: _____________________

Location

: _____________________

DESCRIPTION OF EVENTS

Signature of Interviewee: _________________________________ Interview Recorded By:

_________________________________

In Attendance:

_________________________________

Page 1 of 1

ECQ 272


CONFIDENTIAL

SIAEC Employee Self-Reporting Form (Incident, Maintenance Error, Near Miss, Safety and Health) If you have encountered or been involved in any ground incident, maintenance error, near miss or safety and health nonconformance, please give a brief description of it below. Your inputs will help towards preventing a recurrence. Please complete Section 1 to 8 and return this form to Vice President Quality and Safety, Quality and Safety Division at SIN-SEC07M. 1

General Airline

2

:

Date

:

Aircraft Type

:

Time

:

Registration

:

Location

:

Precipitation

:

Description of Incident/Failure/Errors/Near Miss/ Safety/Health Non-Conformances, etc

3 When was the problem detected?

4 Consequence / Outcome

Routine inspection In-flight Taxi While in service at gate Pre-flight Apron / Roadway Illness Others:

6

Any other Remarks

7

Personnel Involved (Optional) Name :

8

5 Aircraft / Airworthiness Status

Flight delay Flight Cancellation Gate return In-flight shut down Aircraft / Vehicle damage Rework / Repair Improper service Air turn back Others:

Staff No. :

Aircraft released for service Aircraft records completed Aircraft required documents abroad Not released for service Ground Incident Unknown

Designation :

Reporting Employee (Mandatory) Name

:

Date

:

Staff No.

:

Designation

:

Contact No.

:

Division/Department

:

Section 8 will be returned to you when all relevant information has been confirmed. NO RECORD OF YOUR NAME WILL BE KEPT

ECQ288


Use this area to continue the description of incident or remarks, should you have insufficient space on the previous page.

First Fold

Second Fold

Fix Stamp Here

OCS

To: Vice President Quality and Safety Quality and Safety Division 07-M Hangar 2 31 Airline Road Singapore 819831

ECQ288


Date: 01 April 2005

Visitor Safety Guidelines Welcome to SIAEC premises. Please follow the guidelines/instructions for your safety while in the premises. 1) Observe and obey all safety and warning signs and notices. 2) Do not enter any restricted area without authorization and do not enter the apron and hangar area without the official Escort. 3) Smoking is prohibited in hangars, apron, tarmac area and workshops. 4) Pay attention to moving machinery, aircraft and vehicles while you are in the apron, hangars and workshops. 5) Beware of mobile work platforms being driven/operated in the hangar. Do not go near or stand underneath the mobile work platform when they are in operation. 6) Avoid walking under fuselage unless required. 7) Avoid walking near access stands placed around the aircraft. 8) Avoid walking over electrical cables, water pipes, or pneumatics hoses unless required. 9) Keep clear of any open access doors, panels e.g. engine cowling, landing gear doors, unless required to be in that area. 10) Inform your Escort if you are allergic to any chemicals/materials. 11) If substances are accidentally spilled onto the floor, the floor may become slippery. Avoid the affected area. 12) When inside the aircraft, do not go near open passenger doors until a safety net is installed, or external access steps are installed. 13) When inside the flight deck, do not touch/operate anything. It may endanger personnel, aircraft or equipment. 14) When outside the hangar and an aircraft engine starts operating, do not approach within 7.5 metres of the operating engine intake and do not approach operating engines. Also wear ear plugs/ear muffs. 15) Wear all necessary and required PPE as recommended by your Escort and local Department or Section Head. 16) Do not bring any photo-imaging devices such as Camera, Handphone and Personal Digital Assistant (PDA) with camera feature unless you are authorized to do so. 17) Follow instructions given by Fire Wardens in case of an emergency. 18) Do not use alcohol and non-prescription drugs on site. 19) If you require a copy of the OHS management system manual, ask your Escort for it. 20) Report all accidents and near misses to the Escort and local Department or Section Head.

By Quality & Safety Division


HAZARD IDENTIFICATION CHECKLIST Indicate If Any Of The Following Apply To The Work Activity (Check Relevant Boxes) (Ensure that site-specific hazards are included)

Plant & Equipment Crushing Impact Puncture Trapping

Work Organization Lone working Fatigue Work in open area

Ergonomics Manual handling Posture Repetitive movements

Place of work

Contact (Cutting, friction, abrasion) Display Screen Equipment

Emergency escape route

Electrical (Shock / Burn / Explosion)

Falling objects

Entanglement Ejection (Work piece / tool, etc) Hand Tools Noise / vibration

Housekeeping / tidiness Obstruction Overhead cables Safe means of access

Pressure (release of energy)

Slips and trips

Radiation (ionizing, non-ionising) Stability / overload Stored energy (spring, hoist, suspended load) Thermal

Structural integrity Trespassers Work on aircraft body Working at height (e.g. roof, ladder, scaffold)

Other

Working Environment

Asphyxiants Confined space Fire Lighting Noise Temperature Ventilation

Environmental aspects (e.g. waste disposal) Natural hazards (e.g. weather)

Remarks

Materials and Substances Combustible materials Corrosives / irritants Dust fires & explosions Flammable / explosive substances Gases, fumes & vapours Health hazards by ingestion Oxidizing substances Particles & mists

Methods of Work

SASCO  

Tel:Tel: (65) 65414164(65) 65414164 Fax:Fax:(65) 65450189(65) 65450189 Company Registration No. 198201025CCompany Registration No. 198201025...

Read more
Read more
Similar to
Popular now
Just for you